Skip to main content

Full text of "Narrative of a voyage in His Majesty's late ship Alceste, to the Yellow Sea, along the coast of Corea, and through its numerous hitherto undiscovered islands, to the island of Lewchew : with an account of her shipwreck in the straits of Gaspar"

See other formats


rma 

il 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


NARRATIVE 


THE  ALCESTE'S   VOYAGE 


THE  YELLOW  SEA, 


* 

* 


DS 

Si)  7 


TO 

JAMES   WOOD,   ESQ. 

OF  POTTER  HILL, 

THE  FOLLOWING  PAGES  ARE   INSCRIBED, 

AS  A  TESTIMONY 

OF  THE  HIGH  RESPECT  AND  ESTEEM 
IN  WHICH  HE  IS  HELD 

BY  THE  AUTHOR. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


THE  author  of  the  following  pages  has  attempted  to 
narrate  (in  the  best  and  shortest  way  he  can)  the  occur- 
rences of  a  voyage  rendered  remarkable  by  a  combina- 
tion of  extraordinary  events,  and  the  circumstance  of  a 
communication  with  an  interesting  people,  with  whom,  for 
the  first  time,  Europeans  have  had  any  intercourse ;  and  he 
has  ventured  a  few  occasional  remarks,  precisely  as  they 
arose  in  his  mind  on  the  spot,  and  which  more  mature  re- 
flection has  not  induced  him  to  alter.  He  is  aware  that  his 
thoughts,  as  well  as  his  mode  of  expressing  them,  may  be 
liable  to  comment ;  but  he  hopes  that  those  who  are  mighty 
in  criticism  will  be  merciful  in  censure,  and  not  visit 
with  asperity  that  which  is  humble  in  pretension. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  PLACING  THE  PLATES. 


Tofaee 
Portrait  of  Captain  Maxwell   Ti tie-Page 

Islanders  of  Sir  James  Hall's  Group 38 

Corean  Chief  and  Attendants    40 

Lewchewan  Chief  and  Attendants    62 

Garden  of  the  Temple  at  Lewchew 67 


VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 


TO 


CHINA. 


1HE  British  Government,  on  the  repre- 
sentation of  the  Court  of  Directors  of  the 
East-India  Company,  respecting  the  trade 
with  China,  having  decided,  with  the 
view  of  relieving  that  branch  of  its  com- 
merce from  the  increasing  vexatious  im- 
positions of  the  local  authorities  of  Can- 
ton, on  the  measure  of  sending  an  em- 
bassy to  the  court  of  Pekin  ;  as  on  a  former 
occasion  of  a  similar  kind,  a  distinguished 
nobleman  had  been  selected  to  fill  the  situa- 
tion of  Embassador  Extraordinary  from  the 

B 


VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

King  of  Great  Britain  to  the  Emperor  of 
China,  who  carried  out  with  him  a  nume- 
rous suite  composed  of  gentlemen  well 
skilled  in  every  branch  of  natural  know- 
ledge, with  many  curious  and  costly  pre- 
sents ;  so  it  was  now  determined  v,o  leave 
nothing  short  that  could  contribute  to 
the  splendour  and  respectability  of  the 
present  embassy.  The  Right  Hon.  Lord 
Amherst  (who  had  already  filled  the 
high  situation  of  Embassador  at  the  court 
of  Sicily)  was  appointed  to  conduct  this 
difficult  and  delicate  mission.  Mr.  Henry 
Ellis  (formerly  employed  in  a  success- 
ful negotiation  with  the  king  of  Persia) 
was  named  secretary  of  embassy,  with 
dormant  powers  to  act  as  Minister  Ple- 
nipotentiary, should  any  accident  to  the 
Embassador  render  that  circumstance  ne- 
cessary. The  Hon.  JefFery  Amherst,  as 
page  ;  Mr.  Hayne,  as  private  secretary ; 
Mr.  Abel,  as  surgeon  and  naturalist ;  the 
Rev.  John  Griffiths,  as  chaplain;  Mr. 
Havell,  as  artist;  and  Dr.  Lynn,  with 
Mr.  Maurige,  Mr.  Poole,  and  some  others 


TO    CHINA. 


to  fill  the  respective  departments,  consti- 
tuted the  suite  of  his  excellency  *. 

Many  valuable  presents,  supplied,  as  on 
the  former  occasion,  by  the  East-India 
Company,  for  the  emperor  and  his  minis- 
ters, consisting  of  specimens  of  our  im- 
proved manufactures,  made  by  the  firs't 
hands,  were  also  prepared.  The  command 
of  the  naval  part  of  the  expedition  was  in- 
trusted to  Captain  Murray  Maxwell ;  and 
the  Alceste,  a  frigate  of  forty-six  guns, 
was  fitted  up  for  the  reception  of  the  Em- 
bassador  and  suite.  His  Majesty's  brig 
Lyra,  commanded  by  Capt.  Basil  Hall, 
and  the  General  Hewitt  Indiaman,  by 
Capt.  Campbell,  accompanied  the  Alceste, 
the  latter  carrying  out  the  presents. 

On  the  9th  of  February,  1816,  the  ships 
sailed  from  Spithead,  and  soon  cleared  the 
Channel,  with  a  favourable  breeze,  which 
continued  with  us  to  Madeira,  where  we 


*  Lieut.  Cooke,  of  the  Royal  Marines,  was  also  attached 
to  the  embassy,  on  its  landing  in  China,  the  guard  being 
selected  from  that  corps.      Messrs.  Abbot,  Martin,  and 
Somerset,  were  likewise  added  to  it  at  this  period. 
B    2 


4  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.ALCESTE 

arrived  on  the  18th.  In  Funchal  road 
we  found  the  Phaeton,  having  Sir  Hudson 
and  Lady  Lowe,  with  their  suite  on  board, 
in  their  way  to  St.  Helena  ;  and  the  Niger, 
with  Mr.  Bagot,  on  his  mission  to  America. 
Our  stay  here  was  only  twelve  hours,  and, 
in  the  evening,  we  pursued  our  course  to 
the  south-westward.  The  weather  becom- 
ing hourly  warmer,  our  people,  who  had 
been  badly  clothed,  and  had  suffered  a  good 
deal  from  the  severity  of  the  cold  in  fitting 
out  the  ship,  now  began  to  thaw  a  little  : 
things  were  beginning  to  find  their  proper 
places  in  the  ship;  and  those  unaccustomed 
to  the  rolling  motion  had,  by  this  time, 
acquired  their  sea-legs.  On  the  4th  March, 
in  the  evening,  at  the  moment  of  crossing 
the  equinoctial  line,  the  voice  of  some  one, 
as  from  the  sea,  announced  himself  as  Nep- 
tune's eldest  son,  and,  after  putting  the  usual 
interrogatories,  added,  that  his  father  being 
a  little  indisposed,  and  rather  squeamish 
about  exposing  himself  to  the  night  air, 
had  deferred  his  visit  until  the  morning, 
when  he  would  personally  call  on  board 
to  inspect  the  strangers  who  were  now  en- 


TO    CHINA. 


tering  his  dominions.  The  son  of  Neptune 
seemed  now  to  sink  again  into  the  deep. 
In  the  morning,  his  godship,  agreeably  to 
promise,  appeared,  seated  in  his  car  (a 
gun-carriage),  with  his  trident  and  other 
insignia,  attended  by  Amphitrite,  and  all 
his  usual  train  of  inferior  deities.  He  was 
received  by  a  strange-looking  guard  of  hi,s 
own,  the  band  striking  up  "  Rule-Britan- 
nia!" After  paying  his  respects  to  the 
Embassador,  the  Captain,  and  the  rest,  the 
novices,  of  whom  there  were  not  a  few, 
were  forthwith  shaved,  according  to  a 
practice  immemorial,  with  a  rusty  iron 
hoop,  full  of  notches  ;  and  the  lather  being 
washed  off,  by  playing  the  fire-engine  in 
their  faces,  they  were  then  wiped  dry  with 
a  dirty  swab.  Much  mirth  and  good  hu- 
mour prevailed ;  and  a  double  allowance 
of  grog  finished  the  ceremony.  We  expe- 
rienced none  of  the  calms  usual  near  the 
line,  and  nothing  of  moment  occurred  until 
we  reached  the  lat.  20°  4"  north,  long.  31° 
52V/  west,  on  the  16th  March,  when  the  Lyra 
and  Hewitt  were  directed  to  make  the  best 
of  their  way  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 


O  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

whilst  the  Alceste  proceeded  to  the  capital 
of  the  Brazils,  where  we  arrived  on  the  21st 
of  that  month. 

All  the  bold,  as  well  as  beautiful,  features 
of  nature,  have  conjoined  to  enrich  the 
scenery  of  Rio  Janeiro.  The  luxuriant  de- 
scriptions of  former  travellers  are  by  no 
means  exaggerated,  for  it  would  indeed  be 
difficult  to  exceed  the  truth  in  portraying 
the  sublimity  and  grandeur  of  such  a 
scene  as  presents  itself  on  entering  the  har- 
bour. The  numerous  islets  appearing  on 
this  extensive  sheet  of  water, — its  richly- 
wooded  banks,  rising  like  an  amphitheatre 
on  either  hand,  studded  with  villages  and 
country  seats, — added  to  the  distant  view 
of  lofty  and  picturesque  mountain s,— form, 
altogether,  a  very  unusual  and  noble  land- 
scape. 

The  death  of  the  queen,  which  hap- 
pened the  day  previous  to  our  arrival,  at 
the  good  old  age  of  eighty-two,  had  rather 
cast  a  gloom  over  the  city  of  St.  Sebastians. 
The  batteries  and  ships  fired  five-minute 
guns  during  the  whole  day  and  night ;  the 
Alceste,  Indefatigable,  and  a  Spanish  fri- 


TO    CHINA. 


gate,  following  this  example  ;  displaying 
also  the  usual  exterior  marks  of  grief,  by 
hoisting  the  colours  half-staff  high,  and  top- 
ping the  yards.  The  officers  likewise  wore 
crape;  and,  from  a  positive  order  being 
issued  to  all  the  inhabitants  to  go  into 
mourning,  (which  none  dared,  under  the 
severest  penalties,  disobey,)  the  prices  of  all 
black  articles  felt  a  sudden  and  enormous 
increase. 

The  government  of  the  Brazils  seems 
perfectly  despotic;  and  it  is  painful 
to  see  even  Englishmen  lose  the  natural 
freedom  of  their  character  under  such  domi- 
nion. Some,  who  from  Ions:  residence  had 

o 

imbibed  the  feelings  of  the  Portuguese, 
would,  in  answering  any  question  relative 
to  public  affairs,  look  cautiously  around, 
to  see  who  was  near  them,  and  then  whisper 
their  reply. 

The  prince  (now  the  king)  during  the 
period  her  majesty  laid  in  state,  was  shut 
up,  according  to  their  usage,  not  to  be  seen 
by  any  but  his  chamberlain. 

Swarms  of  priests  occupied  every  avenue 
to  the  palace,  and  hung  in  clusters  on  the 


8  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

staircases.  St.  Sebastians  seems  to  be  a 
soil,  in  which  these  members  of  the  autos 
da  fe  still  thrive  well.  The  Brazils  have 
lately  been  raised  from  the  state  of  a  mere 
colony  to  the  dignity  of  a  kingdom ;  and 
the  residence  of  the  court  has  conferred 
still  more  substantial  advantages  on  it, 
arising  from  the  emigration  of  the  chief 
nobility  from  Portugal,  and  the  transfer 
of  their  wealth  to  this  country. 

Its  commerce  has  of  late  years  increased 
to  a  great  degree,  chiefly,  however,  under 
the  direction  of  English  houses.  The  re- 
turn of  the  court  to  the  mother  country,  it 
is  thought,  would  be  the  signal  of  revolt ; 
for  it  is  not  probable  the  Brazils  would 
long  remain  in  their  present  fettered  state, 
whilst  colonies  in  all  directions  around  them 
are  freeing  themselves  from  the  oppression 
of  the  mother  country.  The  want  of  the 
usual  public  attentions  of  saluting  the  flag 
of  a  foreign  power  might  have  been  ac- 
counted for  under  the  present  circum- 
stances of  the  court;  but  it  was  singular 
(considering,  more  particularly,  our  late 
relations  with  Portugal)  that  a  house  for 


TO    CHINA.  9 

the  accommodation  of  the  Embassador  and 
suite,  during  their  short  stay,  and  which 
had  been  granted  to  the  former  embassy, 
should  have  been  refused  in  the  present 
instance.      The    hospitality,    however,    of 
Mr.  Chamberlayne,    the   British  minister 
here,  amply  supplied  this  deficiency.     All 
places  of  public  amusement  were  of  course 
shut;    and  the  only  spectacle,  during  our 
stay,  was  the  funeral  of  the  queen,  which 
took  place  by  torch-light ;  all  the  military 
that  could  be  collected,   both  horse  and 
foot,  lining  the  streets  (which  were  illumi- 
nated) from  the  palace  to  the  convent  of 
Ajuda.    The  hearse  and  state-coaches  were 
drawn  up  at  the  grand  entrance,  covered 
with  black  cloth,  and  near  them  the  chief 
mourners,  who  were  eight  of  the  nobles,  on 
horseback.     Their  dress  was  the  ancient 
Poi  tuguese  costume  of  mourning.  Each  had 
a  large  broad-brimmed  hat,  rather  slouch- 
ing down  upon  the  shoulders ;   a  long  black 
cloak,  or  robe,  with  the  star  of  some  order 
affixed  to  it ;  conveying  to  the  mind  of  an 
English  spectator  the  whimsical  combina- 
tion of  a  coal-heaver,  a  priest,  and  a  knight. 


10  VOYAGE   OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

The  king,  accompanied  by  the  two  elder 
princes,  attended  the  coffin  to  the  principal 
porch,  and  saw  it  deposited  in  the  hearse, 
when  the  whole  cavalcade  drove  off,  and 
the  body  was  interred  in  the  convent,  with 
the  usual  religious  ceremonies.  The  royal 
family  next  day  appeared  at  the  balconies 
of  the  palace ;  on  which  occasion  it  is  usual 
for  the  Portuguese  to  stand  uncovered  in 
the  square  opposite ;  and,  if  any  of  the 
royal  carriages  are  met  on  the  road,  the 
passengers  on  horseback  must  dismount, 
and  even  kneel. 

Neither  of  their  Portuguese  majesties  can 
themselves  be  considered  as  regular  beauties; 
but  the  princesses  are  good  figures,  and  cer- 
tainly, upon  the  whole,  handsome  women. 
Don  Pedro,  their  eldest  son,  promises  to  be 
a  man  of  some  spirit.  Much  indolence 
seems  to  exist  among  the  inhabitants,  and 
they  are  said  still  to  possess  their  charac- 
teristic contempt  of  all  reading  ;  so  that  a 
publisher  of  books  in  the  Brazils  would 
probably  earn  but  a  lean  livelihood.  This 
country  produces  all  the  various  fruits  of  the 


TO    CHINA. 

warmer  climates;  such  as  pine-apples, 
oranges,  limes,  mangoes,  guavas,  melons, 
bananas,  £c. ;  the  tea-shrub  still  conti- 
nues to  be  an  article  of  growth,  under  the 
direction  of  some  Chinese  accustomed  to 
manage  it ;  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  they  may 
succeed  in  extending  and  improving  its 
cultivation.  The  slave-trade  still  exists 
to  its  fullest  extent;  and  this  class  of  the  po- 
pulation, however  useful  they  may  be,  are 
certainly  not  ornamental ;  being  the  ugliest 
race  of  negroes  that  can  be  collected  from 
the  African  coast — Gaboons,  Congos,  and 
Angolas.  Our  West-India  islands  having 
been  generally  supplied  with  Fantees,  from 
the  Gold  Coast,  with  Eyeos,  and  Ashantees, 
who  are  a  much  finer-looking  people  ;  this 
circumstance,  added,  perhaps,  to  their  im- 
proved condition,  their  better  clothing,  and 
general  treatment,  gives  a  slave  of  Jamaica  a 
far  less  degraded  appearance  than  one  in 
this  country.  Yet,  though  the  situation  of 
the  former  is  much  ameliorated  (and  un- 
doubtedly superior  to  his  native  state  in 
Africa),  it  is  unfortunate  that  the  first  Eu- 


12  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

ropean  settlers  of  colonies,  had  not,  instead 
of  hunting  down  and  oppressing  the  na- 
tives, trained  them  to  habits  of  industry ; 
when  the  term  slavery,  so  revolting  to  hu- 
manity even  under  the  most  favourable 
circumstances,  so  contrary  to  reason  and 
natural  right,  need  never  have  been  known. 
Our  East-India  possessions,  and  late  occu- 
pation of  Java,  sufficiently  demonstrate  the 
practicability  of  this  system. 

They  do  Buonaparte,  here,  the  honour  of 
being  very  much  afraid  of  him  ;  and  keep  a 
bright  eye  to  windward,  lest  he  should  break 
adrift  from  St.  Helena,  and  come  down 
upon  them  before  the  fcind.  This  silly  ap- 
pearance of  fear  is  something  like  the 
weakness  of  ordering  his  name  never  to 
be  mentioned,  than  which,  perhaps, 
nothing  tends  more  to  keep  up  his  con- 
sequence. 

This  part  of  the  Brazils  is  naturally  hot 
during  the  months  of  December,  January, 
and  February  ;  but  (more  especially  as  the 
southern,  are  found  to  be  comparatively 
colder  than  corresponding  northern  lati- 


TO    CHINA. 


tudes,)  it  enjoys,  during  our  summer,  a  sort 
of  tropical  winter,  and  is  not  considered  an 
unhealthy  climate, 

The  town  of  St.  Sebastians,  without  any 
public  edifice  worthy  of  notice,  is  regu- 
larly built,  and,  from  the  late  influx  of  in- 
habitants, is  daily  extending  its  limits.  Al- 
though this  country  produces  plenty  of  beef, 
yet,  from  want  of  care  and  mana^e- 
ment,  it  is  such  as  would  be  considered  car- 
rion in  England  ;  and  in  few  parts  of  the 
world  is  there  less  accommodation  for  tra- 
vellers, there  being  only  some  casas,  or  inns, 
of  the  most  wretched  description. 

The  Brazils  display  an  inexhaustible 
field  for  the  researches  of  the  naturalist,  for 
no  where  else  can  the  objects  of  his  inquiry 
be  more  varied  or  multiplied.  The  state  of 
society  here  is  represented,  by  those  whose 
long  residence  and  close  intercourse  afford 
them  the  means  of  judging,  as  extremely 
demoralized.  The  men,  in  their  exterior 
appearance,  are  a  squalid,  hysterical,  grim- 
looking  set;  but  the  ladies,  though  generally 
little,  and  dark-coloured,  are  not  deficient 


14  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

in  beauty  or  expression  of  countenance; 
they  want,  however,  that  elegance  of  gait 
and  graceful  walk,  peculiar  to  the  Spa- 
niards. They  are  said  to  be  more  atten- 
tive to  the  external  forms  of  decorum  than 
to  the  essential  practice  of  modesty ;  but 
.this,  if  true,  may  "  depend/*  as  was  sug- 
gested by  an  elegant  writer  of  the  last 
embassy,  "  on  the  example  of  the  men ;" 
for  it  would  scarcely  be  reasonable  to  expect 
the  perfection  of  female  morals,  where  every 
manly  virtue  is  unknown.  At  least  three- 
fourths  of  the  world  are  in  a  state  of  bar- 
barism where  women  have  no  character  at 
all ;  being  either  immured  in  seraglios,  or 
the  mere  slaves  and  play- things  of 
their  savage  lords ;  but  in  that  portion  of 
it,  which  has  a  claim  to  civilization,  where 
they  are  allowed  to  have  minds,  and  as- 
sume their  just  rank,  the  slightest  glance 
will  shew,  that  among  those  nations  where 
honour,  intelligence,  and  worth,  are  held  in 
most  esteem  by  the  one  sex,  they  are  uni- 
formly rewarded  by  corresponding  good 
qualities  in  the  other. 


TO    CHINA.  15 

The  ship  having  recruited  her  supply  of 
very  excellent  water*,  and  other  matters 
settled,  we  took  our  leave  of  the  Ameri- 
can shore  on  the  31st  of  March,  steering 
south-easterly  until  we  got  from  36°  to 
39°  south,  where  we  found  the  prevailing 
westerly  winds.  Keeping  in  the  usual  tract 
for  ships  crossing  the  Southern  Atlantic,  we 
passed  the  islands  of  Tristan  d'Acunha, 
about  fifty  miles  to  the  northward  of  them. 
The  wind  continuing  favourable,  we  saw 
the  Table  Mountain  on  the  18th  of  April,  and 
anchored  on  the  same  day  in  the  bay.  We 
arrived  at  a  gay  time,  in  the  middle  of  horse- 
racing  and  balls.  An  India  fleet  touched 
here,  homeward  bound,  one  of  the  ships 
having  on  board  the  Countess  of  Loudon 
and  family,  on  their  passage  to  England. 
Cape  Town  has  now  become  almost  an 
English  place,  and  is  too  well  known  to 
require  any  description  here. 


*  Captain  Cook  complained  of  the  water  here  being 
very  bad. — At  that  time,  perhaps,  the  aqueduct  was  not 
so  extensively  covered,  and  secured  from  the  admission 
of  impurities,  as  at  present. 


16  VOYAGE    OF    H.    AI.    S.    ALCESTE 

As  strangers,  on  first  landing  here,  we 
were  forcibly  struck  by  the  remarkable 
difference  of  complexion  in  the  female  part 
of  the  society,  compared  with  the  brunettes 
we  had  just  left  at  Rio  Janeiro ;  and  an  Eng- 
lishman is  probably  the  more  inclined  to 
esteem  the  beauty  of  the  Cape  ladies  from 
its  great  resemblance  to  that  which  he  is 
accustomed  to  admire  at  home.  It  is  hint- 
ed, however,  that  this  resemblance  exists 
chiefly  during  youth,  and  that,  in  their  ma- 
turer  years,  they  are  apt  (from  sedentary 
habits  and  want  of  exercise)  to  acquire  a 
peculiar  Hottentotish  obesity.  But  this,  per- 
haps, is  only  said  by  ill-natured  people. 

The  ship  having  gone  round  to  Simon's 
Bay,  and  the  necessary  refitment  being 
completed,  his  lordship  embarked  at  this 
place,  with  the  usual  marks  of  attention, 
on  the  6th  of  May,  and  we  proceeded  on 
our  voyage.  From  38°  to  40°  south,  we 
found  our  expected  winds ;  but,  as  winter 
was  far  advanced  in  this  hemisphere,  (latter 
end  of  May,  and  beginning  of  June,)  the 
weather  was  cold,  bleak,  and  boisterous, 
with  a  heavy  sea.  On  the  24th  May  we  made 


TO    CHINA.  17 

the  islands  of  St.  Paul  and  Amsterdam. 
Smoke  was  seen,  as  we  approached,  issu- 
ing from  the  crevices  of  the  latter.  It  is 
here  where  the  hot  springs  so  nearly  adjoin  to 
the  greatsalt  water  basin,  as  to  afford  the  sin- 
gular exhibition  of  catching  fish  in  the  latter, 
and  boiling  them  in  the  former,  without 
taking  themorT  the  hook,  and  within  reach  of 
the  rod.  The  state  of  the  weather,  which  was 
very  rough,  and  the  time  of  the  evening,  did 
not  allow  us  to  verify  this  fact,  but  there 
is  no  doubt  of  its  truth.  An  immense 
crater  (now  apparently  converted  into  a 
sort  of  harbour,  the  sea  having  flowed  into 
it)  appears  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
island. 

Having  got  sufficiently  to  the  eastward 
for  the  purpose  of  fetching  Java  with  the 
usual  tropical  winds,  we  began  to  haul 
to  the  northward  and  eastward,  the  wea- 
ther of  course  becoming  daily  warmer; 
and,  on  the  8th  June,  we  saw  Java  Head, 
and  anchored  next  day  in  Anjeri  road, 
where  we  found  the  Lyra  at  anchor,  and 
saw  the  Hewitt  off  Cape  Nicholas,  on 
her  way  to  Batavia,  they  having  only 


18  VOYAGE  OF  II.  M.  S.  ALCESTJ3 

arrived  two  days  before  us*.  This  pas- 
sage was  extraordinary  for  its  rapidity,  for 
in  ninety -two  days,  under  sail,  the  ship  had 
traversed  about  fourteen  thousand  miles, 
and  visited  every  quarter  of  the  globe. 

After  staying  a  day  or  two  at  the  village 
of  Anjeri  (where  we  were  amused  with  the 
ceremony  of  a  Javanese  wedding,)  Colonel 
Yule,  the  resident  of  the  Bantam  district, 
accompanied  by  Mr.  M'Gregor,  waited  on 
the  Embassador  to  pay  their  respects  ;  and 
having  provided  the  necessary  accommo- 
dation for  his  lordship  and  suite  to  pro- 
ceed overland  to  Batavia,  they  all  set  out 
on  their  journey  thither.  During  our  short 
stay  here,  the  king,  or  sultan,  of  Ban- 
tam, died;  and  his  uncle  (the  nearest 
heir  to  the  sovereignty)  refused  to  accept 
the  title,  preferring  to  live  in  humble  retire- 


*  The  superior  sailing  of  the  frigate  enabled  us  to 
touch  at  Rio  Janeiro,  without  in  any  way  delaying  the 
general  passage ;  as,  notwithstanding  this,  she  nearly 
overtook  her  consorts  at  the  Cape.  The  same  was  the 
case  here,  though  she  remained  ten  days  behind,  being 
able  to  afford  them,  in  such  a  run,  a  start  of  1000,  or 
1500  miles. 


TO    CHINA.  19 

merit.  The  Alceste,  having  completed 
her  water,  sailed  also  for  Batavia,  as  she 
had  brought  out  duplicate  despatches  for 
the  evacuation  -of  the  island  of  Java.  The 
Lyra,  in  the  mean  time,  had  been  sent  on 
to  China,  with  a  communication  from  Lord 
Amherst  to  Sir  G.  Staunton. 

On  the  21st  June  we  sailed  from  Batavia, 
with  the  General  Hewitt  ;  saw  the  island  of 
Lucepara  on  the  23d,  and  entered  the 
straits  of  Banca.  Our  voyage  up  the 
China  sea  presented  nothing  unusual.  On 
the  9th  of  July  we  met  His  Majesty's  ship 
Orlando,  and  received  intelligence  of  the 
motions  of  our  coadjutors  at  Macao.  We 
joined  them  at  anchor  near  the  Grand 
Lemma  on  the  following  day,  and  found 
along  with  the  Lyra,  the  Discovery,  and 
Investigator,  two  surveying-ships  belonging 
to  the  Company,  having  on  board  Sir  G. 
Staunton,  and  some  other  gentlemen  *  be- 
longing to  the  factory,  whose  knowledge 


N  Messrs.  Morrison,   Manning,  Toone,    Davis,    and 
Pearson. 


20  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

of  the  Chinese   language  rendered   them 
necessary  as  interpreters. 

The  apparent  reason  of  choosing  this 
rendezvous,  was  to  be  free  from  the  im- 
pertinence of  the  Canton  official  people, 
whose  business  it  naturally  was  to  thwart 
the  measures,  and  throw  every  possible  im- 
pediment in  the  way  of,  the  embassy. 
Circumstances  occasioning  the  delay  of  a 
day  or  two,  the  ships  passed  on  to  an  an- 
chorage among  the  Hong  Kong  islands  ; 
where  the  Anjeri  water,  not  being  deemed 
good,  was  changed  for  that  which  fell  from 
the  rocks,  and  was  certainly  uncontaminated 
by  any  vegetable  matter,  for  few  places 
present  a  more  barren  aspect  than  these 
islands.  They  are  also  called  the  Ladrones, 
from  being  the  haunts  of  pirates ;  and  for 
such  a  purpose  their  situation  is  extremely 
well  adapted.  Here  a  message  arrived, 
stating  the  emperor's  pleasure  that  the  em- 
bassy should  be  received  as  in  the  former 
case ;  and  that  the  necessary  orders  had 
been  sent  to  the  ports  of  the  Eastern  and 
Yellow  Seas  for  that  purpose. 


TO   CHINA.  21 

On  the  13th  July  the  squadron  (four  ships 
and  the  brig)  sailed ;  and,  coasting  along 
the  provinces  of  Quang-tung  and  Fokien, 
passed  through  the  Straits  of  Formosa,  and 
entered  the  Tung  Hai,  or  Eastern  Sea. 
The  breeze  altered  its  direction  occasion- 
ally, but  was  always  favourable ;  and,  pass- 
ing out  of  sight  of  the  Chusan  islands,  we 
saw  the  land  to  the  eastward,  which  we  then 
conceived  to  be  the  south-west  point  of 
Corea.  On  the  24th  we  made  Staunton's 
island,  and  Capes  Gower  and  Macartney, 
on  the  south-east  part  of  the  Shan-tong 
promontory ;  and,  the  next  day,  rounding 
close  the  north-east  point,  we  entered  the 
Gulph  of  Pe-tche-lee.  The  country  here 
had  an  extremely  rugged  and  sterile  look. 
On  the  26th  we  passed  through  the  Mee- 
a-tau  islands,  and  steered  for  the  mouth 
of  the  White  (or  North)  River*,  despatching 
the  Lyra  a-head,  to  announce  the  ap- 
proach of  the  squadron. 

An  address  was  now  publicly  read  by 


*  It  is  doubtful  whether  Pel  means  white  or  north ; 
most  probably  the  latter. 


22  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  S.  ALCESTE 

Lord  Amherst,  to  all  the  individuals  who 
were  to  be  attendants  on  the  embassy, 
touching  the  great  necessity  of  maintaining 
the  strictest  regularity  and  propriety  of  con- 
duct in  their  intercourse  with  the  Chinese, 
so  as  to  avoid  every  cause  of  offence  or  dis- 
agreement ;  and  laying  down  general  re- 
gulations for  their  conduct  in  all  respects. 

We  anchored,  on  the  28th*,  not  many 
miles  distant  from  the  mouth  of  the  river; 
but  the  land  is  here  so  very  low,  that  the 
mast-heads  of  the  junks  in  the  river,  and 
the  tops  of  the  houses  only  of  the  village 
of  Ta-coo,  were  visible  from  the  ship.  It 
would  appear  that  the  ships  had  entirely 
outstripped  theexpectationsof  the  Chinese; 
for  they  had  no  idea  of  seeing  them  so  soon, 
or  that  they  should  not  have  heard  of  them 
in  their  passage  up.  Such  rapidity  of 
movement  never  entered  into  their  con- 
ceptions; for  they,  in  fact,  had  scarce  heard 


*  During  our  passage  up  the  Yellow  Sea  the  weather 
vras  remarkably  serene  and  fine,  and  we  experienced 
none  of  the  fogs  which  usually  hang  over  the  shallower 
parts  of  the  ocean. 


TO    CHINA.  23 

of  them  at  one  end  of  their  empire,  when 
they  found  them  at  the  other. 

The  viceroy  of  this  province  (Pe-tche-lee) 
had  been  for  some  offence  dismissed  from 
his  office;  and  his  successor,  having  not 
yet  left  Pekin,  it  was  not  until  the  4th  Aug. 
that  two  duly-authorized  mandarins  of  rank 
(Chang  and  Yin)  came  on  board  to  pay 
their  respects  to  the  Embassador,  and  to 
give  the  necessary  directions  for  the  dis- 
embarkation of  the  presents.  To  those 
who  had  seen,  for  the  first  time,  the  Chi- 
nese costume,  these  mandarins  had  a  very 
strange  appearance/ — On  a  back  view, 
their  short  jacket,  or  gown,  with  their  crape 
petticoats,  gave  them  the  look  of  bulky  old 
women ;  but,  in  confronting  them,  their 
clumsy  boots  and  "  beards  forbade  the  in- 
terpretation.^ The  fishermen  in  this  vi- 
cinity, (almost  within  a  hundred  miles 
of  the  capital,)  were  literally  naked,— 
even  without  a  fig-leaf.  This  sort  of  in- 
decency we  were  little  prepared  to  meet, 
amongst  a  people  who  affect  to  be  so 
outrageously  decorous  as  to  discourage  the 
art  of  sculpture,  because  it  displays  too 


24  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

distinctly  the  shape  and  lineaments  of  the 
human  body. 

Chang  was  a  civil,  Yin  a  military,  man- 
darin ;  and  they  had,  as  usual,  the  title  of 
Ta-zhin    (or    great  man)    added   to   their 
names.     They  were  saluted  on  approach- 
ing  the  ship  with  seven   guns  each,  and 
received  with  a  guard.     Every  body  was 
in  lull  dress;  and  it  could  not  be  said  of 
this,  as  of  the  last  embassy,  that  there  was 
any  want    of    splendour  in'  this   respect. 
After  a  conference,  in  some  degree  cere- 
monious,   and  partly  for  arranging  future 
proceedings,  they  partook    of  a  banquet 
in  the  captain's  cabin,  and  then   returned 
to  the  shore.     Quang,  the  Chin-chae,  im- 
perial commissioner,  or  legate,  (as  he  has 
been  variously  termed,)  holding  a  superior 
rank  to  either  of  the  others*,  being  ready  to 
receive  the  Embassador  on  shore,  his  lord- 

*  The  person  holding  such  an  office  as  this,  under 
the  great  seal,  obtains  a  kind  of  temporary  rank,  entitling 
him,  for  the  time,  to  take  precedence  even  of  the  vice- 
roy of  a  province,  although  he  may  have  an  inferior 
button  or  ball  on  his  cap,  and  be  a  mandarin  of  lower 
order  in  the  state. 


TO   CHINA.  25 

ship  and  the  gentlemen  of  the  embassy 
took  their  leave  of  us  for  a  while,  land- 
ing in  great  state  on  the  9th  of  August ; 
the  squadron  being  dressed  in  colours, 
the  standard  flying,  the  yards  manned, 
and  a  salute  of  19  guns  fired  from  each 
ship.  They  proceeded  into  the  river  at- 
tended by  a  number  of  Chinese  junks, 
and  by  our  boats  in  regular  order. 
During  the  time  we  remained  at  this  place, 
presents  of  bullocks,  vegetables,  rice,  tea, 
and  other  refreshments  were,  according  to 
usage,  sent  off  to  the  ships,  but  by  no  means 
in  great  abundance.  Several  of  the  bullocks 
were  brought  along-side  dead,  having  been 
drowned  in  the  bottom  of  the  boats,  or  died 
otherwise  in  their  passage  off.  This,  how- 
ever, was  not  meant  as  disrespect  or  incivi- 
lity, for  they  make  no  distinction  themselves 
between  an  animal  that  is  killed  by  the 
butcher,  and  one  which  dies  naturally ;  and 
in  this  way  they  eat  dogs,  cats,  rats,  and 
in  fact,  all  manner  of  carrion  and  vermin. 

In  this  respect,  therefore,  they  made 
no  strangers  of  us,  for  they  gave  us  their 
own  family  fare. 


26  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

It  was  now  determined,  by  the  senior 
officer,  that  the  Lyra,  attended  by  the 
Investigator,  should  take  a  southerly  direc- 
tion in  the  Gulf,  whilst  the  Alceste  and 
Discovery  were  to  proceed  to  the  north, 
a  certain  rendezvous  being  pointed  out  for 
our  meeting  again,  to  which  the  General 
Hewitt  was  also  directed. 

On  the  llth  we  weighed,  and  stood  to 
the  north-eastward ;  the  Discovery  in 
company  :  the  Lyra  and  Investigator  to 
the  southward.  On  the  13th  saw  the  Sha- 
loo-poo-tien  Islands,  extending  from  north- 
west by  north  to  west  by  south,  distant 
about  five  leagues.  We  coasted  along  the 
western  shore  of  the  Gulf  of  Lea-tong,  hi- 
therto unexplored  by  any  European  ship ; 
and  found  the  land,  as  we  advanced,  be- 
came more  and  more  mountainous.  About 
noon,  on  the  14th,  in  latitude  39°  29'  N. 
longitude  120°6'E.,  the  great  wall  of  China 
opened  to  the  view,  bearing  north-west 
by  west,  its  nearest  and  lowest  point 
being  then  distant  about  six  or  seven 
leagues ;  but  we  approached  it  closer  in  the 
afternoon. 


TO    CHINA.  27 

Rising  from  the  sea,  this  immense  bar- 
rier passed  over  the  first  or  lowest  hill,  and, 
mounting  the  second,  was  seen  stretching 
to  the  right,  in  our  point  of  view,  obliquely 
towards  its  summit :  then  on  the  third  and 
still  higher  land,  it  inclined  to  the  left, 
making  an  angle  with  the  last  range  ;  and, 
ultimately  ascending  the  highest  and  most 
distant  mountain,  it  was  there  lost*.  The 
opportunity  of  surveying  this  extraordinary 
structure,  which,  for  more  than  twenty  ages, 
has  been  deemed  one  of  the  greatest  won- 
ders of  the  world,  afforded,  more  especially 
in  this  unexpected  way,  from  the  deck 
of  a  British  man  of  war,  the  most  pleasing 
sensations.  Whether  it  is  considered  (as  it 
is  by  some)  a  mighty  effort  of  human  in- 
dustry, or  (as  by  others)  a  monument  of  la- 


*  It  extends  for  about  fifteen  hundred  miles,  and  is 
carried  equally  over  mountains  and  rivers. — "  It  is  said 
not  to  be  more  than  five-and-twenty  feet  high,  flanked 
with  lowers  at  short  distances,  but  of  sufficient  breadth 
for  several  horsemen  to  travel  easily  abreast.  Report  says, 
that  one-third  of  the  men  in  China,  capable  of  labour, 
M'ere  employed  in  its  construction,  and  that  it  was  finished 
in  the  space  of  five  years." 


28  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.S.    ALCESTE 

borious  folly,  still  it  is  an  amazing  object, 
not  only  from  its  immense  extent,  but  on 
account  of  its  great  antiquity  ;  and,  from 
being  so  seldom  visible  to  an  European  eye, 
to  have  beheld  it,  even  at  this  distance,  was 
a  high  gratification  of  curiosity.  Beyond 
the  wall  is  a  remarkable  head-land,  very 
much  resembling  Cape  Sicie,  a  notorious 
place,  near  Toulon.  The  wind  heading 
us  here,  we  stood  across,  about  sun-set, 
toward  the  coast  of  Chinese  Tartary ;  and  on 
the  15th,  in  the  evening,  anchored  in  a  bay  * 
sheltered  by  winds  from  the  north-west  to 
south,  but  open  to  the  southward  and  west- 
ward, lat.  39°  33'  N.,  long.  121°  19'  E., 
We  found  here  a  cascade  of  water  gushing 
from  the  rock,  which  was  excellent. 

The  natives,  who  most  probably  had 
never  seen  any  ships  of  our  class  before, 
crowded  down  next  morning  on  the  beach, 
but  shewed  no  inclination  to  come  on  board. 
Indeed  the  people  here  seemed  to  be  less 
amphibious  than  those  generally  found  on 
sea-coasts ;  few  fishing  or  other  boats  were 

*  Named  Ross  Bay. 


TO    CHINA.  29 

to  be  seen,  although  a  very  large  and  fine 
harbour,  for  vessels  of  twelve  or  fifteen 
feet  water,  extended  inland  round  a  point 
from  the  head  of  the  bay. 

The  first  officer  who  wandered  up  to  the 
villages,  about  two  miles  from  the  water- 
ing place,  was  nearly  devoured  by  the  cu- 
riosity of  the  inhabitants. 

Being  seated  beneath  a  tree,  every  part 
of  his  dress  underwent  the  strictest  scru- 
tiny, from  the  shirt-frill  to  the  shoes ;  but 
the  anchor-buttons  seemed  most  to  attract 
attention,  for  they  would  refuse  a  dollar, 
and  gladly  accept  a  button,  for  any  thing. 
The  women  here  had,  universally,  small 
feet,  all  who  were  seen  (and  on  the  first 
morning  every  woman  in  the  village  made 
her  appearance)  being  crippled.  This  we 
by  no  means  expected  to  have  found  so  far 
on  the  Tartar  side  of  the  great  wall. 

But  these  people  are,  in  fact,  completely 
Chinese  ;  the  language,  dress,  and  religion 
of  that  country  evidently  prevailing:  and 
they  appeared  to  differ  in  no  material  re- 
spect from  those  we  afterwards  saw  in  the 
province  of  Shan-tong,  except  that  they 


30  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

were  less  rude  and  uncivil.  No  public 
officer,  or  man  of  any  rank,  made  his  ap- 
pearance to  inquire  into  the  motives  of  our 
arrival.  They  were  remarkably  neat  in 
their  houses  and  gardens  ;  and  there  was  an 
air  of  comfort  about  their  villages,  not  al- 
ways to  be  found  in  the  more  civilized  parts 
of  Europe.  The  face  of  the  country  is 
mountainous,  and  extremely  denuded  of 
wood ;  not  a  tree  being  visible,  except  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  their  dwellings. 
The  hills  had  the  appearance  of  sheep- 
feeding  downs  in  England;  and  the  soil, 
as  far  as  we  could  penetrate,  was  ex- 
cellent, and  a  good  deal  cultivated  ;  the 
holcus  sorghum  appearing  a  prominent  ob- 
ject. 

Many  deep  fissures  or  gulleys  were  ob- 
served on  the  sides  of  the  mountains,  oc- 
casioned by  the  torrents  from  the  melting 
snow  in  winter ;  for,  although  this  part  of 
the  country  is  in  the  same  parallel  as  the 
north  of  Italy  or  south  of  France,  and  was 
now  (in  August)  very  warm,  yet  the  wintry 

season  must  be  extremely  cold,    from  the 

j 

general   situation  and  appearance  of  the 


TO    CHINA.  31 

country,  and  the  bleak  winds  blowing 
over  the  uncultivated  wilds  to  the  nlfth- 
ward  of  it.  -The  rocks  here  were  composed 
of  a  very  ponderous  sort  of  stone,  evidently 
containing  a  great  proportion  of  iron;  and 
some  slate  was  observed.  There  must  be 
some  town  of  commercial  importance  si- 
tuated at  the  head  of  the  Gulf,  from  the 
number  of  junks  we  saw  passing  up  and 
down.  Some  matchlocks  were  noticed  at 
this  place,  but  they  were  merely  in  the 
hands  of  individuals,  as  fowling-pieces ;  for 
no  military  made  their  appearance.  We 
were  unable  to  procure  a  supply  of  fresh 
beef; — not  from  want  of  cattle;  but  they 
could  not  comprehend  the  value  of  Spanish 
dollars,  this  coin  of  such  universal  circula- 
tion, being  melted  down,  the  moment  it 
gets  into  the  hands  of  a  Chinese  of  Canton. 
Having  completed  our  water,  we  weighed 
on  the  19th,  and  steered  along-shore  to  the 
southward.  At  four  in  the  afternoon,  we 
saw  a  considerable  town,  lying  in  a  hollow 
between  two  red  cliffs,  the  neighbourhood 
immediately  around  being  rather  fine,  and 
better  wooded  than  usual.  It  seemed  a 


VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

place  of  some  trade,  and  a  number  of  junks 
were  lying  at  anchor  in  the  roads.  The  nar- 
row promontory  which  here  extends  into 
the  Yellow  Sea,  and  forms  the  eastern 
boundary  of  the  Gulf  of  Lea-tong,  was,  from 
its  resemblance  to  a  sabre,  named  the  Re- 
gent's Sword:  the  south  end  of  it  is  the  ex- 
treme Tartar  point,  and  was  called  Cape 
Charlotte,  in  honour  of  her  royal  highness 
the  princess. 

Leopold's  Isle  lies  a  little  to  the  north- 
west of  this  cape. 

The  coast  along  this  shore  from  our  an- 
chorage was  not  unlike  that  from  Plymouth 
Sound  to  the  Start.  Next  morning  (20th), 
steering  southerly,  we  passed  through  a 
cluster  of  islands  (nearly  opposite  and  not 
very  far  distant  from  the  Mee-a-taus),  which 
were  named  the  Company's  Group.  The 
space  between  them  and  Cape  Charlotte, 
St.  George's  Channel ;  that  through  which 
we  had  sailed,  Leadenhall-Passage  ;  Ried's 
Rock  and  Grant's  Island  were  names  ap- 
propriated on  this  occasion.  Soon  after 
we  saw  the  Mee-a-tau  Islands ;  and,  in  the 
afternoon,  passed  the  city  of  Ten-cheu-foo, 


TO    CHINA.  83 

at  which  Lord  Macartney,  in  the  last  em- 
bassy, touched.  It  looks  very  well  from 
the  sea,  but  the  wall  seems  of  much  greater 
'extent  than  is  necessary  for  the  town. 
Stood  on  to  the  eastward,  and  entered,  in 
the  evening,  the  bay  or  harbour  of  Kin- 
san-seu  or  Zew-a-tau,  The  clear  and  ac- 
curate description  of  it,  by  Sir  Erasmus 
Gower,  enabled  the  Alceste  to  proceed  in 
without  the  least  hesitation  or  difficulty. 
Here  we  found  the  General  Hewitt.  There 
are  two  towns  on  the  peninsula,  forming 
the  north-west  side  of  the  harbour,  and  one 
on  the  opposite  shore.  The}7  have  no  for- 
tifications here ;  at  least  none  deserving 
that  name.  The  people  appeared  a  gross 
and  boorish  set,  and  we  enjoyed  the  hap- 
piness  of  being  crowded  with  them  from 
daylight  till  dark,  when  they  always  went 
away  without  the  least  expression  of  thanks 
for  civilities  shewn  them.  We  here  noticed 
that  all  the  females,  high  and  low,  had  small 
feet,  which  is  by  no  means  the  case  in  the 
southern  provinces,  especially  about  Can- 
ton. At  the  latter  place,  among  the  mid- 
dling and  lower  classes,  the  feet  are  aJ- 

D 


34  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  $.  ALCESTE 

lowed  to  remain  in  their  proper  state, 
unless  the  girl  promises  to  be  handsome, 
in  which  case  she  is  crippled,  in  order  to 
give  the  finishing  touch  to  her  beauty,  and 
with  the  view  of  preparing  her  for  the  man- 
darin market,  where  small  feet  bring  a 
higher  price,  and  she  occasionally,  also,  ob- 
tains some  interest  or  favour  for  her  parents 
through  the  connexion. 

They  walk,  or  rather  totter  along,  like 
one  shuffling  on  her  heels  only,  without 
putting  the  fore  part  of  the  foot  on  the 
ground ;  and,  in  moving  quick,  they  not 
unfrequently  tumble  down,  when  they  must 
get  up  again  the  best  way  they  can;  for, 
Chinese  gallantry  was  never  observed  to 
extend  so  far  as  to  afford  any  help  on  such 
an  occurrence.  Some,  more  cautious,  were 
seen  to  move  about,  supporting  themselves 
by  the  walls  of  the  houses.  Girls,  from 
early  infancy  to  eight  or  nine  years  old, 
were  carried  about  in  arms,  their  feet  being 
too  tender,  during  the  first  years  of  this 
absurd  and  cruel  operation,  to  enable  them 
to  bear  their  weight ;  the  four  smaller  toes 
being  turned  down  under  the  .sole,  the 


TO    CHINA.  35 

whole  Toot  and  ancle  cramped,  and  the 
growth  impeded  by  tight  bandages,  and  a 
small  shoe,  which  is  generally  again  enclosed 
in  a  larger  one.  The  pain  and  irritation 
excited  by  this  horrid  process,  as  well  as 
the  want  of  exercise,  evidently  injures  their 
general  health,  for  all  the  female  children 
had  a  sickly  pallid  look.  It  would  be  as 
difficult  to  account  for  the  origin  of  this 
barbarous  practice,  as  that  of  squeezing 
the  waists  of  Englishwomen  out  of  all 
natural  shape  by  stays  (an  usage  which 
has  not  long  been  laid  aside);  or  of  "  treat- 
"  ing  men  like  mere  musical  instruments/' 
and  timing  them,  as  such,  in  Italy. 

On  shore  the  people  were  inhospitably 
rude,  and  even  the  children  were  encou- 
raged to  be  insolent,  and  to  throw  stones. 
One  mandarin  seized  a  basket  of  vegetables 
from  the  officers'  steward,  ordering  him  and 
the  interpreter  (whom  he  also  beat)  into 
the  boat,  with  a  number  of  opprobrious 
epithets,  such  as  "  Foreign  Devils !  Spies  !" 
£c.  Our  relation  with  the  embassy  tied 
our  hands  at  this  time. 

Finding  no  refreshment  was  to  be  ob- 
D  2 


36  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  8.  ALCEiTE 

tained  here,  and  being  told,  by  some  one  in 
authority,  that  there  was  a  greater  proba- 
bility of  getting  cattle  at  another  harbour, 
forty  miles  farther  to  the  eastward,  we  pre- 
pared to  proceed  thither. 

We  had  by  this  time  been  joined  by 
the  Lyra ;  Captain  Hall  having  surveyed 
the  western  and  southern  shores  of  the 
Gulf  of  Pe-che-lee,  which  were  found  to 
be  in  general  low.  One  place,  remarkable 
for  its  height  over  the  adjoining  land,  had 
been  named  Mount  Ellis.  Here  we  parted 
for  a  time  with  our  worthy  friends  of 
the  General  Hewitt,  the  companions  of 
our  voyage  outward ;  that  ship  proceeding 
to  Canton,  to  complete  her  ulterior  ob- 
jects. On  the  26th  we  weighed  from 
Zeu-a-tau,  and  next  morning  arrived  at 
Oie-aie-oie,  a  very  extensive  and  secure 
harbour,  the  Lyra  sounding  the  passage 
in.  On  our  entrance  a  number  of  man- 
darins (or,  as  the  seamen  termed  them, 
mad  marines)  came  on  board  to  pay  their 
respects ;  and  an  old  turret  on  the  face 
of  a  hill  fired  three  popguns  by  way  of 
salute,  turning  out  about  a  dozen  and  a  half 


TO    CHINA. 


37 


of  soldiers,  who  looked  a  good  deal  like  the 
stage-military  in  an  old-fashioned  play. 

Their  salute  was  returned  by  an  equal 
number  of  guns  from  the  ships.  Here  died 
Mr.  Gawthrop,  the  master,  aged  forty- 
three  years,  (thirty -three  of  which  he  had 
been  to  sea,)  after  a  severe  illness  con- 
tracted at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  He 
had  been  distinguished  as  a  good  seaman 
and  correct  navigator;  his  career  in  the 
navy  had  also  been  marked  by  his  abilities 
as  a  surveyor  of  coasts  and  harbours ;  and, 
although  a  man  of  blunt  manners,  his  ho- 
nesty was  sterling.  The  ship's  reckoning 
had  been  kept,  during  his  confinement,  by 
Mr.  Taylor,  the  chaplain. 

We  buried  him  at  sea,  near  the  mouth 
of  the  harbour,  with  military  honours ;  it 
not  being  considered  right  to  inter  him 
among  a  set  of  men  who  would  have  dis- 
turbed the  grave  for  the  coffin  or  the 
clothes,  and  of  whose  thievish  disposition 
we  had  had  the  fullest  example.  We  lost 
no  time  at  this  place,  where  nothing  sub- 
stantial was  to  be  found*,  but  proceeded 

*  Here  parted  for  Macao  the  Discovery  and  Investi- 
gator. They  were  towed  up,  and  sailed  down  again. 


VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

to  sea  on  the  29th,  standing  to  the  east- 
ward along  the  Shan-tong  shore.  On  the 
31st  we  saw  the  land  bearing  east;  but, 
the  wind  being  light,  anchored  in  forty-three 
fathoms.  Towards  morning  we  weighed, 
and  the  next  day  anchored  again  among 
a  cluster  of  islands,  lat.  37°  45'  'N. 
long.  124°  40'  30"  E.  on  the  coast  of 
Corea.  The  natives  here  exhibited,  by 
signs  and  gestures,  the  greatest  aversion 
to  the  landing  of  a  party  from  the  ships, 
making  cut-throat  motions  by  drawing  their 
hands  across  their  necks,  and  pushing  the 
boats  away  from  the  beach  ;  but  they  of- 
fered no  serious  violence.  These  islands 
were  named  Sir  James  Hall's  Group;  the 
main  land,  of  considerable  height,  was  in 
view,  and  not  far  distant.  Weighed  again, 
and,  the  wind  being  easterly,  stood  to  the 
southward.  On  the  2d  we  were  out  of  sight 
of  any  land ;  but,  the  wind  changing  to 
the  eastward,  made  sail  southerly,  and,  on 
the  3d,  passed  a  number  of  islands,  with 
which  the  sea  was  studded  as  far  as  the  eye 
could  reach  from  the  mast-head ;  and,  on 
the  4-th,  stood  into  a  fine  bay  formed  by 


TO    CHINA.  41 

in  6'hina  for  men  of  merit) ;  and  the  rest 
we^e  civilians.  He  was  ushered  into  the 
cabin,  where,  in  preference  to  chairs,  he 
sat  down  upon  one  of  the  sofa-cushions, 
placed  upon  deck.  It  appearing  to  be 
etiquette  for  the  head  to  be  covered,  the 
whole  party,  consisting  of  Captains  Max- 
well, Hall,  and  other  officers,  conformed 
to  this  rule,  and,  squatting  on  the  cabin- 
floor,  with  gold-laced  cocked  hats  on,  amid 
the  strange  costume  of  the  Coreans,  looked 
like  a  party  of  masquers. 

edifying  conversation  was  no 
on  this  occasion  ;  for  much  was 
said,  but  unfortunately  not  one  word  was 
understood,  the  Chinese  interpreter  we 
had  on  board  not  being  able  to  write  his 
own  language ;  and  some  of  the  Coreans 
could  write,  although  they  could  not  speak, 
at  least,  that  dialect  which  he  compre- 
hended. The  old  gentleman,  however, 
displayed,  by  signs,  his  satisfaction  at  the 
mode  of  his  reception ;  and,  after  par- 
taking of  some  liqueurs  and  sweetmeats, 
took  his  departure  late  in  the  evening 
from  the  ship,  when  he  was  again  saluted, 


42  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

his  band  striking  up  one  of  their  martial 
airs. 

During  the  night  several  boats  were  an- 
chored near  the  Lyra,  apparently  to  watch 
her  motions;  and  early  in  the  morning  the 
same  chief,  accompanied  by  a  still  greater 
retinue,  was  seen  embarking  at  the  nearest 
village,  and  soon  after  he  visited  the  Lyra, 
where  he  breakfasted.  He  had  in  his  train 
some  secretaries  (or  men  of  letters),  who 
employed  themselves  in  noting  down  every 
thing  relative  to  the  ships  which  could  be 
acquired  by  signs:  the  complemfigt  of 
men  was  described  by  pointing  to  thiBand 
then,  holdingupten  fingers  a  certain  number 
of  times,  they  counted  the  guns,  examined 
the  muskets,  measured  the  decks,  &c.  &c. 
A  shot  was  fired,  by  express  wish,  from 
one  of  the  carronades;  and  the  distance 
it  went,  but  particularly  its  recochetting  along 
the  surface  of  the  water,  seemed  to  strike 
them  with  astonishment.  After  breakfast, 
a  small  party  of  the  officers  (Captains  Max- 
well, Hall,  Messrs.  Clifford,  Law,  and 
M'Leod)  got  into  the  boats  with  the  view 
of  landing  at  the  village ;  and  the  old  chief, 


TO    CHINA.  43 

thinking  they  were  going  to  the  frigate,  ac- 
companied them,  his  own  boats  attend- 
ing. But  no  sooner  did  he  perceive  the 
course  directed  to  the  shore  than  his  coun- 
tenance fell,  and  he  seemed  altogether  in  a 
state  of  great  perturbation,  making  signs  that 
he  wished  to  go  to  the  Alceste,  and  shaking 
his  head  when  they  pointed  to  the  town. 

Having  reached  the  beach,  the  party 
landed,  and  were  immediately  surrounded 
by  a  concourse  of  people.  The  old  chief- 
tain hung  his  head,  and  clasped  his  hands 
in  mournful  silence  ;  at  last,  bursting  into 
a  fit  of  crying,  he  was  supported,  sobbing 
all  the  way,  to  a  little  distance,  where  he 
sat  down  upon  a  stone,  looking  back  at 
the  officers  with  the  most  melancholy  aspect. 
His  feelings  appeared  to  be  those  of  a  man 
who  imagined  some  great  calamity  had 
befallen  his  country  in  the  arrival  of  strange 
people ;  and  that  he  was  the  unhappy  being 
in  whose  government  this  misfortune  had 
occurred. 

The  natives,  who  had  in  the  mean  time 
been  driven  by  their  soldiers  to  a  respectful 
distance,  stood  gazing  in  astonishment 


44  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCEST15 

alternately  at  their  afflicted  chief  and  at  our 
party. 

Captain  Maxwell,  seeing  what  distress 
it  occasioned  him,  would  permit  no  ad- 
vance, and,  beckoning  to  him  to  come  back, 
he  arose,  and  slowly  returned. 

It  was  explained  as  well  as  could  be 
done  that  no  injury  was  intended,  and  that 
we  were  friends.  He  pointed  to  the  sun  ; 
and,  describing  its  revolving  course  four 
times,  he  drew  his  hand  across  his  throat, 
and,  dropping  his  chin  upon  his  breast,  shut 
his  eyes,  as  if  dead  ;  intimating  that  in  four 
days  (probably  the  period  in  which  an  an- 
swer could  arrive  from  Kin-ki-tao,  the 
capital,  for  he  also  pointed  to  the  inte- 
rior) he  would  lose  his  head.  One  of  his 
secretaries,  or  legal  advisers  (an  amazing 
long-winded  man),  squatted  on  the  top  of 
a  large  stone,  now  made  a  harangue  of 
considerable  length,  the  purport  of  which 
was  evidently  against  the  advance  of  the 
strangers.  Signs  were  made  for  something 
to  eat  and  drink  (thinking  hospitality  might 
induce  them  to  invite  us  into  their  houses)  ; 
but  messengers  were  instantly  despatched 


TO    CHINA.  45 

to  the  village,  who  brought  down  little 
tables,  with  mats  to  sit  on,  and  some  re* 
freshments:  this,  however,  not  being  the 
object,  they  were  not  accepted,  making 
them  understand  that  it  was  unbecoming 
to  offer  them  in  that  unsheltered  manner,  on 
the  open  beach;  and,  by  way  of  a  hint  that 
this  was  not  our  mode  of  treating  strangers, 
invited  them  to  return  to  the  frigate, 
where  they  should  dine  handsomely,  and 
meet  with  every  respect.  The  old  man,  who 
had  observed  attentively,  and  seemed  per- 
fectly to  comprehend,  the  meaning  of  the 
signs,  answered  by  going  through  the  mo- 
tions of  eating  and  drinking  with  much 
appearance  of  liveliness  and  satisfaction, 
patting  his  stomach  afterwards,  to  say  all 
was  very  fine ;  then,  looking  grave,  he  drew 
his  hand  across  his  neck,  and  shut  his  eyes ; 
as  if  to  say,  "  What  signifies  your  good  din* 
"  ners  when  I  must  lose  my  head  ?" 

Perceiving  it  was  impossible  to  penetrate 
farther  into  the  interior  without  violence, 
which  we  had  neither  the  right  nor  the  in- 
clination to  use,  the  party  re-embarked. 


4(5  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

affecting  to  be  much  hurt  at  the  treatment 
they  had  received. 

The  old  gentleman  followed  on  board 
the  Alceste,  seemingly  much  dejected,  and 
looking  as  if  ashamed  that  he  could  not  pay 
more  attention.  Wandering  about  the 
decks,  attempting  to  converse,  by  signs, 
with  every  one  he  met,  he  took  a  piece  of 
paper  from  a  gentleman  who  was  sitting  at 
his  desk,  and  wrote  some  characters  upon 
it,  which  he  seemed  to  require  an  answer  to, 
but  of  course  none  could  be  given.  The 
paper  was  retained  ;  and,  being  shewn « 
some  months  afterwards  to  Mr.  Banner- 
man,  at  Canton,  turned  out  to  be  "  I  don't 
"  know  who  ye  are ;  what  business  have 
44  ye  here  V  It  was  pretty  evident,  how- 
ever, that  he  was  acting  from  orders  which 
he  dared  not  trifle  with,  rather  than  from 
any  inhospitable  feeling  in  his  own  nature. 

He  received  a  Bible,  which  Captain 
Maxwell  (to  whom  he  seemed  very  thank- 
ful for  not  insisting  upon  going  into  the 
town)  presented  him  with,  and  carried  it 
on  shofe  with  much  care,  most  likely  sup- 


TO    CHINA.  47 

posing  it  to  be  some  official  communica- 
tion. 

Basil's  Bay  (which  this  place  was  named) 
lies  in  lat.  36°  9'  N.,  long.  126°  32'  E.,  be- 
ing, in  sea-phrase,  about  120  miles  high  and 
dry  up  the  country,  according  to  the  exist- 
ing charts. 

This  afternoon  (5th)  got  under  weigh, 
and  stood  to  the  southward,  through  in- 
numerable islands,  which  were  all  high, 
rising  like  mountains  out  of  the  sea. 
None  of  them  seemed  of  great  extent,"  few 
mg  longer  than  three  or  four  miles, 
,  as  far  as  we  could  see,  in  some  de- 
gree cultivated,  the  inhabitants  generally 
crowding  to  the  top  of  the  highest  emi- 
nence, where  they  remained  huddled  to- 
gether, and  gazing  until  the  ships  were 
passed. 

On  the  8th,  anchored  in  lat.  36°  26'  N., 
and  here  we  found  that  the  land  seen  on 
coining  up  the  Whang  Hai  or  Yellow  Sea, 
and  which  had  been  called  Cape  Amherst, 
was  not  the  continent.  It  was  now  named 
Alceste  Island ;  and  another  range,  about 
twenty  in  number,  running  north  and  south, 


48  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  3.  ALCESTE 

rather  within  it,  but  outside  the  Corean 
Archipelago,  was  called  the  Amherst  Isles. 
This  morning,  after  sounding  our  way  in, ' 
came  to  an  anchor  in  a  most  excellent  har- 
bour, named  Murray's  Sound;  the  two 
islands,  which  principally  form  it,  Sham- 
rock and  Thistle. 

Here  a  number  of  observations  were 
taken,  and  surveys  made,  to  ascertain  the 
exact  geographical  position  of  the  land, 
and  the  qualities  of  the  anchorage;  and 
distinguishing  names  were  of  course  given 
to  remarkable  spots,  which  might  serve  on 
future  occasions  as  leading  marks.  From 
the  top  of  Montreal,  one  of  the  highest, 
135  other  islands  were  distinctly  counted ; 
the  main  land,  which  seemed  very  lofty, 
was  seen  ranging  from  north-east  to  east- 
south-east,  distant  about  forty  miles.  From 
Murray's  Sound,  Craig  Harriet,  a  very  pe- 
culiar rock,  rising  in  sugar-loaf  form  from 
the  sea,  bears  south  39°,  west  five  miles. 
Another  rock  (Huntly  Lodge),  situate  on 
an  island,  south  40°  east,  resembles  a  church 
with  a  square  tower.  Windsor  Castle, 
north  40°  50'  east.  The  direction  of  the 


TO    CHINA.  49 

sound  itself  north  north-east  half  east,  and 
south  south-west  half  west;  it  is  a  very  se- 
cure anchorage,  with  excellent  holding 
ground.  The  intervening  spaces  between 
the  multitude  of  isles,  generally  from  one 
to  two,  or  three,  and  even  four  miles  across, 
are  all  (at  least  as  far  as  the  boats  ex- 
amined) close  harbours,  and  capable  of 
containing,  in  security,  all  the  navies  of 
the  world.  They  form,  in  fact,  an  almost 
endless  chain  of  harbours,  communicating 
with  each  other.  The  rise  and  fall  of  tide 
is  here  considerable,  but  the  setting  of  the 
currents  among;  such  a  multitude  of  isles 

o 

must,  of  course,  be  extremely  various. 
They  appear  to  be  all  inhabited,  and  there- 
fore must  possess  fresh  water.  On  first 
landing  on  Thistle  Island,  the  women  fled, 
with  their  infant  children,  over  the  hill,  to  a 
place  which  we  named  Eagle  Point  (from  a 
large  eagle  being  perched  on  the  precipice  as 
we  came  in),  and  hid  themselves  in  recesses 
among  the  rocks ;  Avhilst  the  men,  in  a 
body,  but  unarmed,  waved  and  halloed 
to  us  not  to  advance,  making  the  usual 
signal  with  their  hands  across  the  throat, 

E 


50  VOYAGE  OF  »,  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

When  they  found,  however,  by  repeated 
visits,  that  no  hostility  was  intended,  and 
that  we  were  rather  inclined  to  give  than 
to  take  from  them,  they  became  a  little 
more  tame,  would  crowd  round  the  officers 
to  see  them  fire  at  a  mark,  bring  them  wa- 
ter to  drink,  and  offer  them  part  of  their 
humble    fare    to   eat;    but  all   this    they 
seemed  to  do  in  a  perfect  spirit  of  inde- 
pendence, and  not  from  fear.     Then  sud- 
denly, as  if  recollecting  they  were  acting 
contrary  to   orders  in  holding  any  corre- 
spondence whatever  with  strangers,    they 
would  lay  hold  of  some  of  the  gentlemen 
by  the  shoulders,  and   push  them  away, 
pointing  to  the  ship ;  and  this  conduct  was 
uniform  wherever  we  touched.     We  ob- 
served no  fire-arms  among  them,  but  some 
who  came  on  board  the  Alceste  discovered 
considerable  acquaintance  with  the  sword 
exercise.     They  cultivate  as  much  grain  as 
they   want   for    their  own    consumption ; 
they  feed  cattle  (at  least  for  domestic  pur- 
poses) ;    and,    as  may  naturally   be  sup- 
posed,   from   their   peculiar  and    insular 
situation,  they  subsist  a  good  deal  by  fish- 


TO    CHINA.  51 

ing.  Of  their  government,  general  man- 
ners, and  customs,  it  would  be  impossible 
to  speak  with  any  accuracy  from  so  limited 
an  intercourse  as  we  had  with  them. 

China  has  very  little  communication 
with  the  barbarians  of  the  west,  and  that  is 
chiefly  confined  to  a  particular  spot,  the 
port  of  Canton  ;  Japan  still  less,  and  Corea 
none  at  all.  A  connexion,  however,  is  kept 
up  with  China  by  two  or  three  annual  junks 
from  the  eastern  coast. 

What  little  knowledge  we  possess  of  Co- 
rea is  mostly  derived  from  the  Jesuits  of 
China,  who  certainly  were  not  infallible 
guides  in  all  matters;  but  in  the  geography, 
general  literature,  and  delineation  of  man- 
ners and  customs,  when  unconnected  with 
their  own  superstitions,  their  labours  are 
entitled  to  a  distinguished  place  in  the  re- 
public of  letters,  especially  when  the  diffi- 
culties they  had  to  struggle  with  are  taken 
into  consideration  ;  but  here  they -were  freed 
from  every  motive  to  deceive,  and  had  only 
to  tell  the  simple  truth. 

Corea  (or  Kaoli)  is  tributary  to  the  em- 
peror of  China,  and  sends  him  triennial  Em- 

£    J5 


52  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

bassadors  expressive  of  its  homage.  We 
saw  enough,  however,  to  convince  us  that 
the  sovereign  of  this  country  governs  with 
most  absolute  sway ;  and  that,  occasionally, 
he  makes  very  free  with  the  heads  of  his 
subjects.  The  allusion  to  this  danger  could 
not  have  been  so  constant  and  uniform,  in 
places  so  remote  from  each  other,  without 
some  strong  reason. 

The  law  against  intercourse  with  fo- 
reigners appears  to  be  enforced  with  the 
utmost  rigour  *.  At  one  of  the  islands  to 

o 

the  north,  where  we  first  landed,  a  Corean, 
in  an  unguarded  moment,  accepted  a  but- 
ton which  had  attracted  his  attention ;  but 
soon  after,  as  the  boats  were  shoving  off,  he 
ran  down  into  the  water,  and  insisted  on 
restoring  it,  at  the  same  time  (by  way 
of  reparation)  pushing  the  boat  with  all 
his  might  away  from  the  beach.  On  almost 
all  occasions  they  positively  refused  every 
thing  offered  to  them.  His  Corean  majesty 

*  It  is  said  that  the  crew  of  a  Dutch  vessel,  a  con- 
siderable time  since,  wrecked  on  the  eastern  coast,  were 
detained  in  slavery  for  nineteen  years,  without  being 
heard  of,  when  some  of  them  managed  to  get  away. 


TO    CHINAS  53 

may  well  be  styled  "  king  of  ten  thousand 
isles,"  but  his  supposed  continental  domi- 
nions have  been  very  much  circumscribed 
by  our  visit  to  his  shores.  Except  in  the 
late  and  present  embassy,  no  ships  had 
ever  penetrated  into  the  Yellow  Sea ;  the 
Lion  had  kept  the  coast  of  China  aboard 
only,  and  had  neither  touched  at  the  Tartar 
nor  Corean  side.  Cook,  Perouse,  Bougain- 
ville, Broughton,  and  others,  had  well  de- 
fined the  bounds  on  the  eastern  coast  of 
this  countiy,  but  the  western  had  hitherto 
been  laid  down  on  the  charts  from  imagina- 
tion only,  the  main  land  being  from  a  hun- 
dred and  thirty  to  a  hundred  and  fifty  miles 
farther  to  the.  east  ward  than  these  charts 
had  led  us  to  believe. 

The  Jesuits,  therefore,  must  have  taken 
the  coast  of  Corea  from  report,  and  not 
from  observation,  for  their  chart  is  most  in- 
correct, and  by  no  means  corresponds  with 
their  usual  accuracy.  The  Chinese  written 
characters  have  found  their  way  here,  but 
they  would  appear  to  be  confined  to  the 
literati,  for  the  common  language  has  no 
resemblance  in  sound  to  the  colloquial 
language  of  China. 


54  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

On  the  10th  we  got  under  weigh  and 
proceeded  on  our  voyage,  standing  through 
the  south  passage,  and  made  sail  to  the 
southward,  giving  the  name  of  Lyra  to  an 
island  which  bore  about  east  of  Alceste's  ten 
or  twelve  leagues,  and  distance  nearly  the 
same  north-westerly  from  Quelpart).  On 
the  llth,  sounded  in  forty-nine  fathoms 
muddy  bottom,  in  lat.  31°  42'  N.,  long. 
126°  30'  E.  On  the  morning  of  the  13th  we 
made  Sulphur  Island,  a  volcano,  situated  in 
lat.  27°  56'  N.,  long.  128°  11'  E.  Whilst  yet 
at  a  great  distance,  we  could  observe  a  vo- 
lume of  smoke  at  short  intervals  bursting 
from  its  crater.  We  hove-to  for  some  time 
under  its  lee,  in  front  of  a  horrid  chasm, 
from  whence  the  smoke  issued,  but  found  it 
impossible  to  land,  as  there  was  much  wind 
and  swell,  and  the  surf  broke  with  tre- 
mendous violence  around  its  base.  The 
island,  which  does  not  appear  above  four 
or  five  miles  in  circumference,  rises  pre- 
cipitous from  the  sea,  except  in  one  or  two 
spots;  its  height  must  be  considerable, 
judging  from  the  distance  we  saw  it,  per- 
haps 1,200  feet.  The  sulphurous  smell 
emitted,  even  when  two  or  three  miles  off, 


TO    CHINA.  55 

was  very  strong.  One  end  of  the  island 
displayed  strata  of  a  brilliant  red-coloured 
earth,  which  had  been  noticed  before  on 
some  part  of  the  Corean  main.  One  would 
almost  be  induced  to  believe  that  the  mer- 
cury and  sulphur,  so  abundant  in  these 
regions,  had  combined  to  give  this  ver- 
milion hue  to  the  ground.  From  hence  we 
stood  on  to  the  southward  with  a  strong  wind 
at  north  by  east,  which  soon  increased  to 
a  gale.  Not  having  sufficient  run  for  the 
night,  and  being  totally  unacquainted  with 
the  coast  we  were  approaching,  the  ship 
was  put  under  snug  canvass,  and  hauled 
to  the  wind  on  the  starboard  tack.  On  the 
morning  of  the  14th  we  again  made  sail,  and 
soon  observed  an  island  rising  like  a  cone 
to  a  considerable  height,  with  that  of  the 
grand  Lewchew*  immediately  behind  it. 
The  state  of  the  weather  would  not  war- 
rant our  standing  closer  in  with  the  land 
than  about  eight  miles,  as  it  now  blew  fresh 
from  the  west-north-west,  which  made  it 
a  lee  shore.  We  hauled  to  the  south-west- 
ward, and  in  the  afternoon  saw  breakers 

*  Generally  termed  Lekeyo  in  charts. 


56  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

under  our  lee,  the  Lyra  being  closer  in,  and 
rather  a-head.  To  have  put  about  with 
the  wind  as  it  then  was,  would  have  em- 
bayed us  for  the  night;  for  the  main 
body  of  the  island  seemed  to  form,  with 
the  peak  we  had  left  astern,  and  the 
position  we  were  now  in,  a  sort  of  bight. 
The  Lyra,  indeed,  could  not  have  tacked 
in  such  a  swell,  and  was  almost  too  near  to 
attempt  wearing.  Both  ships,  therefore, 
stood  on  with  every  sail  they  could  carry, 
on  the  starboard  tack,  endeavouring  to 
weather  the  reef.  Much  anxiety  existed, 
at  this  moment,  on  boaYd  the  Alceste,  for 
the  fate  of  the  brig  ;  the  breakers  rearing 
their  white  tops  close  to  leeward  of  her, 
and  rolling,  with  terrific  force,  upon  the 
rocks.  By  steady  steerage,  however,  and 
a  press  of  sail,  she  at  last  passed  the  dan-  *' 
ger,  and  bore  up  through  a  channel  formed 
by  the  reef  and  some  high  islets  to  the 
southward,  very  much  to  the  satisfaction  of 
all  concerned;  and  she  was  followed  by  the 
frigate.  We  hove-to,  for  the  night,  under  the 
lee  of  the  larger  island,  and  the  next  morn- 
ing's dawn,  the  weather  being  now  ex- 
tremely fine,  displayed  to  our  view  a  rich 


TO    CHINA.  57 

extent  of  cultivated  scenery,  such  as  we 
had  not  been  lately  accustomed  to,  on  the 
naked  coasts  of  Tartary  and  China.  Rising 
in  gentle  ascent  from  the  sea,  the  grounds 
were  disposed  more  like  the  finest  country- 
seats  in  England  than  those  of  an  island  so 
remote  from  the  civilized  world, — the 
tranquil,  placid,  and  refreshing  look  of 
every  thing  around,  forming  a  very  pleas- 
ing contrast  with  the  boisterous  sea  and 
dangerous  condition  of  the  previous  day. 
We  were  in  front  of  a  town,  having  a  sort 
of  line  wall,  along  the  water's  edge,  from 
whence  some  fishing-boats  approached  the 
Lyra,  which  by  this  time  had  anchored; 
and  on  the  people  being  interrogated,  by 
signs,  as  to  the  proper  anchorage,  they 
pointed  round  the  south-west  end  of  the 
island,  kindly  offering,  at  the  same  time, 
some  vegetables  and  fresh  water,  which 
they  had  in  their  cano  s. 

We  made  sail  in  the  direction  indicated, 
carefully  sounding  and  looking  out  as  we 
advanced  along  shore,  and  at  night  an- 
chored in  eighty-two  fathoms.  On  the 
16th,  at  daylight,  we  continued  our  course, 
and  about  noon  descried  a  considerable 


58  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

town,  with  a  number  of  vessels  at  anchor 
under  it,  in  a  harbour,  the  mouth  of  which 
was  formed  by  two  pier-heads.  In  the 
afternoon,  having  explored  our  passage 
through  the  adjacent  reefs,  (the  Lyra 
leading,)  we  anchored  in  front  of  this  town. 
The  astonished  natives,  who  most  proba- 
bly had  never  been  visited  by  an  European 
ship  before  *,  were  perched  in  thousands  on 
the  surrounding  rocks  and  heights,  gazing 
on  the  vessels  as  they  entered.  Soon  after, 
several  canoes  came  alongside,  containing 
some  people  in  office,  who  wished  to  know 
to  what  country  we  belonged,  and  the 
nature  of  our  visit.  By  the  assistance  of  the 
Chinese  interpreter,  whose  language  some 
of  them  understood,  they  were  informed 
that  we  were  ships  of  war  belonging  to  the 
King  of  England,  which  had  carried  an 
Embassador  from  that  monarch  to  the 
Emperor  of  China;  and,  after  having 
landed  him  and  his  retinue  near  Pekin,  we 
had,  on  our  return  to  Canton,  where  the 


*  Captain  Broughton,  after  the  loss  of  the  Providence 
in  1797,  anchored  at  this  place  in  a  schooner,  and  re- 
mained forty-eight  hours. 


TO   CHINA.  59 

Embassador  was  to  re-embark,  met  with 
violent  weather  at  sea,  in  which  the  ship 
had  sprung  a  leak,  obliging  us  to  put  in 
there,  in  order  to  repair  our  damages.  To 
make  this  story  feasible,  the  well  was  filled 
by  turning  the  cock  in  the  hold ;  and  the 
chain-pumps  being  set  to  work  threw  out 
volumes  of  water  on  the  main  deck,  to  the 
great  amazement  of  these  people,  who 
seemed  to  sympathize  very  much  with  our 
misfortunes.  This  ruse  was  necessary  to 
free  their  minds  from  that  state  of  alarm, 
which  must  naturally  arise  on  the  arrival 
of  ships  of  such  unusual  appearance  and 
force,  with  whose  motives  they  were  unac- 
quainted, and  who  would  justly  be  consi- 
dered as  the  objects  of  suspicion  had  no  rea- 
son but  mere  curiosity  been  assigned. 
They  returned  on  shore,  and  put  in  requisi- 
tion a  number  of  carpenters,  or  people 
acquainted  with  the  construction  of  their 
own  vessels,  who,  at  daylight  in  the  morn- 
ing, hurried  on  board,  bringing  with  them 
the  rude  implements  of  their  art,  in  order 
to  render  what  assistance  they  could  in 
stopping  the  leak.  This  offer  of  kindness 


60  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

was,  of  course,  civilly  declined  by  the  senior 
officer,  on  the  ground  that  we  had  plenty  of 
good  carpenters  on  board,  who  were  per- 
fectly equal  to  the  task ;  that  an  asylum 
was  all  we  required  during  the  time  of  re- 
pair, with  permission  to  take  on  board  some 
fresh  provisions  and  water,  of  which  we 
stood  much  in  need;  and  all  this  we  would 
most  cheerfully  pay  for. 

An  immediate  supply  of  bullocks,  pigs, 
goats,  fowls,  eggs,  and  other  articles,  with 
abundance  of  excellent  sweet  potatoes,  ve- 
getables, fruit  then  in  season,  and  even  can- 
dles* and  fire-wood,  followed  this  intima- 
tion ;  supplies  of  the  samfe  description  being 
sent  on  board  as  often  as  was  necessary,  for 
about  six  weeks,  the  period  of  our  stay  on 
the  island  ;  those  who  brought  them  taking 
a  receipt  to  shew  they  had  been  delivered 
safely  ;  but  the  chief  authorities,  who  sent 
them,  obstinately  refusing  any  payment  or 
remuneration  whatever. 

Meantime,  it  being  found  impracticable 
for  the  frigate  to  swing  in  the  inner  harbour 

*  Their  candles  are  made  of  unrefined  wax,  with  paper 
wicks,  and  give  an  excellent  light. 


TO    CHINA.  61 

at  low  water,  the  road  in  which  we  lay  was 
accurately  examined,  and  found  to  be  so 
protected  with  coral  reefs  to  seaward,  and 
covered  by  the  land  to  the  eastward,  as  to 
be  completely  sheltered,  except  in  a  very 
slight  degree  at  its  entrance,  and  of  suffi- 
cient extent  and  depth  to  contain  even 
ships  of  the  line. 

On  the  20th,  we  moved  up  to  the  head  of 
this  road,  to  a  place  which  we  called  Baron- 
pool,  where  we  afterwards  rode  out  the  equi- 
noctial gales  (or  change  of  the  monsoons). 

On  inquiring  of  them  where  the  king  was, 
they  said,  after  some  hesitation,  10,000 
miles  off;  and  when  it  was  hinted  that  it 
was  necessary  to  have  a  party  on  shore, 
such  as  ropemakers  and  smiths,  where 
they  could  have  more  room  to  work,  and 
thereby  expedite  our  refit ;  they  requested 
this  might  not  be  done  until  they  heard  from 
the  king,  it  being  an  unprecedented  case,  in 
which  they  were  incompetent  to  act  with- 
out orders. 

Unwilling  to  give  cause  of  alarm  or  un- 
easiness to  a  people  who  seemed  so  well 
disposed,  and  for  whose  fears  and  suspi- 
cions it  was  but  reasonable  to  make  every 


62  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

allowance,  we  remained  quietly  on  board 
until  the  22d,  when  intimation  was  received 
that  a  great  personage  intended  paying  a 
visit  to  the  commodore. 

At  the  mouth  of  a  little  river,  in  front  of 
which  we  were  anchored,  we  observed  this 
chief  embarking  amidst  a  great  concourse 
of  people.  He  was  saluted  on  his  approach 
with  three  guns  from  each  ship,  and  re- 
ceived on  board  with  every  mark  of  re- 
spect. He  was  a  man  about  sixty  years  of 
age,  with  a  venerable  beard  :  his  dress  a 
purple  robe,  with  very  loose  sleeves,  and 
fastened  round  his  middle  with  a  sash  of 
red  silk  :  he  had  sandals  on  his  feet,  with 
white  gaiters,  not  unlike  short  stockings. 
His  cap  (the  badge  of  his  dignity)  was 
made  of  some  slight  material,  twisted  neatly 
into  folds,  and  covered  with  a  light  purple- 
coloured  silk.  He  had  a  numerous  suite 
with  him ;  some  were  official  people  of  dif- 
ferent ranks,  and  the  rest  his  personal  at- 
tendants. Here  the  occasion  of  our  visit  was 
again  discussed  ;  the  pumps  were  set  to 
work  to  shew  the  effect  of  the  leak;  and  pro- 
mises, on  their  part,  renewed,  of  every  as- 
sistance. 


TO    CHINA. 


Although  they  had  not  heard  from  the 
king  on  the   subject  of   our   coming   on 
shore,    and    notwithstanding  it   was   con- 
trary to  a  general  rule  for  any  stranger  to 
land  upon  their  coast,  yet  a  few  of  the 
officers  were  always  welcome  to  walk  about 
within  certain  bounds.     After  partaking  of 
a  very  handsome  entertainment,  he  took 
his  leave,  the  captain  promising  to  return 
his  visit.     At  one  o'clock  on  the  following 
day  the  boats  were  manned,  and  Captains 
Maxwell  and  Hall,  with  several  of  the  offi- 
cers in  full  uniform,  proceeded  into  Napa- 
kiang*.  This  harbour  is  the  mouth  of  a  river, 
at  the  entrance  of  which,  on  each  side,  are 
strong-built  walls  or  piers,  for  a  consider- 
able way  up,  and  inside  were  anchored 
several  rather  large  junks.     Vessels  under 
the  size  of  frigates  could  be  received  very 
well  in  this  river; — the  bottom  is  soft  mud. 


*  Napa  appears  to  have  been  the  original  name  of  the 
town;  but,  since  their  connexion  wkh  China,  the  term  Foo, 
(or  city  of  the  first  class)  has  been  added  ;  making 
Napafoo,  Kiang,  another  Chinese  word,  signifies  river,, 
and,  when  coupled  with  Napa,  means  merely  the  river, 
port,  or  anchorage  of  the  place. 


64  VOYAGE  Or  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

The  river  widens  somewhat  immediately 
above  the  anchorage,  and  in  it  is  situated 
a  very  pretty  little  island.  At  the  landino-- 

o 

place  the  party  were  met  by  some  of  the 
chiefs,  who  had  been  most  in  the  habit  of 
visiting  the  ships,  each  of  whom,  taking 
one  of  the  officers  by  the  hand,  led  him 
through  an  immense  collection  of  specta- 
tors to  the  gate  of  a  public  building,  where 
the  old  gentleman  already  mentioned  at- 
tended to  welcome  them  into  the  house. 
Here  an  entertainment  was  served  up  in 
a  style,  which  a  pastry-cook,  or  connois- 
seur in  eating,  might  describe;  but  which 
to  another  might  be  a  difficult  task.  The 
utmost  good  humour,  however,  prevailed, 
and  a  liqueur  (chazzi)  something  like  rosolio 
was  passed  round  in  abundance,  so  that  it 
was  quite  a  man's  own  fault  if  he  was  not 
cheerful. 

Many  loyal  and  friendly  toasts,  appli- 
cable to  both  countries,  were  given  and  drank 
with  enthusiasm.  As  they  had  hitherto  gene- 
rously supplied  the  ships  with  fresh  provi- 
sions, vegetables,  and  fruit,  and  constantly  re- 
fused any  kind  of  payment,  either  in  money 


TO    CHIXA.  65 

or  by  way  of  barter,  the  captains  thought  this 
a  proper  opportunity  to  offer,  as  a  mark  of 
their  personal  regard,  some  presents  to  the 
chiefs,  consisting  of  various  wines,  cherry 
brandy,  English  broad  cloths,  a  telescope, 
and  other  things;  and  on  this  ground  only 
they  were  accepted  ;  reserving  it  to  them- 
selves, at  the  same  time,  to  make  what  per- 
sonal return  they  might  think  proper  to 
this  interchange  of  friendship. 

At  the  end  of  this  conference,  when  it 
was  proposed  to  take  a  walk  over  the  city, 
a  consultation  was  held  among  them ;  when 
the  request  was  mildly  declined,  (supposed 
to  be  through  the  influence  of  Buonaparte, 
a  man  of  dark  and  peculiar  aspect,  so 
named  because  he  was  suspected  of  being 
the  most  inclined  to  keep  us  at  arm's  length,) 
stating,  they  were  afraid  some  bad  people 
might  be  induced  to  treat  us  with  disre- 
spect. It  was  evident  they  had  not  the 
power,  without  higher  authority,  to  admit 
us  to  freer  access ;  for  the  people  themselves, 
almost  without  exception,  appeared  by  this 
time  to  have  no  apprehension  about  our 
motives.  After  much  hilarity  the  party 


66  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

took  their  leave,  attended  in  the  same  way 
as  on  landing. 

It  was  worthy  of  notice  how  much  re- 
gularity and  decorum  existed  among  so 
many  thousands  as  were  here  collected.  A 
lane  was  formed,  on  the  inner  side  of  which 
the  smallest  boys  (generally  kneeling)  were 
placed ;  another  row  squatted  behind  these ; 
then  the  men  (those  nearest  stooping  a 
little);  and  outside  the  still  taller  people,  or 
those  mounted  on  stones,  £c.;  so  that  all, 
without  bustle  or  confusion,  might  have  a 
complete  view  of  the  strangers.  The  ut- 
most silence  reigned,  and  not  a  whisper  was 
heard.  Perhaps  they  had  purposely  sent 
their  women  out  of  the  way, — but  the  ladies 
managed  (as  usual)  to  outwit  them,  and  to 
gratify  curiosity  in  defiance  of  every  pre- 
caution to  the  contrary.  A  number  of 
them  had  either  been  placed  intentionally 
on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  or  left  there 
in  consequence  of  all  the  men  having  come 
over  to  the  show;  but  the  boats,  in  going  out, 
had  to  pass  within  a  few  yards  of  their  pier- 
head ;  when,  finding  themselves  in  almost 
exclusive  possession  of  that  bank,  they  left 


TO    CHINA.  67 

their  station  on  a  hill,  ran  down  to  the 
point,  and  had  their  peep,  whilst  their 
friends  on  the  opposite  shore  were  unable 
(had  it  been  their  intention)  to  keep'them 
in  the  back  ground. 

About  this  period  a  mutual  friendship 
began  to  exist  between  us ;  confidence 
took  place  of  timidity;  and  now,  instead 
of  permitting  only  a  few  to  visit  the  shore 
at  a  time,  they  fitted  up  the  garden  of  a 
temple  as  a  sort  of  general  arsenal  for 
us  :  the  habitations  of  the  priests  were  al- 
lotted as  an  hospital  for  the  sick,  whilst 
other  temporary  buildings  of  bamboo 
were  erected  for  *the  reception  of  our 
powder,  which  required  airing,  and  for  va- 
rious stores  wanting  inspection  and  repair. 
The  rope-makers,  smiths,  and  other  arti- 
ficers, were  established  at  a  convenient 
spot,  about  a  mile  farther  along  the  beach. 
They  continued  their  usual  supplies,  bring- 
ing us  even  fresh  water  on  board  in  their 
boats;  and,  understanding  we  required 
some  wood  for  spars,  they  felled  fir-trees, 
floated  them  down  the  river,  and  towed 

F2 


68  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

them  alongside,  singing  their  usual  boat- 
song,  which  had  a  very  plaintive  and 
pleasing  effect. 

The  island  of  Lewchew*  is  about  sixty 
miles  long  and  twenty  broad ;  Napa  Kiang, 
our  position,  (and  within  five  miles  of 
Kint-ching,  the  capital,)  lying  in  lat.  26* 
14'  N.,  long.  127°  52'  1"  E.  This  is  its 
south-west  point,  the  main  body  of  the 
island  extending  from  hence  north,  a  little 
eastwardly. 

It  is  the  principal  island  of  a  group  of 
thirty-six,  subject  to  the  same  monarch,  and 
the  seat  of  the  government.  The  natives 
trace  their  history  back  to  a  period  long  an- 
terior to  the  Christian  era ;  but  their  first 
communication  with  the  rest  of  the  world, 
when  their  accounts  became  fully  corro^ 
borated  and  undisputed,  was  about  the 

*  It  is  called  by  an  infinity  of  names  in  books  and 
charts,  such  as  Lekeyo,  Lieoo-Kieoo,  Lequeyo,  and 
Lieu-Kieu;  but  the  word  Lewchew  will  better  express 
the  sound,  according  to  the  native  pronunciation,  than 
any  other.  It  is  often  by  the  lower  classes  corrupted  into 
Doo-Ckoo. 


TO   CHINA.  69 

year  605,  when  they  were  invaded  by  China, 
who  found  them  at  that  time — a  time  when 
England  and  the  greater  part  of  Europe 
were  immersed  in  barbarism — the  same 
kind  of  people  they  are  at  the  present  day, 
with  the  exception  of  a  few  Chinese  innova- 
tions; or,  at  least,  they  appear  to  have 
altered  but  in  a  very  slight  degree.  Indeed, 
it  is  very  obvious  that  a  revolution  in  man- 
ners, and  alteration  of  habits,  are  by  no 
means  so  likely  to  occur  with  a  people  thus 
living  in  an  obscure  and  secluded  state,  as 
among  those  who  have  a  wider  intercourse 
with  other  nations.  The  only  connexion 
which  the  Lewchews  have  had  with  their 
neighbours,  and  that  but  very  limited,  has 
been  with  Japan  and  China,  from  neither 
of  whom  they  were  likely  to  receive  any 
example  .of  change. 

The  clearest  and  perhaps  the  only  account 
given  of  their  history  is  by  Su-poa-Koang, 
a  Chinese  doctor  or  philosopher,  who  was, 
in  1?  19,  sent  as  embassador  to  them  *, 


Vide  Lettres  Edifiantes,  tome  xxiv. 


70  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

The  following  is  the  substance  of  his  re- 
port as  to  their  origin : — "  The  Lewchew 
"  tradition    states,  that,  in  the  beginning, 
"  one   man   and   one    woman    were    pro- 
"  duced  in  the  great  void  or  chaos.     They 
"  had  the  joint  name  of  Omo-mey-kieou. 
"  From  their  union  sprung  three  sons  and 
"  two   daughters ;    the  eldest  of  the  sons 
"  had   the    title   of  Tien-sun,   or   Grand- 
"  son  of  Heaven,  and  was  the  first  king  of 
"  Lewchew ;  the  second  was  the  father  of 
"  the  tributary  princes ;    the  rest  of  the 
"  people  acknowledge  the  third   as   their 
"  progenitor  *.     The  eldest  daughter  had 
"  the  title  of  Celestial  Spirit ;  the  second, 
"  the  Spirit  of  the  Sea.     After  the  death  of 
"  Tien-sun,  twenty-five  dynasties   reigned 
"  successively  in  this  country,  occupying 
"  (according  to  their  story)   a   period   of 
"  17,802   years   previous    to  the  time   of 
"  Chuntein,  who  commenced  his  reign  in 
"  1187-     This  is  their  fabulous  history,  of 

*  It  seems  rather  unaccountable,  in  this  marvellous 
tradition,  that  the  third  son,  to  whutu  no  wife  is  assigned, 
should  have  had  the  most  numerous  progeny. 


TO    CHINA.  71 

"  which  they  are  very  jealous ;  but  nothing 
"  certain  was  known  until  605,  before  which 
"  the  inhabitants  of  Formosa  and  the  adja- 
"  cent  islands  were   denominated  by  the 
"  Chinese  the  Oriental  Barbarians.     In  this 
"  year  the  emperor  sent  to  examine  them; 
"  but,  from  want  of  interpreters,  no  clear 
"  account  was  obtained.      They  brought 
"  back,  however,  some  of  the  islanders  to 
"  Sin-gan-foo,  the  capital  of  the  province 
"  of  Chensi,   and  the  seat  of  the   court 
6i  under  the  Sony  dynasty.     SomeJapan- 
"  ese,  who   happened  to  be  there,  knew 
"  the  people,  and  described  them  as  a  race 
".  of  barbarians.      The  Emperor   Yang-ti 
"  sent   forthwith    some    who    understood 
"  their  language  to  Levvchew,  to  command 
"  their   homage,  and  acknowledgment  of 
"  him  as  their   sovereign.     The  prince  of 
"  Lewchew    haughtily   replied,     that    he 
"  would  own   none  as  his    superior.      A 
"  fleet  with   10,000  men   was  now   fitted 
"  out  from  Amoi  and  the  ports  of  Fokien, 
"  which  force,   overcoming  the  efforts  of 
"  the  islanders,  landed  at  Lewchew;  and 
"  the  king,  who  had   put  himself  at  the 


VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  head  of  his  people  to  repel  the  enemy, 
"  being  killed,  the  Chinese  burned  the 
"  capital ;  and,  carrying  off  5000  of  the 
"  natives,  as  slaves,  returned  to  China. 
"  From  this,  until  1 291 , the  Lewchews  were 
"  left  unmolested,  when  Chit-soo,  an  empe- 
"  ror  of  the  Yuen  family,  reviving  his 
"  pretensions,  fitted  out  a  fleet  against  them 
"  from  the  ports  of  Fokien  ;  but,  from  va- 
"  rious  causes,  it  never  proceeded  farther 
"  than  the  western  coast  of  Formosa, 
"  and  from  thence  returned  unsuccessful 
"  to  China.  In  the  year  1372,  Hong-ou, 
"  emperor  of  China,  and  founder  of  the 
"  Ming  dynasty,  sent  a  great  mandarin 
"  to  Tsay-tou,  who  governed  in  Tchon- 
"  chan,  the  country  being  at  this  period 
"  divided,  in  consequence  of  civil  disturb- 
"  ances,  into  the  three  kingdoms,  who, 
"  in  a  private  audience,  acquitted  himself 
"  with  such  address  as  to  persuade  the 
"  king  to  declare  himself  tributary  to  Cln'na, 
"  and  to  request  of  the  emperor  the  inves- 
"  titure  of  his  estate. 

"  Having  thus  managed  by  finesse  what 
"  arms  had  been  unable  to  effect,  the  em- 


TO  CHINA.  73 

"  peror  took  care  to  receive,  with  great 
"  distinction,  the  envoys  sent  by  their 
"  master.  They  were  accompanied  by 
"  offerings  of  fine  horses,  scented  woods, 
"  sulphur,  copper,  and  tin,  and  sent  back 
tf  again  with  rich  presents  for  the  king 
"  and  queen  ;  among  which  was  a  gold 
"  seal. 

"  The  two  kings  of  the  other  districts, 
"  Chan-pe  and  Channan,  followed  the  ex- 
"  ample  of  Chonchan,  and  their  submission 
"  was  most  graciously  received.  Thirty- 
"  six  Chinese  families  were  sent  to  live  in 
"  Cheouli*,  where  grants  of  land  were 
"  conceded  to  them  ;  here  they  taught  the 
"  Chinese  written  characters,  introduced 
"  Chinese  books,  and  the  ceremonies  in 
"  honour  of  Confucius.  The  sons  of  the 
"  Lewchewan  grandees  were  also  sent  to 
"  Nankin  to  study  Chinese,  and  were  edu- 
"  cated  with  distinction,  at  the  expense  of 
"  the  emperor. 


:  That  district  of  Tcfion-chan  in  which  the  capital  is 
situated,  and  where  we  resided. 


74  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  The  reigns  of  Ou-ning  and  Tse-chao, 
"  the  son  and  grandson  of  Tsay-tou,  pre- 
"  sented  nothing  extraordinary  ;  but  that 
"  of .  Chang-pa-chi  was  marked  by  the  re- 
"  union  of  Chan-pe  and  Channan  with 
"  Tchon-chan  into  one  kingdom,  and  the 
"  government  has  since  continued  in  the 
"  hands  of  a  single  chief.  Lewchew  is 
"  said  henceforth  to  have  had  consider- 
"  able  intercourse  with  China  and  Japan 
"  in  the  way  of  commerce,  much  to  her 
"  advantage,  and  to  have  even  mediated 
"  between  those  two  powers  when  misun- 
"  derstandings  had  occured. 

"  The  famous  Tay-cosama,  however, 
"  emperor  of  Japan,  whom  the  Chinese 
"  call  ambitious,  piratical,  irreligious, 
"  cruel,  and  debauched,  because  he  had 
"  pillaged  their  coasts,  sent  a  haughty  letter 
"  to  Chang-ning,  commanding  him  to 
"  transfer  his  homage  from  China  to  Japan, 
"  which  Chang-ning  as  firmly  refused. 
"  Notwithstanding  the  death  of  Tay-cosa- 
"  ma,  the  Japanese  fitted  out  a  fleet  at 
"  Satsuma,  made  a  descent  on  Lew-chew, 


TO  CHINA.  75 

"  took  the  king  prisoner,  and  carried  him 
"  off,  having  plundered  the  palace,  and 
"  killed  one  of  his  near  relations,  who 
"  also  resisted  the  acknowledgment  of 
"  the  Japanese.  During  a  captivity  of  two 
<;  years,  Chang-i>ing  acquired  the  admira- 
"  tion  of  the  captors  by  his  unyielding 
"  firmness  and  constancy  in  refusing  to 
"  swerve  from  his  first  allegiance,  and 
"  they  generously  sent  him  back  to  his  states. 

"  The  Tartar  dynasty,  soon  after  this, 
"  was  placed,  by  conquest,  on  the  throne 
"  of  China,  and  made  some  alteration  in  the 
"  nature  of  the  tribute  to  be  paid,  stipu- 
"  lating  that  envoys,  in  future,  should  be 
"  sent  to  Pekin  only  once  in  two  years. 
"  Cang-hi  paid  much  attention  to  the  wel- 
"  fare  of  Lewchew ;  and  his  memory  to 
"  this  day  is  much  respected  by  the  peo- 
"  pie.  It  is  said  to  be  nearly  a  thou- 
"  sand  years  since  the  bonzes  of  the  sect 
"  of  Fo  introduced  their  mode  of  worship 
"  into  these  islands,  which  has  continued 
"  to  the  present  time. 

"  When  they  take  an  oath,  it  is  not  be- 
"  fore  the  statues  or  images  of  their  idols; 


76  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  but  they  burn  incense,  and,  placing 
"  themselves  in  a  respectful  attitude  before 
'*  certain  consecrated  stones  which  are  to 
"  be  seen  in  various  public  situations,  they 
"  repeat  some  mysterious  words,  said  to 
"  have  been  dictated  by  the  divine  daugh- 
"  tersof  Omo-mey-kieou.  They  have  also 
"  among  them  a  set  of  holy  women,  who 
"  worship  certain  spirits  deemed  powerful 
"  among  them,  and  who  visit  the  sick, 
"  give  medicines,  and  recite  prayers.  This 
"  seems  to  have  given  rise  to  the  accusa- 
"  tion  of  an  old  missionary  at  Japan,  who 
"  said  they  practised  sorcery  and  witch- 
"  craft.  Cang-hi  likewise  introduced  among 
"  them  the  adoration  of  a  new  deity,  under 
"  the  name  of  Tien-fey,  or  Celestial  Queen. 
"  Polygamy  is  allowed  here  as  in  China, 
"  but  seldom  practised.  Men  and  women 
"  of  the  same  surname  cannot  intermarry. 
"  The  king  can  only  take  a  wife  from  one 
"  of  three  great  families,  who  always  hold 
"  the  most  distinguished  posts:  there  is 
"  also  a  fourth,  of  the  highest  considera- 
"  tion,  but  with  which  the  princes  cannot 
"  form  an  alliance,  because  it  is  doubtful 


TO   CHIXA.  77 

*•• 

"  whether  that  family  is  not  itself  of  the 
"  royal  line.  Their  chiefs  are  generally 
"  hereditary,  but  not  always ;  for  men  of 
"  merit  are  promoted,  and  all  are  liable 
"  to  be  degraded  for  improper  conduct. 
"  The  king's  revenue  arises  from  his  own 
"  domains  ;  from  imposts  on  salt,  sulphur, 
"  copper,  tin,  and  several  other  articles ; 
"  and  from  this  income  he  defrays  the 
"  expenses  of  the  state,  and  the  salaries 
"  of  the  great  officers. 

"  These  salaries  consist  nominally  in  a 
"  certain  number  of  bags  of  rice ;  but  they 
"  are  paid  generally  in  silks,  and  various 
"  other  necessary  articles  of  clothing  and 
"  food,  in  proportions  equal  to  the  value  of 
"  so  many  bags  of  that  grain.  All  their 
"  interior  commerce  or  marketting  is  per- 
"  formed  by  the  women  and  girls  at  regu- 
"  lated  times.  They  carry  their  little  loads 
"  upon  their  heads  with  singular  dexterity, 
"  consisting  of  the  usual  necessaries  of 
"  life  and  wearing  apparel,  which  they  ex- 
"  change  for  what  they  more  immediately 
"  want,  or  for  the  copper  coin  of  China  and 


78  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  s.  ALCESTE 

"  Japan  *.  The  men  are  said  to  be  neat 
"  workmen  in  gold,  silver,  copper,  and 
"  other  metals ;  and  there  are  manufactories 
"  of  silk,  cotton,  flax,  and  paper.  They 
"  also  build  very  good  vessels,  quite  large 
"  enough  to  undertake  voyages  to  China 
"  and  Japan,  where  their  barks  are  much 
"  esteemed.  They  have  adopted  the  Chi- 
"  nese  calendar  with  respect  to  the  division 
"  of  the  month  and  year.  This  island  pro- 
"  duces  rice,  wheat,  and  all  sorts  of  vege- 
'*  tables,  in  abundance.  The  people  of  the 
"  coast  are  expert  fishermen,  and  the  sea 
"  and  rivers  are  well  furnished  with  fish. 
"  They  are  famous  divers,  and  obtain 
"  shells  and  mother-of-pearl,  very  much 
"  esteemed  in  China  and  Japan. 

"  They  possess  many  woods  proper  for 
"  dying;  and  one  tree  in  particular  yields 
"  an  oil  which  is  held  in  great  repute. 
"  They  have  likewise  a  great  variety  of 
"  most  delicate  fruits,  oranges,  citrons,  le- 
"  mons,  long-y-ven,  lee-tchses,  grapes,  &c. 

*  We  saw  no  money  among  them. 


TO    CHINA.  79 

"  Wolves,  tigers,  and  bears,  are  unknown ; 
"  but  they  have  many  useful  animals,  such 
"  as  horses,  water-dogs,  black  cattle,  stags, 
"  poultry,  geese,  peacocks,  pigeons,  doves, 
"  &c. 

"  The  camphor,  cedar,  and  ebony,  are 
"  among  the  number  of  their  trees ;  and 
"  they  have  also  wood  well  fitted  for  ship- 
"  building,  and  for  public  edifices.  They 
"  are  represented  as  disdaining  slavery, 
"  lying,  and  cheating.  They  are  fond  of 
"  games  and  amusements,  and  celebrate, 
"  with  much  pomp,  the  worship  of  their 
"  idols,  at  the  end  and  commencement  of 
"  the  year ;  and  there  exists  much  union 
"  among  the  branches  of  families,  who  giv6 
"  frequent  and  cheerful  entertainments  to 
"  each  other. 

The  ceremony  of  installation  of  the  king 
of  Lewchew  is  thus  described:  "  When 
"  the  king  dies,  his  heir  sends  an  embassa- 
"  dor  to  the  emperor,  to  make  known  that 
"  circumstance,  and  to  demand  his  inves- 
"  titure. — Meantime  the  Lewchews  treat  as 
"  king  and  queen  the  prince  and  the 
"  princess  his  wife,  though  it  is  not,  ac- 


80  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  cording  to  the  Pekin  regulations,  until 
"  after  the  installation  that  they  assume 
"  the  titles.  The  emperor  either  sends 
"  from  himself  a  qualified  person  to  per- 
"  form  this  ceremony,  or  grants  full  powers 
"  to  the  Lewchew  embassador  to  do  so  on 
"  his  return. 

"  If  the  former  is  determined  upon,  the 
"  emperor  orders  the  tribunal  of  ceremo- 
"  nies  to  find  a  fit  person  to  sustain  with 
"  dignity  the  majesty  of  the  Chinese  em- 
"  pire;  and  the  choice  falls  on  whom  they 
"  know  the  emperor  wishes,  a  second  being 
"  named  in  the  event  of  death  or  sick- 
"  ness.  The  emperor,  after  approving  the 
"  choice,  admits  the  embassador  to  an  au- 
"  dience,  and  gives  him  the  necessary  in- 
"  structions,  and  the  presents  intended  for 
"  the  king  and  queen.  The  mandarins  of 
"  Fokien  are  ordered  to  equip  a  vessel,  and 
"  to  choose  a  captain,  officers,  sailors,  sol- 
"  diers,  and  pilots,  sometimes  amounting 
"  to  three  hundred  and  fifty  persons.  The 
"  embassador  is  conducted  from  court  with 
"  great  pomp  to  the  capital  of  Fokien, 
"  where  he  is  lodged  in  a  commodious 


TO  CHINA.  81 

"  palace,  and  treated  with  much  distinc- 
"  tion. 

"  He  is  embarked  with  great  state,  when, 

"  after  the  usual  ceremonies  to   heaven, 

"  and  the  goddess  Tienfey,  they  make  sail. 

"  On  their  anchoring  near  Napa  Kiang, 

"  the  king  gives  the  necessary  orders  for 

"  receiving  the  embassador,  with  all  the 

"  honours  due  to  the  title  of  Celestial  Envoi/, 

"  that  is,  to  the  envoy  of  the  son  of  hea- 

"  ven,    or    the  emperor   of  China.      The 

"  princes  and  grandees  repair  to  the  port 

"  in  their  court  dresses.     A  number  of  ves- 

"  sels    richly    ornamented     conduct    the 

"  stranger  into  harbour,  where  the  embas- 

"  sador  and  suite  lands,  and  is  attended  to 

"  his    palace   with    great     pomp    by  the 

"  princes  and  grandees,  who  take  care  to 

"  make  such  an  appearance  as  to  do  ho- 

"  nour  to  the  nation.     Every  thing  is  regu- 

"  lated  with  respect  to  the  maintenance  of 

"  the  embassador  and  retinue,  who  are  all 

"  permitted,  even  to  the  lowest  domestic, 

"  the  privilege  of  carrying  a  certain  quan- 

"  tity  of  money,  and  ot  Chinese  merchan- 

"  dise,  to  make  a  little  trade.     In  the  time  of 

G 


82  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  the  Ming  dynasty,  the  profits  of  the 
"  Chinese  were  considerable  at  Lew- 
"  chew ;  at  present  only  moderate.  The 
"  embassador  ordinarily  piques  himself  on 
"  having  no  personal  connexion  with  com- 

"  merce*. 

/ 

"  After  having  taken  some  repose,  he 
"  repairs  to  the  grand  hall,  where  he  finds 
"  a  magnificent  estrade,  on  which  he  seats 
"  himself.  On  a  signal  given,  at  the  same 
"  instant,  the  princes,  ministers,  and  gran- 
"  dees  of  the  first  order,  placed  according  to 
"  rank,  make  the  nine  prostrations  to  sa- 
"  lute  the  emperor.  The  embassador 
"  stands;  and,  after  the  ceremony,  makes 
"  a  profound  reverence.  When  the  chiefs 
"  of  the  second  and  third  class  prostrate 
"  themselves,  he  also  stands,  and  after- 
"  wards  presents  his  hand  to  them.  On 
"  the  performance  of  the  inferior  chiefs, 
"  the  embassador  is  seated,  but  afterwards 
"  presents  his  hand  to  them.  This  ceremti- 
"  nial  finished,  some  grandees  on  the  part 

*  This  is  quite  in  the  inflated  style  of  these  celestials, 
whilst  in  the  practice  of  every  thing  that  is  sordid. 


TO  CHINA.  83 

"  of  the  king  come  to  congratulate  the  em- 

"  bassador  on  his  safe  arrival.  The  rest  of  the 

"  day  is  spent  in  repasts,  public  rejoicings, 

"  and  concerts,  in  all  the  cities  and  neigh- 

"  bouring  villages,  and  on  board  the  ves- 

"  sels.     On  a  certain  day  the  embassador 

"  goes  to  the  temple  of  the  goddess  Tien- 

"  fey,  to  return  thanks  for  her  protection, 

"  and  from  thence  to  the  imperial  palace, 

"  where  he  performs  the  Chinese  ceremo- 

"  nies,  in  honour  of  Confucius.  On  another 

"  day  the  embassador  with  all  his  retinue 

"  repairs  to  the  royal  hall,  where  are  the 

"  tablets  of  the  deceased  kings,  the  heir  to 

"  the  throne  also  appearing,  but  as  a  prince 

"  simply. 

"  The  embassador  then  performs,  in  the 

"  name  of  the  emperor,  the  Chinese  marks 

"  of  respect  in  honour  of  the  deceased  king, 

"  the  predecessor  of  the  reigning  prince, 

"  and  also  for  his  forefathers  ;  and  presents 

"  the  odours,  the  silks,  manufactures,  and 

"  silver,  sent  by  the  emperor  for  that  pur- 

"  pose.     The  prince  then  makes  the  nine 
"  prostrations  to  thank  the  emperor,  and 

G2 


84  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  incjiiires  after  the  state  of  his  health. 
"  He  next  salutes  the  embassaclor,  and 
"  dines,  familiarly,  and  without  ceremony, 
"  with  him.  When  all  is  regulated  for 
"  the  instalment,  the  embassador  with 
"  all  his  suite,  and  a  great  number  of 
"  people,  proceed  to  the  palace.  The 
"  court  is  filled  with  lords  and  chieftains, 
"  richly  attired,  and  ranged  in  proper 
"  order.  On  his  entrance,  the  embassador 
"  is  received  by  the  princes,  and  con- 
"  ducted,  with  music  sounding,  to  the 
"  royal  hall,  where  there  is  an  elevated 
"  estrade  for  the  prince  and  princess,  and 
"  a  distinguished  place  for  the  embassa- 
"  dor.  All  the  princes,  grandees,  niiui- 
"  sters,  standing,  the  embassador  reads, 
"  with  aloud  voice,  the  imperial  diploma; 
"  in  which  the  emperor,  after  some  eulogy 
"  on  the  defunct  sovereign,  acknowledges 
"  for  king  and  queen  the  hereditary  prince 
*'  and  princess  his  wife.  This  declaration 
*  is  accompanied  by  exhortations  of  the 
"  emperor  to  the  new  monarch,  to  govern 
"  according  to  law ;  and  to  the  people  of 


TO  curxA.  85 


"  the  thirty-six  isles  to  be  faithful  in  their 

"  allegiance.  After  it  is  read,  the  imperial 

"  patent  is  presented  to  the  king,  who 

"  transfers  it  to  the  minister,  to  be  re- 

"  tained  among  the  archives  of  the  court. 

"  Then  the  king,  queen,  princes,  &c.,  make 

"  the  nine  prostrations,  to  salute  and  thank 

"  the  emperor.  The  embassador  next  dis- 

"  plays  the  rich  presents  from  his  master 

"  to  the  king  and  queen,  when  the  usual 

"  thanks  are  returned.  Whilst  the  embas- 

"  sador  reposes  himself  for  a  short  time  in 

"  an  adjoining  apartment,  the  king  and 

"  queen,  seated  on  their  thrones,  receive 

"  the  homage  of  the  princes,  ministers, 

"  grandees,  and  deputies,  of  the  thirty-six 

"  isles.  The  queen  then  retires,  and  the 

"  king  entertains  the  embassador  with 

"  much  splendour. 

"  Some  days  afterwards,  seated  in  the 

"  royal  chair,  borne  by  many  porters,  the 

"  king,  followed  by  the  princes  and  mini- 

"  sters,  and  a  brilliant  suite,  goes  to  the 

"  hotel  of  the  embassador. 

"  The  road  is  ornamented  by  triumplial 

"  arches;  and  at  certain  distances  are 


86  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  found  tents,  in  which  are  placed  fruits, 
"  flowers,  and  perfumes.  Around  the  chair 
"  of  the  king  are  seven  young  girls,  on 
"  foot,  carrying  his  flags  and  umbrellas. 
"  The  princes,  ministers,  and  grandees, 
"  are  on  horseback,  and  are  emulous  to 
"  distinguish  themselves,  on  this  occasion, 
"  by  their  superb  dresses  and  numerous 
"  suite. 

"  The   embassador,  at  the  gate  of  the 

"  hotel,  receives  his  majesty  with  great  re- 

"  spect,  and  leads  him  to  the  grand  hall. 

"  The  king  now  again  salutes  the  empe- 

"  ror ;  after  which  he  honours  the  embas- 

"  sador,  by    offering  with  his  own   hand 

"  wine  and  tea.     This  the  embassador  de- 

"  clines  ;  and,  returning  the  cup,  he  takes 

"  one  for  himself,  which  he  does  not  drink 

"  until  after  the  king  has  first  drank  his. 

ft  This  ceremony  finished,  his  majesty  and 

"  suite  return  to  the  palace.     He  names, 

"  some  days  afterwards,  an  embassador  to 

"  proceed  to  the  court  ot  the  emperor,  to 

"  thank  his  majesty,  and  to  send  him  pre- 

"  sents,  a  list  of  which  is  communicated  to 

"  the  Chinese  embassador,  and  he  orders  a 


TO   CHINA.  87 

"  vessel  to  be  equipped,  which  accompa- 
"  nies  that  of  the  Chinese  on  its  return. 
"  At  last,  the  imperial  envoy,  having  deter- 
"  mined  the  day  of  his  departure,  takes 
"  leave  of  the  king  ;  and  some  time  after- 
"  wards  the  latter  proceeds  to  the  hotel  of 
"  the  embassador,  to  wish  him  a  happy 
"  voyage,  and  to  make  the  usual  pro- 
"  strations  in  honour  of  the  emperor,  and 
"  to  return  him  thanks. 

"  During  the  sojourn  of  the  embassa- 
"  dor,  the  king  gives  him  frequent  enter- 
"  tainments;  sometimes  in  the  grand  palace ; 
"  at  others  in  his  pleasure-houses ;  and, 
"  occasionally,  in  water  parties.  The 
"  queen,  princesses,  and  ladies,  assist  at 
"  these  ceremonies.  They  have  music, 
"  dancing,  and  comedies,  with  songs,  in 
"  praise  of  the  imperial  and  royal  families, 
"  and  of  the  embassador,  Sec." 

Such  is  the  account  of  Supoa-Koang ; 
and,  having  observed  a  great  part  of  what 
he  relates  to  be  true,  it  is  but  fair  and  rea- 
sonable to  give  him  credit  for  what  we  had 
not  the  opportunity  of  actually  seeing. 
One  thing  appears  very  evident, — that  these 


88  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

poor  islanders  have  been  much  cajoled 
and  humiliated,  as  well  as  encumbered 
with  a  load  of  ceremonies,  very  foreign  to 
their  nature,  by  the  usurpation  of  the  Chi- 
nese. 

The  dress  of  these  people  is  as  remark- 
able for  its  simplicity  as  it  is  for  its  ele- 
gance. The  hair,  which  is  of  a  glossy 
black,  (being  anointed  with  an  oleagenous 
substance,  obtained  from  the  leaf  of  a  tree,) 
is  turned  up  from  before,  from  behind,  and 
on  both  sides,  to  the  crown  of  the  head, 
and  there  tied  close  down  ;  great  care  being 
taken  that,  all  should  be  perfectly  smooth ; 
and  the  part  of  the  hair  beyond  the  las  ten- 
ing,  or  string,  being  now  twisted  into  a  neat 
little  top-knot,  is  there  retained  by  two 
fasteners,  called  camesashee  and  ustsathee^ 
made  either  of  gold,  silver,  or  brass,  ac- 
cording to  the  circumstances  of  the  wearer; 
~ 

the  former  of  these  having  a  lit  le  star  on 
the  end  of  it,  which  points  forwaid.  This 
mode  of  hair-dressing  is  practised  with  the 
greatest  uniformity,  from  the  highest  to  the 
lowest  of  the  mules,  and  has  a  very  pleasing 
effect,  whether  viewed  singly,  or  when  they 


TO    CHINA.  89 

are  gathered  together.  At  the  age  of  ten 
years  the  boys  are  entitled  to  the  usisashee, 
and  at  fifteen  they  wear  both.  Except 
those  in  office,  who  wear  only  a  cap  on 
duty,  they  appear  to  have  no  covering  for 
the  head,  at  least  in  fine  weather.  Inte- 
riorly, they  wear  a  kind  of  shirt,  and  a  pair 
of  drawers,  but  over  all  a  loose  robe,  with 
wide  sleeves,  and  a  broad  sash  round  their 
middle.  They  have  sandals  on  their  feet, 
neatly  formed  of  straw ;  and  the  higher  or- 
ders have  also  white  gaiters,  coming  above 
the  ancle.  The  quality  of  their  robes  de- 
pends on  that  of  the  individual. — The  su- 
perior classes  wear  silk  of  various  hues, 
with  a  sash  of  contrasting  colour,  sometimes 
interwoven  with  gold. — The  lower  orders 
make  use  of  a  sort  of  cotton  stuff,  generally 
of  a  chesnut  colour,  and  sometimes  striped, 
or  spotted,  blue  and  white. 

There  are  nine  ranks  of  grandees,  or 
public  officers,  distinguished  by  their  caps  ; 
of  which  we  observed  four. — The  highest 
noticed  was  worn  by  a  member  of  the  royal 
family,  which  was  of  a  pink  colour,  with 


90  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

bright  yellow  flowers. — -The  next  in  dignity 
was  the  purple;  then  plain  yellow;  and 
the  red  seemed  to  be  the  lowest. 

On  the  female  attire  we  could  make  but 
little  observation. — The  higher  ranks  are 
said  to  wear  (and  some  indeed  were  seen 
with)  simply  a  loose  flowing  robe,  without 
any  sash  ;  the  hair  either  hanging  loose  over 
the  shoulders,  or  tied  up  over  the  left  side  of 
the  head,  the  ends  falling  down  again.  The 
lower  orders  seemed  to  have  petticoats 
scarcely  deeper  than  a  Highlander's  kilt, 
with  a  short,  but  loose,  habit  above. 

The  island  of  Lew  chew  itself  is  situate  in 
the  happiest  climate  of  the  globe. — Re- 
freshed by  the  sea-breezes,  which,  from  its 
geographical  position,  blow  over  it  at  every 
period  of  the  year,  it  is  free  from  the  ex- 
tremes of  heat  and  cold,  which  oppress 
many  other  countries  ;  whilst  from  the  ge- 
neral configuration  of  the  land,  being  more 
adapted  to  the  production  of  rivers  and 
streams  than  of  bogs  and  marshes,  one 
great  source  of  disease  in  the  warmer  lati- 
tudes has  no  existence :  and  the  people 


TO    CHINA. 


seemed  to  enjoy  robust  health  ;  for  we  ob- 
served no  diseased  objects,  nor  beggars  of 
any  description,  among  them. 

The  verdant  lawns  and  romantic  scenery 

of  Tinian  and  Juan  Fernandes,  so  well  de- 

scribed in  Anson's  Voyage,  are  here  dis- 

played in  higher  perfection,  and  on  a  much 

more  magnificent  scale  ;  for  cultivation  is 

added  to  the  most  enchanting  beauties  of 

nature.     From  a  commanding  height  above 

the  ships,  the  view  is,  in  all  directions,  pic- 

turesque and  delightful.—  On  one  hand  are 

seen  the  distant  islands,  rising  from  a  wide 

expanse  of  ocean,  whilst  the  clearness  of  the 

water  enables  the  eye  to  trace  all  the  coral 

reefs,  which  protect  the  anchorage  immedi- 

ately below.  To  the  south  is  the  city  of  Na- 

foo,  the  vessels  at  anchor  in  the  harbour, 

with  their  streamers  flying  ;  and  in  the  inter- 

mediate space  appear   numerous  hamlets 

scattered  about  on  the  banks  of  the  rivers, 

which  meander  in  the  valley  beneath  ;  the 

eye  being,  in  every  direction,  charmed  by 

the  varied   hues  of  the  luxuriant   foliage 

around  their  habitations.     Turning  to  the 

east,  the  houses  of  Kint-ching,  the  capital 


92  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

city,  built  in  their  peculiar  style,  are  ob- 
served here  and  there,  opening  from  among 
the  lofty  trees  which  surround  and  shade 
them,  rising  one  above  another  in  gentle 
ascent  to  the  summit  of  a  hill,  which  is 
crowned  by  the  king's  palace  :  the  inter- 
vening grounds  between  Napafoo  and 
Kint-ching,  a  distance  of  some  miles,  being 
ornamented  by  a  continuation  of  villas  and 
country-houses.  To  the  north,  as  far  as 
the  eye  can  reach,  the  higher  land  is  covered 
with  extensive  forests. 

At  a  short  distance  from  this  eminence, 
the  traveller  is  led  by  a  foot-path  to  what 
seems  only  a  little  wood ;  on  entering  which, 
under  an  archway  formed  by  the  inter- 
mingling branches  of  the  opposite  trees, 
he  passes  along  a  serpentine  labyrinth, 
every  here  and  there  intersected  by  others. 
Not  far  from  each  other,  on  either  side  of 
these  walks,  small  wicker  doors  are  ob- 
served, on  opening  any  of  which,  he  is  sur- 
prised by  the  appearance  of  a  court-yard 
and  house,  with  the  children,  and  all  the 
usual  cottage  train,  generally  gamboling 
about ;  so  that,  whilst  a  man  fancies  him- 


TO    CHINA.  95 

self  in  some  lonely  and  sequestered  retreat, 
he  is,  in  fact,  in  the  middle  of  a  populous, 
but  invisible,  village. 

Nature  has  been  bountiful  in  all  her  gifts 
to  Lewchew  :  for  such  is  the  felicity  of  its 
soil  and  climate,  that  productions  of  the 
vegetable  kingdom,  very  distinct  hi  their 
^nature,  and  generally  found  in  regions  far 
distant  from  each  other,  grow  here  side  by 
side.  It  is  not  merely,  as  might  be  expected, 
the  country  of  the  orange  and  the  lime  ;  but 
the  banyan  of  India  and  the  Norwegian  fir, 
the  tea-plant  and  sugar-cane,  all  flourish 
together.  In  addition  to  many  good  qua- 
lities, not  often  found  combined,  this  island 
can  also  boast  its  rivers  and  secure  har- 
bours ;  and  last,  though  not  least,  a  worthy, 
a  friendly,  and  a  happy  race  of  people. 

Many  of  these  islanders  displayed  a  spi- 
rit of  intelligence  and  genius,  which  seemed 
the  more  extraordinary,  considering  the 
confined  circle  in  which  they  live;  such 
confinement  being  almost  universally  found 
to  be  productive  of  narrowness  of  mind. 
Our  friends  here  were  an  exception  to  the 
general  rule. — Madera  Cosyong,  one  of  our 


94  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

most  constant  and  intimate  friends,  ac- 
quired such  proficiency  in  the  English 
language,  in  the  course  of  a  few  weeks, 
as  to  make  himself  tolerably  understood. 
He  evidently  came  on  board,  in  the  first 
instance,  as  a  spy  upon  our  conduct,  before 
they  were  satisfied  that  we  meant  no  harm  ; 
and  no  man  was  ever  better  adapted  for 
this  duty ;  for,  as  his  conciliatory  and 
pleasing  manner  won  upon  all  hearts,  he 
had  therefore  a  natural  access  every  where, 
and,  had  "  stratagems  or  schemes"  existed, 
he  of  all  others  was  the  most  likely  to  have 
discovered  them. 

His  not  assuming  his  proper  character, 
which  was  that  of  a  man  of  some  dis- 
tinction, until  his  mind  was  satisfied  about 
us,  and  his  then  doing  it  with  frankness,  is 
a  proof  that  such  were  his  original  motives. 
To  acquire  our  tongue,  he  marked  the 
sound  of  any  English  word  for  the  most 
familiar  articles  of  the  table,  or  terms  of 
conversation,  and  noted  them  in  symbols 
of  his  own  language,  with  their  significa- 
tion, which  enabled,  him,  with  slight  re- 
ference to  his  vocabulary,  to  manage  with- 


TO    CHINA.  95 

out  having  recourse  to  the  interpreter.  If 
he  happened  to  be  walking  on  shore  with 
any  of  the  officers,  he  would  not  lose  the 
sound  or  meaning  of  a  word  because  he  had 
not  his  book  with  him,  but  scratched  it  on 
the  leaf  of  a  tree,  and  transcribed  it  at  his 
leisure.  His  first  attempt  to  connect  a  sen- 
tence was  rather  sudden  and  unexpected. 
Rising  to  go  away  one  evening  after  his 
usual  lesson,  he  slowly  articulated,  "  You 
"  give  me  good  wine, — I  tank  you, — I  go 
"  shore/' — He  delighted  in  receiving  in- 
formation, and  his  remarks  were  always 
pertinent. — The  map  of  the  world,  with  the 
track  of  the  ship  from  England  to  Lew- 
chew,  was  pointed  out  and  explained  to 
him,  which  he,  as  well  as  others,  seemed  to 
trace  with  peculiar  care,  and  at  last,  in  a 
great  degree,  to  comprehend,  although  the 
subject  was,  in  the  first  instance,  entirely  new 
to  them,  for  they  certainly  had  no  idea  of  the 
vast  extent  or  figure  of  the  globe.  He  was 
gay  or  serious,  as  occasion  required,  but  was 
always  respectable ;  and  of  Madera  it  might 
be  truly  said,  that  he  was  a  gentleman,  not 
formed  upon  this  model,  or  according  to 


96  VOYAGE  OF  II.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

that  rule,  but "  stamped  as  such  by  the  so- 
"  vereign  hand  of  Nature/' 

They  all  seemed  to  be  gifted  with  a  sort 
of  politeness  which  had  the  fairest  claim  to 
be  termed  natural ;  for  there  was  nothing 
constrained,  nothing  stiff  or  studied  in  it. 

Captain  Maxwell  having  one  day  invited 
a  party  to  dine  with  him,  the  health  of  the 
king  of  Lewchew  was  drunk  in  a  bum- 
per:— one  of  them,  immediately  addressing 
himself  with  much  warmth  and  feeling  to  the 
interpreter,  desired  him  to  state  how  much 
they  felt  gratified  by  such  a  compliment ;  that 
they  would  take  care  to  tell  it  to  every  body 
when  they  went  on  shore  ;  and  proposed, 
at  the  same  time,  a  bumper  to  the  king  of 
the  Engelees.  A  Chinese  mandarin,  under 
the  like  circumstances,  would,  most  pro- 
bably, have  chin-chinned  (that  is,  clenched 
his  fists)  as  usual ;  he  would  have  snivelled 
and  grinned  the  established  number  of  times, 
and  bowed  his  head  in  slavish  submission 
to  the  bare  mention  of  his  tyrant's  name ; 
but  it  never  would  have  occurred  to  him 
to  have  given,  in  his  turn,  the  health  of  the 
sovereign  of  England. 


TO    CHINA.  97 

This  superiority  of  manner  brought  to 
our  recollection  the  boorishness  of  the  Chi- 
nese near  the  Pei-ho.  Some  mandarins, 
who  were  not  of  a  rank  sufficiently  high  to 
be  entertained  in  the  cabin,  were  invited 
to  dine  with  the  officers;  and  some  of 
them,  after  gnawing  the  leg  of  a  fowl, 
would  without  any  ceremony  thrust  the 
remains  of  it  into  any  other  dish  near 
them ;  and  instead  of  following  our 
example  (as  the  Lewchews  uniformly  did) 
in  pouring  out  the  wine  into  glasses,  or,  in- 
deed, in  any  way  accommodating  them- 
selves to  our  style,  they  would  take  up, 
with  both  hands,  the  decanter,  and,  apply- 
ing it  to  their  greasy  mouths,  thereby  secure 
the  exclusive  possession  of  that  bottle. 

These  islanders  are  represented  as  being 
remarkable  for  their  honesty  and  adherence 
to  truth,  and  to  this  character  they  appear 
to  be  fully  entitled.  The  chiefs  informed 
us  that  there  was  little  probability  of  their 
stealing  any  thing;  but,  as  iron  implements 
were  a  great  temptation,  they  begged  that 
none  might  be  left  carelessly  about. — 
Although,  however,  the  rope  machinery  and 

H 


98  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.   ALCESTE 

other  articles  remained,  for  many  nights,  un- 
guarded on  the  beach,  and  their  opportuni- 
ties on  board  were  numberless,  yet  not  one 
theft  occurred  during  the  whole  of  our  so- 
journ   among    them.       That    proud    and 
haughty  feeling  of  national  superiority,  so 
strong!  y  existing  among  the  common  class 
of  British  seamen,  which  induces  them  to 
hold  all  foreigners  cheap,  and  to  treat  them 
with    contempt,    often  calling   them    out- 
landish lubbers  in  their  OK n  country,  was,  at 
this  island,  completely  subdued  and  tamed 
by  the  gentle  manners  and  kind  behaviour 
of  the  most  pacific    people  upon  earth. 
Although  completely  intermixed,  and  often 
working  together,  both  on   shore  and  on 
board,  not  a  single  quarrel  or  complaint 
took  place  on  either  side  during  the  whole 
of  our  stay  ;  on  the  contrary,  each  succeed- 
ing day  added  to  friendship  and  cordiality. 
Although  it  was,  no  doubt,  infringing  on 
their  established  rules  for  strangers  to  land 
upon  their  coasts,  yet  they  granted  every 
possible    indulgence,    and    conceded   the 
point  as  far  as  they  could  ;  for  their  dispo- 
sitions seemed  evidently  at  war  with  the  un- 


TO    CHINA.  99 

social  law.  When  any  of  the  officers  wan- 
dered into  the  country  beyond  the  bounds 
prescribed,  they  were  never  rudely  repulsed, 
as  in  China  or  Morocco,  but  mildly  en- 
treated to  return,  as  a  favour  to  those  in  at- 
tendance, lest  they  should  incur  blame; 
and,  as  their  appeal  was  powerful,  it  was 
never  disregarded. 

They  erected  little  temporary  bamboo 
watch-houses  or  sheds,  where  those  engaged 
in  this  duty  resided  ;  and,  as  we  wandered 
about,  handed  us  over  from  one  post  to  an- 
other. In  these  houses  they  always  pressed 
the  officers  to  partake  of  their  fare,  which 
was  often  very  good,  especially  a  kind  of 
hung  beef,  which  they  have  the  art  of  curing 
extremely  well. 

They  appeared  to  be  much  accustomed 
to  these  pic-nic  sort  of  parties,  having  a 
small  japanned  box,  containing  sliding 
drawers  for  the  various  viands,  which  a  boy 
generally  carried,  on  the  end  of  a  bamboo, 
to  any  part  of  the  fields  where  they  thought 
proper  to  dine. 

One  man,  very  often  accompanied  by 
Geroo,  or  (as  he  was  sometimes  termed,  from 

H2 


100  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

having  a  constant  smile  upon  his  counte- 
nance) the  laughing  mandarin,  seemed  to 
carry  about  with  him  a  constant  supply  of 
these  refreshments,  and  chazzi,  a  liqueur, 
which  led  us  to  believe  that  he  had  been 
deputed  for  the  express  purpose  of  paying 
attention  to  our  officers. 

The  sudden  vicissitudes  of  weather  to 
which  we  had  been  exposed,  by  leaving 
England  during  extreme  cold,  and  passing 
suddenly  into  the  torrid  zone ;  then  imme- 
diately afterwards  into  the  cold  raw  climate 
of  the  southern  Atlantic ;  meeting  with  heat 
again  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope ;  then 
crossing  in  rather  a  high  latitude  the  chilly 
SouthernOcean;  and,  quickly  following  that, 
appearing  on  the  burning  coast  of  Java ; 
might,  in  fact  be  said  to  have  exposed  us, 
in  the  short  period  of  four  months,  to  the 
effects  of  three  summers  and  three  winters ; 
and  proved,  as  might  naturally  be  sup- 
posed, extremely  trying  to  the  health  of  the 
men.  On  our  arrival  at  Lewchew,  our  cases 
of  sickness,  though  not  numerous,  were  se- 
vere ;  and  to  the  kindness  of  the  natives 
may ,  in  a  great  measure,  be  attributed  their 


TO    CHINA.  101 

recovery.  They  were  not  only  comfortably 
lodged,  but  the  higher  class  of  people* 
daily  attended,  inquiring  into  their  wants, 
giving  additional  coogas  or  eggs,  and  other 
delicacies,  to  those  whose  cases  more  par- 
ticularly required  them,  and  paying  a  cheer- 
ing attention  to  the  whole;  for  theirs  was  a 
substantial,  not  a  cold  or  ostentatious,  charity. 

A  young  man,  whose  case  had  long  been 
hopeless,  died  here.  On  that  night  a  coffin 
was  made  by  our  own  carpenters,  whilst 
the  natives  dug  a  grave,  in  the  English  man- 
ner, in  a  small  burial-ground  under  some 
trees  near  the  landing-place. 

Next  morning  we  were  astonished  to  find 
a  number  of  the  principal  inhabitants  clad 
in  deep  mourning  (white  robes  with  black 


*  One  elderly  man,  whom  Mr.  Fisher  (the  assistant 
surgeon),  who  was  always  at  the  hospital,  thought  to  be  a 
physician,  wrote  something  at  the  desk,  which  Mr.  Fisher 
concluded  was  a  prescription.  On  translating  it  afterwards 
at  Canton  it  turned  out  to  be  a  moral  maxim,  "  Let  not 
"  the  present  day  be  passed  in  idleness. — The  days  of  our 
"  youth  will  not  return. — By  being  diligent  and  studious 
"  we  arrive  at  offices  of  rank." — (Literally)  "  We  ride 
"  on  horseback,  and  wear  embroidered  clothes." 


102  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  S.  ALCESTE 

or  blue  sashes),  waiting  to  attend  the  fune- 
ral. The  captain  came  on  shore  with  the 
division  of  the  ship's  company  to  which  the 
man  belonged,  and  proceeded  to  the  garden 
where  the  body  lay.  His  messmates  bore 
the  coffin,  covered  with  the  colours;  the 
seamen  ranged  themselves  two  and  two,  in 
the  rear  of  it ;  next  were  the  midshipmen  ; 
then  the  superior  officers ;  and  last  of  all 
the  captain,  as  is  usual  in  military  cere- 
monies of  this  kind.  The  natives,  who  had 
been  watching  attentively  this  arrangement, 
and  observing  the  order  of  precedence  to 
be  inverted,  without  the  least  hint  being 
given,  but  with  that  unassuming  modesty 
and  delicacy  which  characterize  them, 
when  the  procession  began  to  move  placed 
themselves  in  front  of  the  coffin,  and  in  this 
order  marched  slowly  to  the  grave.  The 
utmost  decency  and  silence  prevailed 
whilst  the  funeral  service  was  performing 
by  the  chaplain,  although  there  was  a  con- 
siderable concourse  of  people ;  and  after- 
wards they  marched  back,  but  in  different 
order,  to  the  garden.  Here  they  took  the 
directions  for  the  shape  of  a  stone  to  be 


TO  CHINA.  103 

placed  at  the  head  of  a  tomb,  which,  as  a 
mark  of  respect,  they  had  already  begun 
to  erect  over  the  grave.  This  was  soon 
finished ;  and  the  shape  of  the  English  let- 
ters being  drawn  with  Indian  ink,  they, 
notwithstanding  the  simplicity  of  their  tools, 
cut  out  with  much  neatness  the  following 
epitaph,  which,  when  explained  to  them, 
seemed  to  be  highly  gratifying : — 

Here  lies  buried 

Aged  Twenty-One  Years,  William  Hares,  Seaman, 
Of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  ship  Alceste. 

Died  Oct.  15,  1816. 
This  Monument  was  erected 

By  the  King 

And  Inhabitants 

Of  this  most  hospitable  Island. 

The  day  after  the  interment  they  went 
to  the  tomb,  with  their  priests,  and  per- 
formed the  funeral  service  according  to  the 
rites  of  their  own  religion.  There  is  not 
an  act  of  these  excellent  and  interesting 
people  which  the  mind  has  not  pleasure  in 
contemplating  and  recollecting.  Not  sa- 
tisfied with  having  smoothed  the  path  of 


104  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

death,  they  carried  their  kind  regards  even 
beyond  the  grave ! 

Of  our  religion  they  could  form  no  idea, 
nor  was  it  possible  to  explain  it  to  them. 
They  seemed  at  first  to  consider  us  as  wor- 
shippers of  the  sun  or  moon,  and,  of  course, 
our  astronomers  as  high  priests,  from  seeing 
them  busied  about  an  observatory  which 
had  been  erected  in  our  garden,  with  a  large 
telescope  for  the  examination  of  the  hea- 
venly bodies. 

One  Sunday  a  number  of  them  were  ob- 
served, during  divine  service,  peeping 
through  the  quarter-deck  ports,  but  were 
not  noticed  in  sufficient  time  to  invite 
them  in. 

Captain  Maxwell's  horse,  in  riding  one 
morning  to  inspect  the  progress  of  the  ar- 
tificers, stumbled,  and  fell  among  some 
rocks ;  and  by  this  accident  the  fore  finger 
of  his  left  hand  was  not  only  fractured,  but 
badly  dislocated.  Some  of  his  Lewchewan 
friends,  who  were  near  him,  ran  to  the 
next  village  for  one  of  their  surgical  profes- 
sors. He  soon  arrived,  and,  after  much  sa- 


TO  CHINA.  105 

Jutation,  proceeded  to  examine  the  injury, 
(the  dislocation  had  in  the  interim  been  re- 
duced by  the  coxswain  pulling  upon  it,) 
and  then  stated  that  he  would  come  on 
board  the  ship,  whither  the  captain  was 
then  proceeding,  in  an  hour,  with  the  ap- 
plications he  thought  necessary  for  it.     At 
the  'time  appointed,  one  of  the  chiefs,  with 
this  surgeon,  and  another  more  in  the  cha- 
racter of  a  physician,  and  their  retinue, 
some  of  them   bearing  a  medicine-chest, 
made  their  appearance  alongside.     The  in- 
jury being  again  examined,  (and  it  having 
been  previously  decided  that  they  were  to 
have  the  management  of  the  cure,  under 
surveillance',  in  order  to  observe  how  they 
would  act,)  a  fowl  was  killed  with  much 
form,  and  skinned,  and  a  composition  of 
flour  and  eggs,  with  some  warm  ingredients 
about  the  consistence  of  dough,  was  put 
round  the  fractured  part,  (which  had  the 
effect  of  retaining  it  in  its  position,)  and  the 
whole  enclosed  in  the  skin  of  the  fowl.    As 
this  fowl  appeared  to  have  been  sacrificed, 
its  skin  being  applied  to  enclose  the  whole 


106  VOYAGE  OF   H.  M.   S.  ALCESTE 

was    most  probably  meant   to    act  as   a 
charm. 

The  manual  part  finished,  the  physician 
proceeded  to  examine  the  general  state  of 
health,  and  the  pulse  appeared  to  be  his 
chief,  and  indeed  only  guide,  in  this  re- 
spect. The  arm  was  laid  bare  to  the  shoul- 
der, and  he  applied  his  fingers  with  great 
attention,  and  with  as  much  solemnity  as 
ever  issued  from  Warwick-lane,  to  the 
course  of  the  artery,  and  at  all  parts  of  the 
arm  where  he  could  feel  it  beat,  to  ascer- 
tain whether  it  was  every  where  alike;  and, 
lest  there  should  be  any  mistake  in  this 
point,  the  other  arm  underwent  the  same 
investigation ;  the  whole  party  looking  all 
the  while  extremely  grave.  Having  now 
decided  as  to  the  medicines  necessary  on 
this  occasion,  his  little  chest  was  brought 
forward,  with  his  pharmacopoeia,  and  a  sort 
of  Clinical  Guide,  directing  the  quantity 
and  quality  of  the  dose. 

His  chest  was  extremely  neat,  its  exterior 
japanned  black,  and  a  number  of  par- 
titions in  it,  again  subdivided,  so  as  to 


TO    CHINA.  107 

contain  about  a  hundred  and  eighty  dif- 
ferent articles  (quite  enough  in  all  con- 
science, even  among  the  greatest  hypo- 
chondriacs and  drug-swallowers)  ;  but  they 
were  fortunately  all  simples,  being  a  coU 
lection  cf  wood-shavings,  roots,  seeds,  and 
dried  flowers  of  his  own  country.  There 
appeared  also  some  ginseng,  a  product  of 
Tartary  and  Corea,  much  in  vogue  in  these 
parts.  Small  portions  of  the  specified 
articles  were  measured  out  with  a  silver 
spatula,  and  put  up  in  little  parcels,  and 
directions  were  now  issued  as  to  the  mode 
of  boiling  and  drinking  the  decoction. 
Next  day  they  were  highly  delighted  to 
hear  the  good  effect  of  their  medicines, 
though  they  had  never  been  taken  (as 
many  a  poor  doctor  is  cheated  by  cunning 
patients) ;  and  a  new  application  was 
brought  for  the  finger,  termed  a  fish  poul- 
tice, so  composed  as  to  look,  and  indeed 
to  smell,  something  like  currant-jelly. 

Having  carried  on  this  scheme  for  a  few 
days,  they  were  then  informed  that  the 
finger  was  so  much  better  as  to  render  their 
attendance  unnecessary  any  longer ;  and, 


108  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

as  a  reward  for  their  services,  they  were 
presented  with  some  little  articles,  and 
among  others,  as  an  addition  to  the  chest, 
some  spirits  of  hartshorn,  displaying  to 
them  its  effect  on  the  olfactory  organs,  with 
which  they  were  quite  astonished  and 
pleased;  some  spirits  of  lavender  and  oil 
of  mint,  they  also  considered  a  great 
acquisition.  The  physician,  more  espe- 
cially, seemed  to  be  a  very  respectable 
man,  and  was  treated  as  such  by  those 
about  him.  Their  practice  seems  to  be  a 
good  deal  derived  from  the  'Chinese,  for 
their  notion  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood, 
or  rather  their  having  no  correct  notion 
about  it,  is  the  same.  Neither  have  they 
any  idea  of  anatomy  from  actual  observa- 
tion, and,  of  course,  the  greater  operations 
cannot  be  undertaken  ;  one  man  only  was 
examined  by  Mr.  Rankin,  who  had  lost  his 
arm,  and  his  stump  was  rather  a  rude  one. 
Some  corn  was  left  with  them,  which  they 
promised  to  cultivate ;  and  fortunately 
Captain  Hall  had  some  English  potatoes, 
which  were  likely  to  be  productive,  and  the 
mode  of  planting  them  was  particularly 


TO    CHINA.  109 

described.  Their  fields  were  extremely 
neat,  and  their  furrows  arranged  with  much 
regularity  by  a  plough  of  a  simple  con- 
struction drawn  by  bulls,  assisted  occasion- 
ally by  the  use  of  a  hoe ;  and  they  prac- 
tised irrigation  in  the  culture  of  their  rice. 
A  young  bull  of  English  breed  (though 
calved  on  the  island)  was  presented  to  the 
chief  authorities  by  Captain  Maxwell, 
leaving  them  also  a  cow  (having  two  on 
board,)  so  that  it  is  possible  the  next 
visitors  who  touch  at  Lewchew  may  find  a 
larger,  though  they  cannot  find  a  better, 
race  of  cattle. 

The  mode  of  dancing  of  these  people 
may,  strictly  speaking,  be  termed  hopping; 
for  they  jump  about  upon  one  leg  only, 
keeping  the  other  up,  and  changing  oc- 
casionally, making  a  number  of  extrava- 
gant motions,  and  clapping  with  their 
hands,  and  singing  at  the  same  time  their 
dancing  song.  According  to  our  notions, 
this  was  their  only  ungraceful  action.  A 
.number  of  them  thus  engaged,  more  espe- 
cially when  joined  by  the  officers,  (who 
must  needs  acquire  their  style,)  formed 


110  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  *.  ALCE6TE 

rather  a  grotesque  assembly.  Thev  at- 
tempted our  mode  of  country  dancing,  and 
managed  (considering  it  was  necessary  to 
make  use  of  both  feet)  tolerably  well. 

The  Lewehews  are  a  very  small  race  of 
people,  the  average  height  ot  the  men  not 
exceeding  rive  feet  two  inches  at  the  utmost. 
Almost  the  whole  animal  creation  here  is 
of  diminutive  size,  but  all  excellent .  in 
their  kind.  Their  bullocks  seldom  weighed 
more  than  330lh..  but  they  were  plump 
and  well-conditioned,  and  the  beef  vrrv 

•/ 

fine  :  their  goats  and  pigs  were  reduced  in 
the  same  proportion,  their  poultry  seeming 
to  form  the  only  exception.  However 
small  the  men  might  be,  they  were  sturdy, 
well-built,  and  athletic.  The  ladies  we  had 
no  opportunity  of  measuring,  but  they  ap- 
peared to  be  of  corresponding  stature. 

These  islanders,  most  probably,  ori- 
ginated from  Japan  or  Corea,  having  a 
good  deal  of  the  Corean  lineaments,  but 
rather  milder,  and  softened  down.  They 
are  obviously  not  of  Chinese  origin,  having 
nothing  whatever  of  that  t/rof$i/  and  elon- 
gated eye  which  peculiarly  distinguishes 


TO    CHINA.  Ill 

the  latter ;  nor  would  it  seem  that  the  few 
Chinese  and  their  descendants  settled  on 
the  island  freely  mixed  with  the  native  Lew- 
chews,  the  national  features  and  the  natu- 
ral disposition  of  the  two  people  being  per- 
fectly distinct,  and  differing  in  every  re- 
spect. Neither  have  they  any  mixture  of 
Indian  blood,  being  quite  as  fair  as  the 
southern  Europeans ;  even  those  who  are 
most  exposed  being  scarcely  so  swarthy 
as  the  same  class  of  society  in  Spain  or 
Portugal. 

The  Chinese  language  is  learnt  by  a  few, 
as  the  French  is  in  our  own  country;  but  the 
Bonzes,  who  are  also  schoolmasters,  teach 
the  boys  their  native  language,  which  is  a  dia- 
lect of  the  Japanese,  and  is  rather  soft  and 
harmonious;  and  they  have  nothing  of  that 
hesitation  in  utterance,  or  appearance  of 
choking,  which  is  observed  in  the  former, 
often  requiring  the  action  of  the  hands  to 
assist  the  tongue  *.  The  orders  and  records 
of  government  are  in  their  own,  or  Ja- 


*  In  this  respect  the  Chinese  seem  to  resemble  what 
is  said  of  a  Frenchman : — That  if  his  hands  are  tied  he 
cannot  speak. 


112  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

panese  character;  but  they  have  books 
in  the  Chinese  language. 

They  burn  the  bodies  of  their  dead,  and 
deposit  their  bones  in  urns,  (at  least  in 
our  neighbourhood,)  in  natural  vaults,  or 
caverns  of  the  rocks  along  the  sea-shore. 
The  graves  of  the  few  Chinese  residents 
here  are  formed  in  their  own  style. 

Crimes  are  said  to  be  very  unfrequent 
among  them,  and  they  seem  to  go  perfectly 
unarmed,  for  we  observed  no  warlike  in- 
struments of  any  description  ;  and  our 
guns,  shot,  and  musketry,  appeared  to  be 
objects  of  great  wonder  to  them.  It  must 
have  been  the  policy  of  the  Chinese  to 
disarm  them,  for  it  appears  that,  in  the 
first  instance,  they  defended  themselves 
nobly  against  their  attacks,  as  well  as  those 
of  the  Japanese.  Not  even  a  bow  or  arrow 
was  to  be  seen;  and,  when  they  observed 
the  effect  of  fowling-pieces  in  the  hands  of 
some  of  the  gentlemen,  they  begged  they 
might  not  kill  the  birds,  which  they  were 
always  glad  to  see  flying  about  their  houses; 
and  if  we  required  them  to  eat,  they  would 
send  in  their  stead  an  additional  quantity 
of  fowls  on  board  every  day. — An  order 


TO    CHINA.  113 

was  immediately  issued  to  desist  from  this 
sort  of  sporting. 

The  people  of  Tatao  and  the  north-east 
islands  are  reported  to  have  been  in  pos- 
session of  books  previous  to  the  Chinese 
attack  on  Grand  Lewchew,and  to  have  been 
even  more  polished  than  in  the  principal 
island.  Tatao  and  Ki-ki-ai  are  said  to  pro- 
duce a  sort  of  cedar,  termed  kien-mou  by  the 
Chinese,  and  iseki  by  the  inhabitants,  which 
is  considered  incorruptible,  and  brings  a 
great  price,  the  columns  of  the  palaces  of 
the  grandees  being  generally  formed  of  it. 

The  vessels  of  these  islands,  in  the  gene- 
ral appearance  of  their  hulls  and  plan  of  rig- 
ging and  sails,  are  precisely  the  same  as  we 
had  observed  throughout  the  whole  of  our 
track  from  the  Gulf  of  Pe-che-lee  lo  Napa- 
kiang.     They  had,  in  common  use,  canoes 
hollowed  from  the  trunk  of  a  tree,  much 
the  same  in  shape  as  those  of  other  parts  of 
the  world  where  they  are  employed,  and 
of  sufficient   size  to   contain   easily  from 
six  to  eight  or  ten  people.     For  purposes 
of  heavier  burden,  they  had  boats  strongly 
built,  and  rather  flat-bottomed. 

i 


114  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

In  these  boats  they  brought  our  water, 
bullocks,  and  other  stock,  on  board.  The 
water  was  not  sent  in  barrels,  but  in  open 
tubs,  and  baled  from  these  into  our  casks. 

During  our  stay  here,  the  Lyra  was  de- 
tached by  the  senior  officer,  in  consequence 
of  the  people  having  told  us  that  there  was 
a  closer  and  more  secure  harbour  to  the 
northward,  to  circumnavigate  and  examine 
the  coast  of  the  great  island ;  which  service 
Captain  Hall  performed,  and  returned  to 
Napa-kiang,  in  seven  days. 

The  state  of  cultivation  was  represented 
as  very  fine  on  a  small  island,  which  was 
named  by  Captain  Hall  Sugar-loaf  Island; 
and  a  town  was  observed,  which  had  a  very 
handsome  appearance  from  the  sea ;  trees, 
as  usual,  filling  up  the  interstices  between 
the  houses,  which  rose  from  the  water-side 
to  the  foot  of  the  high  land. 

About  twelve  miles  easterly  from  this 
island  they  anchored  near  an  islet,  which 
was  named  Herbert's  Isle ;  and  from  thence 
proceeded  in  the  boats  to  examine  what 
seemed  to  be  the  mouth  of  a  river ;  here  it  is 
reported  there  were  not  less  than  ten  fathoms 


TO    CHINA.  115 

of  depth  within  it,  the  whole  passage  being 
narrow,  and  the  direction  tortuous ;  in  short 
they  here  discovered  a  harbour,  not  inferior 
in  any  respect,  and  in  some  superior,  to 
Port  Mahon,  in  Minorca.  The  banks  of 
this  winding  arm  of  the  sea  are  high  rocks, 
overgrown  with  climbing  plants  and  flowers. 
It  has,  moreover,  the  advantage  of  Mahon 
of  having  a  second  outlet  or  communication 
with  the  sea :  in  short,  it  was  discovered 
that  an  island  in  the  mouth  of  a  deep  in- 
dent in  the  coast  of  the  main  island  formed 
a  circumnavigable  passage,  with  safe  an- 
chorage in  every  part  of  it,  and  a  sufficient 
depth  of  water  for  the  largest  class  of  ships, 
with  good  holding  ground.  It  was  named 
Port  Melville. 

In  glens,  formed  by  the  opening  of  the 
rocks  on  its  right  bank,  were  observed  seve- 
ral little  villages,  prettily  situated ;  and  the 
inhabitants  were  found  to  be  the  same  civil 
creatures  as  on  every  other  part  of  the 
island. 

The  north-eastern  parts  of  the  great  Lew- 
chew  would  appear  not  to  be  so  populous, 
and  therefore  not  so  much  cultivated,  as 

i  2 


116  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  S.ALCESTE 

the  south-western  side,  or  Cheouli,  a 
greater  extent  of  forest  land  being  noticed ; 
and  on  the  western  side  also  appeared 
to  be  the  best  and  safest  places  for  an- 
chorages. 

A  few  days  previous  to  our  leaving  the 
island,  intimation  was  sent  that  a  man  of 
the  first  distinction  (said  to  be  one  of  the 
princes,  and  nearest  heir  to  the  crown)  in- 
tended paying  a  visit  to  the  ship.     He  was 
carried  down  to  the  mouth  of  the  little  river, 
opposite  to  the  anchorage,  in  a  close  chair, 
or  palanquin,  amidst  an  immense  concourse 
of  people,  who  had  nocked  from  all  parts  to 
this  spot. — He  embarked  in  great  state,  in 
their  own  boats,  with  their  flags  flying  ;  and 
was  saluted,  on  his  approach  to  the  ships,by 
seven  guns  from  each,  and  received  on  board 
the  Alceste  with  every    possible   respect 
and  attention  ;  the  rigging  being  manned, 
and    the  officers   in   full  dress. — He  was 
above  the  usual  size  of  the  Lewchews,  and 
had  rather  more  of  an  European  counte- 
nance.    His  robe  was  of  a  dark  pink-co- 
loured silk  ;  the  cap  rather  lighter,  with 
bright  yellow  flowers  on  it.     In  his  mien 


TO    CHINA.  117 

and  deportment  there  was  much  dignified 
simplicity ;  for,  although  his  carriage  was 
that  of  a  man  of  high  rank,  it  was  totally 
unmixed  with  the  least  appearance  of 
hauteur;  and  his  demeanour  was, altogether, 
extremely  engaging. 

As  he  passed  along  the  decks,  his  own 
people  saluted  him  by  kneeling ;  clasping 
the  hands  before  their  breasts  and  bowing 
the  head.  He  examined  minutely  every 
thing  about  the  ship,  and  seemed  equally 
pleased  and  surprised  with  all  he  saw. 
After  joining  in  a  sumptuous  collation  in 
the  cabin,  he  took  his  leave  with  the  same 
honours  as  when  he  came  on  board, 
having  previously  invited  the  captain  and 
officers  to  an  entertainment  on  shore. 
The  day  appointed  for  this  feast  happen- 
ing to  be  the  25th  of  October,  the  anni- 
versary of  our  venerable  Sovereign's  ac- 
cession to  the  throne,  a  royal  salute  was 
fired,  at  sun-rise,  by  both  ships ;  at  noon 
the  standard  was  hoisted,  the  ships 
dressed  in  colours,  and  another  salute  fired ; 
after  which  the  boats,  with  their  flags  flying, 
containing  the  captains  and  every  officer 


118  VOYAGE    OP    H.    M.   S.    ALCESTE 

that  could  possibly  be  spared,  proceeded 
into  Napa-kiang. 

They  were  received  precisely  as  on  the 
former  occasion,  except  that  the  number 
of  grandees  was  greater,  and  there  ap- 
peared a  higher  degree  of  state.  The 
prince  received  the  party  at  the  gate,  and 
conducted  them  into  the  hall.  Three  tables 
were  laid  close  to  each  other ;  the  first  for 
the  great  man  and  the  captains,  the  second 
for  the  superior  officers,  and  the  third  for 
the  young  gentlemen.  This  prince,  or 
chief,  did  the  honours  of  his  own  table, 
occasionally  directing  his  attention  to  the 
others;  but  a  man  of  some  rank  was  added 
to  each  of  them,  for  the  purpose  of  seeing 
the  strangers  properly  treated,  as  well  as 
to  pass  and  proclaim  the  toasts;  and  for 
this  purpose  they  were  allowed  to  be 
seated,  all  the  rest  standing  round  the 
room,  but,  at  the  same  time,  joining  heartily 
in  the  general  mirth  and  glee.  The  healths 
of  our  King  and  Royal  Family  were  toasted 
with  much  respect,  and  the  anniversary  of  his 
Majesty's  accession  was  a  day  of  real  jubilee 
atNapafoo.  The  sovereign  of  Lewchew,the 


TO    CHINA.  119 

queen  and  princes,  were  proposed  by  our 
party ;  whilst  they  (never  deficient  in  po- 
liteness) toasted  the  wives  and  children  of 
their  friends,  the  Engelees.  In  dining  on 
board  the  ship,  Captain  Maxwell  had  given 
confectionary  to  those  who  were  married, 
in  parcels,  proportioned  to  the  number  of 
children  they  had;  and  on  this  occasion 
they  returned  the  compliment;  in  the  dis- 
tribution of  which,  it  was  quite  amusing  to 
see  some  of  the  young  midshipmen  ac- 
quiring at  once  wives  and  large  families. 

Some  personal  presents  from  the  cap- 
tains were  on  this  day  offered  to  the 
chiefs,  consisting  of  various  articles  as  be- 
fore, adding  some  damask  table-cloths,  and 
elegantly  cut  decanters  and  glasses,  which 
they  seemed  highly  to  admire.  Specimens 
of  their  manufactures  in  cloth  were  sent  on 
board  the  ships  in  return. 

At  their  departure,  the  prince  attended 
the  party  nearly  to  the  landing-place;  and, 
when  about  to  take  his  leave,  two  small 
additional  presents  (at  the  suggestion  of 
Captain  Hall)  were  given  to  him,  as  memo- 
rials. One  was  a  very  neat  pocket  thermo- 


120  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

meter  (the  use  of  the  larger  ones  having 
been  explained  to  him  on  board),  and  the 
other  a  cornelian  seal  set  in  gold,  with  a 
ribband  attached  to  each :  they  were  hung 
round  his  neck ;  and  the  ceremony,  being  in 
public,  had  the  appearance  of  investing 
him  with  an  order,  with  which  he  seemed 
to  be  highly  gratified.  As  the  boats  shoved 
off  from  the  landing-place,  the  crews  gave 
them  three  cheers,  which  they  returned  in 
their  own  style  of  salutation.  They  had 
sent  on  board  the  ship  a  great  number  of 
coloured  paper  lanterns,  for  the  purpose 
of  illuminating  her  at  night,  in  honour  of 
our  King.  This  was  done  after  dark,  the 
lanterns  being  regularly  ranged  along  the 
yards  and  rigging,  the  main-deck  ports  il- 
luminated, sky-rockets  thrown  up,  and  blue 
lights  burnt  at  the  yard  arms,  bowsprit, 
and  spanker-boom  ends,  with  a  feu-de-joie 
of  musquetry,  thrice  repeated  round  the 
ship.  The  whole  had  a  very  brilliant 
effect  from  the  shore,  where  thousands  of 
the  natives  had  collected  to  view  the  scene. 
About  this  time  the  boatswain's  wife  of  the 
Alceste,  who  had  been  a  good  deal  on  shore, 


TO    CHINA.  121 

and  was  much  noticed  by  the  higher  class 
of  natives,  had  a  splendid  proposal  made, 
by  a  deputation  from  some  great  man,  to 
remain  behind;  a  grand  house  to  live  in, 
and  all  manner  of  finery  and  attentions; 
great  offers  were  also  made  to  the  boat- 
swain to  induce  him  to  comply  with  this 
bargain ;  but  (after  two  days'  considera- 
tion) the  negotiation  was  broken  off  on  the 
part  of  the  husband,  who  refused  to  part 
with  her.  These  proposals  most  likely 
came  from  the  king,  for  it  is  not  probable 
that  any  subject  could  have  entered  into 
a  treaty  of  this  sort. 

A  young  lady  of  high  rank,  who  had  a 
great  curiosity  to  see  this  Inago-Engekse, 
or  Englishwoman,  was  brought  to  her  one 
day  when  she  was  quite  alone,  and  walked 
round  her  for  a  considerable  time,  eyeing 
her  with  great  appearance  of  surprise. 

The  marriages  of  this  country  are  not 
managed  blindfold,  as  in  China;  but  the 
young  people  are  permitted  to  make  their 
own  choice,  and  to  communicate  without 
reserve.  In  China  they  would  seem  to 
have  a  superstitious  dread  of  all  foreign 


122  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

women ;  so  much  so,  that  any  ship, 
having  one  or  more  on  board,  must  land 
them  at  the  Portuguese  settlement  of  Ma- 
cao, before  they  are  permitted  to  pass  up  the 
river ;  as  they  fancy  that  their  putting  foot 
on  the  celestial  soil  would  be  attended  with 
some  great  calamity  to  the  country,  or  per- 
haps rather  that  their  unrestrained  liberty 
would  be  a  bad  example  for  their  secluded 
females. 

The  rocks  about  the  coasts  of  Lewchew  were 
all  of  the  coral  kind ;  and  immense  masses, 
some  assuming  very  odd  shapes,  were 
seen  every  where  along  the  sea-shore ;  and 
some  of  the  same  formation  were  found 
on  the  higher  land,  and  at  some  distance 
from  the  beach,  whose  situation  is  not 
easily  to  be  accounted  for,  unless  we  sup- 
pose them  to  have  been  elevated  by  the 
force  of  volcanic  fire. 

The  period  of  our  departure  being  now 
fixed,  all  the  stores  were  embarked  on  the 
evening  of  the  26th  October.  The  next  morn- 
ing, as  the  ships  unmoored,  the  Lewchews, 
as  a  mark  of  respect,  arrayed  themselves 
in  their  best  apparel, and,  proceeding  to  the 


TO   CHINA.  125 

temple,  offered  up  to  their  gods  a  solemn 
sacrifice,  invoking  them  to  protect  the  En- 
gclees,  to  avert  every  danger,  and  restore 
them  in  safety  to  their  native  land !  In  the 
manner  of  this  adieu  there  was  an  air  of 
sublimity  and  benevolence  combined,  by 
far  more  touching  to  the  heart  than  the 
most  refined  compliment  of  a  more  civi- 
lized people.  It  was  the  genuine  benignity 
of  artless  nature,  and  of  primitive  inno- 
cence. Immediately  following  this  so- 
lemnity, our  particular  friends  crowded  on 
board  to  shake  hands,  and  say  "  Farewell  \" 
whilst  the  tears  which  many  of  them  shed, 
evinced  the  sincerity  of  their  attachment. 
Even  hard-faced  Buonaparte  was  not  un- 
moved ;  and,  as  the  ships  got  under  weigh, 
they  lingered  alongside  in  their  canoes,  dis- 
playing every  sign  of  affectionate  regard. 

We  stood  out  to  seaward ;  and,  the  breeze 
being  favourable,  this  happy  island  soon 
sunk  from  the  view  ;  but  it  will  be  long  re- 
membered by  all  the  officers  and  men  of 
the  Alceste  and  Lyra ;  for,  the  kindness  and 
hospitality  of  its  inhabitants  have  fixed, 
upon  every  mind,  a  deep  and  lasting  im- 
pression of  gratitude  and  esteem. 


124  VOYAGE    OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

Standing  between  what  had  been  termed 
Lyra's  Keef  (where  she  had  been  so  nearly 
lost)  and  the  Southern  Isles,  we  pursued 
our  course  to  the  south-westward.  On  the 
next  day  we  saw  Typinsan,  one  of  the  most 
considerable  of  the  Lewchewan  group ; 
and,  on  the  30th,  descried  Botel  Tobago 
Xima,  very  much  resembling,  in  its  general 
features,  St.  Helena.  Passing  to  the  north- 
ward of  it,  we  discovered,  on  the  same  day, 
the  island  of  Formosa.  The  south-east 
part  (that  which  we  saw)  is  extremely  high 
and  mountainous,  as,  indeed,  the  whole  of 
it  is  represented  to  be ;  and  with  the  wind 
at  N.  E.,  as  we  then  had  it,  and  blowing 
strong,  the  surf  rolled  in  with  dreadful  force 
upon  the  reefs  extending  from  it  *.  Be- 

*  The  western  parts  of  Formosa  are  under  the  domi- 
nion of  the  Chinese,  but  the  eastern  shores  are  still  oc- 
cupied by  the  aboriginal  inhabitants.  They  are  stated  to 
be  in  a  very  uncivilized  condition ;  that  they  can  run  with 
the  swiftness  of  a  greyhound  ;  and  are  such  expert  marks- 
men with  the  bow  and  arrow,  as  to  kill  a  pheasant  on  the 
wing  with  the  greatest  certainty.  The  water  of  the  island 
is  considered  most  insalubrious. 

Their  mode  of  courtship  is  rather  odd  :  When  a  young 
man  fixes  his  affections,  he  hovers  about  the  house  where 
the  object  of  his  regard  resides,  and  plays  upon  some  inu- 


TO    CHINA.  125 

coming  too  dark  to  see  our  way  between  the 
south  end  of  the  island,  and  the  rocks  of 
VeleRete,  we  bore  up,  until,  by  our  run,  we 
were  fairly  to  the  southward  of  this  danger, 
and  then  hauled  to  the  wind  on  the  star- 
board tack.  The  passage  across  the  Straits 
of  Formosa  was  boisterous  in  the  extreme, 
blowing  a  severe  gale  at  N.  E.,  with  that 
sort  of  tumbling  sea  felt  in  many  other  parts 
of  the  world,  and  which  is  infinitely  more 
trying  to  ships  than  the  long  expansive 
swell  of  the  wider  ocean.  The  Alceste  was 
a  good  deal  injured,  and  the  Lyra  had 
nearly  foundered,  the  fore-top  sides  giving 
way,  and  sustaining  other  damage.  On 
the  2d  November  saw  the  grand  Lemma ; 
and  on  the  same  day  pushed  up  to  the  an- 
chorage, at  the  island  of  Lintin,  without  a 
pilot.  Here  we  remained  unnoticed  for 
some  days,  when  a  number  of  men-of-war 


sical  instrument,  which  signal  she  answers  by  coming  out 
to  meet  him,  and  settle  the  matter,  provided  he  is  to  her 
taste;  should  it  be  otherwise,  she  takes  no  notice,  the 
gentleman  whistles  in  vain,  and  must  try  his  fortune  else- 
where. The  bridegrooms  here  transfer  their  filial  duty 
to  their  fathers-in-law,  and  in  fact  are  considered,  after  th« 
marriage,  as  part  of  the  wife's  family. 


126  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    8.    ALCESTE 

junks  anchored  near  us,  and  a  mandarin 
(their  admiral)  came  on  board,  who,  after 
the  usual  interrogatories,  promised  that  a 
pass  and  pilot  should  be  sent  to  us,  to  pro- 
ceed up  the  river.  In  the  time  of  Lord 
Anson,  the  Typa,  near  Macao,  was  of  suf- 
ficient depth  to  receive  the  Centurion,  a 
sixty-gun  ship  ;  but,  at  the  present  day,  no 
frigate  of  large  size  can  with  propriety 
enter  it,  having  become  much  shallower 
from  the  deposition  of  mud.  To  have 
brought  up  the  provisions  and  stores  for  the 
use  of  the  ships,  which  had  been  left  at  that 
place,  (subject  to  the  conjoined  impositions 
of  the  Chinese  and  Portuguese,)  in  hired 
vessels,  would  have  been  expensive:  the 
Lyra,  therefore,  was  ordered  down  for  that 
purpose. 

We  soon  began  to  experience  the  invete- 
rate ill-will  of  the  viceroy,  Tsong-tou,  of  Can- 
ton, who,  well  aware  thatthe  object  of  theem- 
bassy  was  in  a  greatmeasure  directed  against 
his  extortions,  and  those  of  his  myrmidons, 
on  our  commerce,  naturally  entertained  the 
most  perfect  hatred  and  detestation  for  any 
ship  attached  to  such  a  mission.  The  peo- 
ple of  Lintin  (no  doubt  by  the  influence 


TO   CHINA.  127 

of  their  superiors)  dammed  up  the  course 
of  the  water  ;  and  it  was  not  until  sentries 
were  placed  along  the  little  stream,  to  keep 
it  clear,  that  we  were  enabled  to  fill  our 
casks.  The  Comprador,  or  the  person  em- 
ployed to  supply  ships  with  provisions  and 
necessaries,  could  only  smuggle  himself  on 
board  after  dark  ;  and  then  hurrying  away 
trembling,  for  fear  of  being  found  near  us 
at  daylight  with  his  boats.  His  master,  (or 
partner,)  Aming,  had  very  lately  been 
tortured,  imprisoned,  and  fined  ;  or,  to  use 
the  Chinese  phrase,  squeezed  in  a  very 
heavy  sum,  on  suspicion  that  he  knew  of 
the  intention  of  the  captains  of  some  Chi- 
namen to  proceed  into  the  city,  in  order  to 
present  a  memorial  to  the  viceroy ;  and  that 
he  had  not  given  information  of  this  cir- 
cumstance, that  it  might  have  been  pre- 
vented. It  seems  the  viceroy,  in  malicious 
feeling  to  the  General  Hewitt,  because  she 
had  been  connected  with  the  embassy, 
would  not  permit  her  to  load,  under 
pretence  that  she  was  a  tribute  ship ;  that 
she  must  wait  to  carry  back  the  unaccepted 
presents,  and  of  course  could  have  no  room 


128  VOYAGE   OF    H.    M.    S.   ALCESTE 

for  teas.     Had  it  even  been  intended  that 
she  should  carry  back  the  presents  (which 
was  not  the  case,  as,  in  the  event  of  their  not 
being  received,  they  were  to  be  otherwise 
disposed  of),  still  they  would  not  have  oc- 
cupied the  tenth  part  of  her  tonnage;  and, 
besides  all  this,  it  was  no  business  of  the 
viceroy  to  interfere  with  the  arrangements 
about    the    unaccepted    tribute.       Captain 
Campbell,  therefore,  attended  by  a  party  of 
his  brother  officers,  and  some  of  the  gentle- 
men of  the  factory,  on  finding  other  mea- 
sures vain,  proceeded  to  make  a  personal 
application  to  the  viceroy,    and  to  present 
a  memorial,  stating  the  great  hardship  and 
unreasonableness  of  this  prohibition.    This 
bold  manoeuvre,  however,  was  unattended 
with  success;  and  so  far  from  the  memorial 
being  received  they  were  treated  with  every 
indignity,  the  people  spitting  in  their  faces. 
The  General  Hewitt  was  guarded  with  more 
rigour  than  ever,  being  surrounded  by  war 
junks  ;  and,  previous  to  our  arrival,  Capt. 
Colin  Campbell,  of  the  navy,  who,  being 
unemployed,  accompanied   his  brother  in 
this  voyage,  with  all  who  happened  to  be 


TO    CHINA.  129 

on  board,  were  detained  prisoners,  at  the 
second  bar,  for  more  than  five  weeks. 

On  the  llth  another  mandarin  came  on 
board,  who  disclaimed  any  knowledge  of 
the  former,  or  what  he  had  promised,  stat- 
ing, through  the  medium  of  an  interpreter, 
(who  seemed  himself  a  man  of  some  little 
consequence,  and  who  evidently  enjoyed 
peculiar  satisfaction  in  repeating  whatever 
was  galling  to  the  feelings  of  a  Briton,)  that 
he  had  been  making  fools  of  us  about  sending 
a  pass ;  that  the  Embassador  had  been  sent 
away  in  disgrace  from  Pekin ;  that  he  must 
soon  arrive  here,  when  he  would  be  immedi- 
ately senton  board,  and  dismissed  with  all  the 
English  ships  from  the  country,  and  so  forth ; 
adding  that  we  must  remain  at  our  present 
anchorage,  not  attempting  to  pass  up  the 
river ;  and  even,  during  our  stay  here,  il 
would  be  necessary  to  have  a  security-mer- 
chant to  answer  for  our  good  conduct.  The 
latter  part  of  this  rhodomontade  about  a  se- 
curity-merchant for  the  king's  ship,  Captain 
Maxwell  begged  might  not  be  repeated, 
unless  they  wished  to  be  thrown  overboard ; 
quietly  telling  them  he  would  wait  a  reason- 


130  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

able  time  longer  for  the  viceroy  to  send 
down  a  pass,  or  chop,  to  proceed  up  the 
river,  which  he  was  desirous  of  doing  for 
two  reasons  :  1st,  The  ship  required  caulk- 
ing and  other  repairs,  which  it  was  impos- 
sible to  accomplish  in  her  present  unpro- 
tected and  exposed  situation.  Next,  the 
Lion,  in  the  former  embassy,  had  been 
admitted  to  a  place  of  security ;  and  the 
emperor  having,  in  the  first  instance,  ex- 
pressed his  pleasure  that  the  Alceste  should 
have  the  same  reception,  it  could  only  be 
considered  an  indignity  to  be  excluded ; 
and  would  be  a  bad  precedent.  They  now 
became  a  little  more  cool ;  and,  after  some 
desultory  conversation,  took  their  leave: 
but  previously  Captain  Maxwell  insisted  on 
their  admitting  (to  exclude  them  from  all 
shuffling),  that,  if  a  pass  was  not  sent  down 
in  48  hours,  he  was  to  take  it  for  granted 
that  leave  was  given. 

That  day  arrived  without  the  least  notice 
being  taken  of  us  ;  and  the  pilot  who  had 
come  on  board,  in  the  hope  of  carrying  us  up, 
sneaked  off  in  the  dark,  saying  it  was  danger- 
ous for  him  to  have  any  connexion  with  us. 


TO    CHINA.  131 

Against  an  open  attack  a  British  com- 
mander can  never  be  at  a  loss  how  to  act ; 
but  the  present  was  a  most  trying  and  em- 
barrassing case,  and  imposed  a  very  heavy 
and  serious  weight  of  responsibility.  That 
His  Majesty's  ship  should  be  supplied  by 
an  unauthorized  individual  under  cover  of 
night,  and  by  stealth,  was  not  to  be  endured ; 
to  be  denied  admission  to  the  harbour,  and 
detained  in  an  unprecedented  manner,  at  this 
season  of  the  year,  in  an  open  and  dangerous 
road,  could  not  be  viewed  but  as  an  act  of 
absolute  hostility ;  and  to  all  this  were 
added  sneering  insult  and  contempt,  of  the 
most  mortifying  kind. 

To  have  waited  longer  for  an  explicit 
answer  would  have  been  vain  ;  for  a  Chi- 
nese who  could  so  far  forget  himself,  even 
in  the  most  common  occasions  of  inter- 
course, as  to  give  a  frank,  ingenuous,  and 
undesigning  reply  to  any  communication, 
would  be  considered  by  his  own  country- 
men a  fool,  and  by  foreigners  a  prodigy. 

They  are  a  people,  who,  by  early  education 
and  constant  habit,  are  manceuwers,  and  al- 
ways enjoy  a  much  higher  satisfaction  in 
K  2 


132  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  S.  ALCESTE 

obtaining  any  purpose  by  fraud,  trick,  and 
overreaching,  than  by  the  most  direct,  can- 
did, or  honourable  means ;  and  afford  a 
strong  exemplification  of  the  distinction  be- 
tween low  cunning  and  true  wisdom. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  king's  representa- 
tive was  in  their  power,  and  this  circumstance 
rendered  a  decision  on  the  case  still  more  dif- 
ficult ;  but  it  was  equally  clear  that  the  go* 
vernment  which  attempted  to  dishonour- the 
flag  would  not  respect  the  Embassador ; 
and  experience  has  fully  proved,  that  the 
tame  submission  of  other  nations  has  only 
added  to  the  arrogance,  and  fostered  the 
insolence  of  the  Chinese.  This,  perhaps, 
was  the  impression  on  Captain  Maxwell's 
mind,  when  he  got  under  weigh  on  the  12th; 
but  not  a  word  was  expressed.  The  ex- 
amination, however,  of  the  locks  and  flints 
on  the  carronades  by  the  gunner,  with  a  few 
other  minor  preparations,  were  hailed  as  aus- 
picious omens,  and  excited  themostpleasing 
hopes ;  for  the  Chinese  have  no  foreign 
friends ;  every  seaman,  whether  of  the  navy 
or  merchant's  service,  from  experience  of 
their  faithless  conduct,  considering  himself 


TO    CHINA.  133 

in  a  state  of  warfare  from  the  moment  he 
enters  their  territory.  We  got  up  as  far  as 
Lankeet  Flat  that  night,  without  a  pilot; 
but  Mr.  Mayne,  the  master,  who  knew  the 
ground,  volunteered  to  carry  up  the  ship  as 
far  as  she  could  go.  Here  we  anchored  for 
the  night,  and  spoke  the  Cornwall  India- 
man,  bound  homewards. 

About  two  o'clock  P.M.  next  day  we  again 
weighed,  the  flood  tide  serving,  and  beat  up 
towards  the  Bocca  Tigris,  or  Bogue,  then 
distant  a  few  miles.  The  Bocca  Tigris  is 
the  mouth  of  the  principal  branch  of  that 
river,  on  which  Canton  is  situated,  and 
where  it  is  contracted  to  about  the  breadth 
of  the  Thames  at  London ;  but  the  banks 
are  formed  by  high  land,  more  especially 
on  the  east  side. 

The  fortifications  on  this  pass  were  for- 
merly insignificant,  and  allowed  to  remain 
in  a  very  dismantled  state;  but  lately  they 
have  been  repaired  and  strengthened  with 
much  care ;  an  additional  battery  of  forty 
guns  being  built,  rather  farther  up,  and  on 
the  same  side  with  old  Annan-hoy ;  a  hun- 
dred and  ten  pieces  of  cannon,  of  different 


134  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  XLCESTE 

calibres,  being  at  present  mounted  on  these 
forts,  including  that  of  the  island  of  Wang- 
tong  opposite,  the  whole  three  being  within 
half-gunshot  of  each  other,  with  a  garrison 
at  this  time  of  about  1,200  men. 

Chumpee,  which  lies  in  a  corner  farther 
down,  has  about  twelve  or  fourteen  guns  ; 
but  a  ship  may  keep  out  of  reach  of  them. 
As  we  advanced,  some  war-junks  formed  a 
line   off  Chumpee,  and    were   soon   after 
joined  by  several  more,  making  altogether 
seventeen  or  eighteen.     They  carry,  on  an 
average,  six  guns,  with  from  sixty  to  eighty 
men  each.     About  this  time  (five  o'clock) 
the  same  loquacious  linguist  before  men- 
tioned came  on  board  from  the  mandarins, 
and  desired,  in  a  high  and  domineering  tone, 
that  the  ship  should  be  directly  anchored, 
and  that,  if  we  presumed  to  pass  up  the 
river,  the  batteries  would  instantly  sink  her ; 
availing  himself,  at  the  same  time,  of  that 
favourable  opportunity,  to  express  his  per- 
sonal sense  of  low  consideration  for  us,  and 
plainly  telling  the  captain  he  thought  him 
very  impertinent.     The  latter  calmly  ob- 
served that  he  would  first  pass  the  batteries, 


TO    CHINA.  135 

and  then  hang  him  at  the  yard-arm,  for 
daring  to  bring  on  board  a  British  man-of- 
war  so  impudent  a  message  :  his  boat  was 
then  cut  adrift,  and  himself  taken  into  cus- 
tody. The  junks  now  commenced  firing 
blank  cartridge,  which  we  returned  with 
three  guns  from  the  ship,  affecting  to 
consider  this  as  .a  mere  salute.  On  the 
next  tack  we  passed  close  to  these  war- 
riors, who  remained  quiet  until  we  got 
inside  of  them,  and  opened  Chumpee ; 
when  that  fort,  little  Annan-hoy,  and  the 
junks  (now  under  weigh),  began  to  fire 
with  shot.  At  this  moment  the  wind  be- 
coming light  and  baffling,  we  were 
obliged  to  drop  anchor  in  Anson's  bay, 
in  order  to  hold  the  ground  we  had  gained, 
and  that  they  might  not  suppose  they  had 
driven  us  back  ;  and  in  the  act  of  wearing  for 
this  purpose,  we  gave  the  admiral  of  the 
junks  a  single  shot  only,  by  way  of  a  hint*. 

*  This  first  shot  was  fired  by  the  Captain's  own  hand, 
that,  in  the  event  of  the  Chinese  demanding  those  who 
fired,  instead  of  those  who  ordered,  or  of  seizing  upon  any 
innocent  person,  he  might  fully  place  himself  in  the  situa- 
tion of  being  individually  responsible  for  all  consequences. 


136  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

They  immediately  ceased  firing ;  and  their 
junks  anchoring  near  us,  all  remained  quiet 
until  a  little  after  eight  o'clock,  when  a 
light  breeze  sprung  up,  which  enabled  us 
to  lay  our  course,  and  the  anchor  was  again 
weighed.  The  moment  this  was  observed 
by  the  junks,  they  beat  their  gongs,  fired 
guns,  and  threw  up  sky-rockets,  to  give  the 
alarm,  and  in  an  instant  the  batteries  were 
completely  illuminated,  displaying  lanterns 
as  large  as  moderate-sized  balloons,  (the 
finest  mark  imaginable  for  us,)  commencing 
also  a  warm,  but  ill-directed,  fire  from  both 
sides.  Steering  a  steady  course,  the  ship 
maintained  a  slow  and  regular  fire,  as  the 
guns  could  be  got  to  bear,  without  yawing 
her. 

From  the  lightness  of  the  breeze,  which 
the  cannonade  seemed  to  lessen,  it  was  a 
considerable  time  before  we  got  abreast  of 
the  largest  battery.  At  last,  when  within 
pistol-shot  of  the  angle  of  it,  and  just  be- 
fore they  could  get  all  their  guns  to  bear 
into  the  ship,  a  whole  broadside,  with  cool 
aim,  was  poured  in  among  them,  the  two- 
and-thirty  pounders  rattling  the  stones 


TO    CHINA.  137 

about  their  ears  in  fine  style,  and  giving 
them  at  the  same  time  three  roaring  cheers. 

This  salvo  was  decisive  at  this  particular 
point;  their  lights  disappeared  in  a  twin- 
kling, and  they  were  completely  silenced  ; 
but  from  the  island  opposite  they  still  con- 
tinued their  fire,  the  balls  which  passed 
over  and  around  us  striking  New  Annan- 
hoy,  which  had  thereby  the  full  benefit  of 
their  own  as  well  as  our  shot. 

Soon  after  this  our  point  was  gained  ;  and, 
standing  up  the  river,  we  displayed  our 
stern  to  these  gentlemen.  It  is  somewhat 
extraordinary  that  it  should  have  been 
gained  so  easily ;  for,  notwithstanding  we 
were  nearly  an  hour  wrangling  in  this  nar- 
row passage,  not  a  man  (on  our  side)  was 
killed,  the  ship  only  hulled  twice,  and  some 
trifling  damage  done  to  the  rigging.  Al- 
most any  European  gunners,  with  the  same 
advantages,  would  have  blown  the  frigate 
out  of  the  water.  During  this  affair,  the 
flashing  of  the  guns  on  the  glassy  surface 
of  the  river,  and  the  rolling  echo  of  their 
reports  along  the  adjoining  hills,  had  a  very 
grand  and  animating  effect.  The  Chinese 


138  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

linguist,  who  had  crawled  below  when  he 
saw  matters  taking  a  serious  turn,  and 
having  observed  there  was  no  joking  in  the 
case,  began  in  real  earnest  to  think,  as  one 
part  of  the  promise  had  been  fulfilled,  that 
his  time  had  now  arrived.  Coming  trem- 

o 

bling  upon  deck,  he  prostrated  himself,  and, 
kissing  the  Captain's  feet,  begged  for 
mercy.  At  that  moment,  hearing  the  order 
given  to  "  stand  by  the  larboard  guns  for 
"  Tiger  Island,"  (on  which  we  then  sup- 
posed there  was  a  battery,)  he  said,  with  a 
rueful  countenance,  "  What !  no  hab  done 
"  yet  r  "  Not  half  done"  was  the  reply  : 
"  How  many  guns  have  you  got  on  Tiger 
"  Island?" — but,  without  waiting  to  answer 
this  question,  (or  indeed  reflecting  in  his 
perturbation  that  there  were  none  at  all,) 
he  wrung  his  hands,  groaned  heavily,  and 
dived  again  below. 

We  stood  on  for  some  miles  farther,  and 
then  anchored. — Next  morning,  before  day, 
we  found  ourselves  surrounded  by  their  grand 
fleet ;  but  they  were  wise  enough  to  make  no 
attack ;  for,  having  now  broken  the  ice,  it  was 
too  late  for  half-measures,  and  there  was 


TO    CHINA.  139 

plenty  of  grape  at  hand  to  pick  their  teeth, 
had  they  offered  the  least  molestation. 

Half-measures  seem  to  be  a  bad  system 
in  any  dealings,  but  more  especially  with 
uncivilized  people,  for  they  are  apt  to  attri- 
bute forbearance  to  fear,  and  acquire,  under 
that  impression,  fresh  courage. 

When  the  late  Admiral  Drury  was  in- 
duced to  make  a  show  of  force  at  Canton, 
but  was  withheld,  by  circumstances,  from 
proceeding  to  actual  hostilities,  there  was 
no  end  to  their  gasconading ;  they  consi- 
dered his  retiring  as  a  great  victory  gained, 
and  it  is  celebrated  as  such  by  an  inscrip- 
tion in  one  of  their  pagodas. 

On  the  morning  of  the  15th,  the  Alceste 
anchored  among  the  Indiamen  at  second 
bar,  still  attended,  but  with  perfect  respect, 
by  their  fleet. 

In  the  evening,  Captain  Maxwell,  at- 
tended by  two  gentlemen  of  the  ship,  pro- 
ceeded in  person  to  Canton  to  demand  satis- 
faction (after  having  taken  it)  for  the  insult 
offered  in  firing  upon  the  king's  ship.  On 
their  way  up  they  remained  one  evening 
with  Captain  Campbell,  of  the  Hewitt,  and 


140  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  S.  ALCESTE 

on  that  night,  the  news  of  the  business  with 
the  batteries  having  become  public,  much 
alarm  was  at  first  excited  at  Canton,  as  to 
the  consequences  of  this  measure ;  but  the 
next  morning  they  were  agreeably  surprised 
by  the  appearance  of  several  tea-junks 
alongside,  with  part  of  her  cargo,  the  vice- 
roy having  given  permission  for  her  to  load 
immediately ! — It  also  came  to  -pass  that  the 
said  viceroy  thought  proper  to  send  down 
to  the  frigate,  on  this  day,  a  high  mandarin, 
attended  by  one  of  the  Hong  merchants,  to 
wait  upon  the  captain  to  welcome  him  into 
the  river,  and  compliment  him  with  all  pos- 
sible politeness ! 

It  appeared,  therefore,  that  the  late  head- 
thumping  ceremony  produced  both  tea  and 
civility  ;  and,  most  probably,  it  is  the  only 
mode  of  Ko-towing*,  by  which  we  will  ever 

*  Ko-tozc  is  the  ceremony  exacted  from  all  tributary 
princes  and  embassadors  on  approaching  the  presence 
of  the  emperor,  and  consists  in  kneeling,  placing  the 
hands  forward,  and  then  knocking  the  head  thrice  against 
the  ground.  The  patient  now  stands  upright,  and,  by  word 
of  command,  kneels  and  knocks  again,  and  afterwards  a 
third  time,  making,  in  all,  three  prostrations,  and  nine 
thumps ;  and  this  is  required  not  merely  in  the  imperial 


TO    CHINA.  141 

receive  either,  on  reasonable  terms,  from  the 
Chinese.  They  affect  in  their  usual  disin- 
genuous cant,  to  despise  our  commerce; 
they  say  they  could  do  perfectly  well  with- 
out it,  and  it  is  a  mere  matter  of  grace  and 
favour  that  we  are  permitted  to  approach 
their  shores,  and  carry  on  a  trade  highly  to 
our  advantage ;  but,  when  the  company's 
agents  were  lately  driven  to  the  necessity  of 
abandoning  Canton,  of  stopping  the  trade, 
and  giving  up  all  concern  with  them, 
having  actually  taken  their  departure, 
struck  the  flag  and  flag-staff,  and  were  on 
their  way  down  the  river,  the  Chinese  au- 
thorities became  alarmed,  and  sent  after 
them  to  beg  they  would  return,  making 
such  fair  promises  as  patched  up,  for  a  time, 
their  differences.  Neither  will  they  trade 
honestly,  or  say  at  once  there  is  an  end  of 
all  intercourse ;  and  day  after  day  we  are 
insulted  and  trifled  with  by  them. 

presence,  but  on  receiving  any  message,  or  donation  of 
broken  victuals,  from  the  emperor,  and  was  actually  per- 
formed by  the  Dutch  embassy  for  some  half-gnawed 
bones  in  179-5.  (Vide  Van  Braam's  own  account.)  So 
that  a  man,  to  be  much  about  court  in  China,  would  re- 
quire a  skull  as  thick  as  a  buffalo's. 


142  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  s.  ALCESTE 

The  removal  of  our  trade  for  a  single 

o 

year,  and  the  appearance  of  a  few  of  our 
lightest  cruizers  on  their  coasts,  would 
throw  the  whole  of  this  celestial  empire  into 
confusion ;  for  they  are  not  prepared  for 
the  loss  that  would  occur  in  the  one  case, 
nor  to  meet  the  tumult  and  convulsion  that 
would  be  excited  by  the  destruction  of  their 
fisheries  and  coasting  trade  in  the  other. 
So  feeble  is  their  naval  power,  that,  after 
warring  with  the  pirates  for  many  years,  who 
chased  their  vessels  up  the  river,  and  sacked 
the  towns  and  villages  within  a  few  miles  of 
Canton,  they  were  at  last  obliged  to  compro- 
mise with  them,  bribing  the  whole  to  be  quiet, 
and  making  their  chiefejirst-chop  mandarins. 

Krusenstern,  the  intelligent  Russian  navi- 
gator,who  had  occasion,  in  his  voyage  round 
the  world,  to  touch  at  this  port,  where  he 
experienced  much  vexation  and  insult, 
says,  with  great  truth  and  propriety,  what 
all  equally  feel,  that  "  the  forbearance  and 
mistaken  lenity  of  the  greater  civilized 
powers  have  emboldened  these  savages, 
not  only  to  consider  as  barbarians  all  Eu- 
ropeans, but  actually  to  treat  them  as  such." 

Captain  Maxwell,  on  arriving  at  the  city, 


TO    CHINA.  143 

sent  in  a  strong  note  to  the  viceroy  on  the 
subject  of  his  rudeness  to  the  ship,  which 
the  latter  answered  by  a  letter  from  the 
Hong  merchants  to  Sir  Theophilus  Metcalfe, 
the  chief  of  the  factory,  who  told  the  mer- 
chants, that,  having  no  control  over  the 
king's  officers,  he  neither  could  receive  nor 
communicate  it.  The  Hong  people  next 
applied  to  Captain  Maxwell  personally, 
with  their  letter  of  explanation  about  the 
fracas  that  had  occurred ;  but  he  refused 
to  receive  them  or  their  letter,  on  the 
ground  that  Chinese  merchants  were  not 
the  proper  channel  of  communication  be- 
tween him  and  the  viceroy.  There  the 
matter  rested.  The  substance  of  this  epistle 
was  known  to  be  some  flimsy  excuse  about 
a  mistake  in  sending  down  the  chop  or  pass, 
which  not  being  received  by  the  man- 
darins at  the  forts,  they  were  obliged  to 
act  according  to  orders.  But  what  shewed 
the  barefaced  effrontery  of  their  assertions 
was  their  public  account  of  the  business, 
whilst  in  the  very  act  of  presenting  this 
letter  of  explanation,  (for  they  affect  to  give 
a  public  account  of  all  transactions),  which 


144  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

stated  that  the  affair  at  the  Bogue  was  a 
mere  chin-chinning  or  saluting  matter  alto- 

o  o 

gether.  The  first  report,  previous  to  the 
official  fabrication,  was  forty-seven  killed, 
besides  a  number  of  men  spoiled*  (wounded), 
which  probably  might  be  near  the  truth, 
considering  they  stood  rather  thick ;  but, 
after  the  appearance  of  the  edict,  it  be- 
came a  subject  on  which  "720  man  can  talk\" 
This  is  what  the  Chinese  call  "  making 
"  face,"  or  keeping  up  appearances,  with 

*  Among  these  wise  and  enlightened  people,  if  a  man  is 
materially  spoiled  he  must  die ;  for  they  neither  will  per- 
mit the  necessary  knowledge  to  be  acquired  for  the  per- 
formance of  any  operation,  nor  will  they  allow  a  stranger, 
who  has  that  knowledge,  to  save  him,  but  at  the  risk  of 
his  own  life  ;  as,  in  the  event  of  the  patient  dying  within 
forty  days,  from  that  or  any  other  cause,  the  anatomist 
would  certainly  be  strangled,  or,  if  he  had  plenty  of 
money,  well  squeezed,  at  least. 

t  There  was,  however,  a  good  deal  of  talk,  sub  rosa, 
upon  the  subject,  and  the  shot  found  in  the  battery 
having  been  sent  up  to  Canton  and  weighed,  they  hai- 
yawed  a  great  deal  at  what  \ve  termed  our  smaller  ships 
throwing  shot  of  25  catties  (SSlbs.)  each,  asking  seriously 
about  the  probable  consequences  of  the  rejection  of  the 
embassy,  and  whether  our  larger  ships  could  come  up  the 
river.  The  last  accounts  from  China  state  that  these 
feelings  have  rather  increased  than  diminished. 


TO    CHINA.  145 

respect  to  any  circumstances  they  are  de- 
sirous of  having  reported  their  own  way ; 
and  the  people  on  the  spot  are  literally  or- 
dered not  to  believe  the  evidence  of  their 
own  senses,  but  to  take  the  proclamation 
or  edict  *  (as  it  is  termed)  for  their  guide, 
which  is  spread  about  in  other  parts,  and 
handed  down  to  posterity  as  good  history, 
which  no  man  dares  to  contradict.  Few,  it  is 
supposed,  will  be  credulous  enough  (who 
have  ever  been  in  China)  to  believe,  that 
the  people  have  the  privilege  of  criticising 
the  conduct  of  their  superiors,  and  even  of 
remarking  publicly  on  the  conduct  of  the 
Emperor.     The  law  which  permits  them  to  do 
so  may,  indeed,  be  considered  as  a  very 
severe  piece  of  irony  on  their  actual  state. 

That  the  viceroy  had  an  intention  of  in- 
sult beyond  the  mere  exclusion  of  the  ship 
is  rendered  more  than  probable  from  the 
circumstance  of  a  number  of  barges  having 
been  placed  in  the  back  passage  to  Macao, 
and  not  in  the  route  of  Lord  Macartney  to 

*  Some  how  or  other  the  word  edict  has  crept  into  ge- 
neral use  for  any  piece  of  common  information,  whether 
it  is  from  the  Emperor,  or  has  the  force  of  a  law  or  not. 

L 


146  VOYAGE   OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

Canton,  which  were  removed  from  that 
situation  immediately  after  the  late  occur- 
rence; and  likewise  from  the  general  tenour 
of  his  conduct  throughout.  Be  this  as  it 
may,  it  would  clear-ly  have  been  a  triumph 
to  his  cause,  and  that  of  his  adherents,  that 
the  Embassador  should  have  arrived  at 
Canton  with  as  little  eclat  and  appearance 
of  respect  as  possible;  it  would  have  added 
(as  exterior  is  every  thing  with  them)  in  the 
eyes  of  the  Chinese,  as  well  as  foreigners, 
to  the  idea  of  disgrace  and  discomfiture  to 
an  obnoxious  mission.  But  the  advance  of 
the  ship  to  Wampoa  not  only  commanded 
as  brilliant  an  entry  for  the  embassy  *  as 
ever  had  been  witnessed  on  any  other  oc- 
casion; but,  what  was  of  equal  importance, 
it  sustained  the  dignity  of  the  flag,  and  re- 
duced the  viceroy  (after  offering  every 
insult)  to  the  meanness  of  congratulating 
those  who  had  defied  his  flotilla  and  bat- 
tered his  fortifications. 

Canton  may  be  considered  the  most  in- 

*  That  the  Chinese  did  not  join  in  it,  is  only  an  addi- 
tional proof  that  they  would  have  prevented  it,  had  they 
dared. 


TO    CHINA.  147 

teresting  city  in  China.  It  is  one  of  the 
first  in  point  of  size,  and,  perhaps,  the  very 
first  with  respect  to  wealth ;  and  here,  as  the 
native  manners  may  be  seen  in  all  their  pu- 
rity as  perfectly  as  in  any  other  part,  the 
traveller  has  also  the  advantage  of  viewing 
them  as  connected  with  Europeans,  and  of 
noticing  their  brightest  efforts  of  imitative 
genius,  which  the  encouragement  afforded 
by  the  commerce  of  the  place  calls  forth. 

The  numerous  junks  and  boats  of  all  de- 
scriptions in  motion  upon  the  Tigris  sur- 
passes even  the  busy  scene  displayed  upon 
the  Thames ;  for  here  the  boats  are  the  only 
residence  of  some  thousand  families,  who 
live  entirely  on  the  water,  and  manage  to 
obtain  a  livelihood,  some  by  plying  pas- 
sage, others  by  fishing  and  picking  up 
floating  articles,  and  not  unfrequently  by 
exercising  their  talents  like  our  mud-larkers 
and  river  pirates. 

The  appearance  of  the  river  at  night, 
completely  illuminated  by  the  lamps  and 
lanterns  in  all  the  boats,  has  a  very  pretty 
effect.  Infanticide  is  said  not  to  be  so 
common  in  China  as  was  at  one  time  be- 

L2 


148  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTZ 

lieved ;  but  that  it  actually  exists  is  not  at- 
tempted to  be  denied  even  by  the  Chinese 
themselves;  one  of  whom,  on  being  interro- 
gated seriously  on  this  subject,  readily  ad- 
mitted, without  seeming  to  consider  it  as  a 
crime,  that  they  certainly  did  drown  their 
children  when  they  were  so  numerous  as  to 
be  inconvenient  to  them ;  but  that  boys 
might  be  exposed  alive,  and,  if  picked  up, 
they  became  coolees  or  slaves.  Jt  would 
appear,  therefore,  that  female  children 
are  most  likely  to  become  the  victims  in 
this  way,  from  being  less .  useful  to  their 
parents  when  they  grow  up ;  for  the  patri- 
archal law  of  China  considers  the  sons  as 
slaves  of  their  father ;  and  he  is  entitled  to 
sell  them  as  such,  should  occasion  require. 
The  entertainments  given  by  the  Hong 
merchants  at  Canton  to  their  European 
friends  are  considered  to  be  very  superb. 
Seldom  fewer  than  a  hundred  people  sit 
down  in  the  great  hall  to  dinner,  which  is 
usually  dressed  in  our  style,  (although  they 
have  also  their  chop-stick  feasts,)  and  plenty 
of  the  best  viands,  wines,  and  fruits,  cover 
the  table.  Bird-nest  soup  is  also  handed 


TO    CHINA.  149 

round  as  a  great  treat,  to  which  the  Chinese 
attribute   very  extraordinary   and   invigo- 
rating qualities.     On  us,  however,  it  pro- 
duced no  unusual  effect;  and  we  should  not 
have  known  it  from  any  other,  had  it  not 
been  pointed  out.    These  bird-nests,  which 
are  collected  in  the  Sunda  Archipelago,  are 
rather  expensive  articles,  being  purchased 
by  an  equal  weight  of  silver.     Their  com- 
position is  not  yet  exactly  known,  but  it  is 
some  gelatinous  substance,  most  likely  of 
the   vegetable  kind,   which   the    swallows 
pick  up. 

During  the  whole  of  the  entertainment,  a 
play  is  performing  on  a  stage  erected  at  one 
end  of  the  hall,  the  subject  of  which  it  is 
difficult,  in   general,   for  an  European  to 
comprehend,   even  could  he  attend  to  it 
for  the  deafening  noise  of  their  music.    By 
collecting  together  in  a  small  space  a  dozen 
bulls,    the  same  number  of  jack-asses,    a 
gang  of  tinkers  round  a  copper  caldron, 
some  cleavers  and  marrow-bones,  with  about 
thirty  cats ;  then  letting  the  whole  com- 
mence   bellowing,    braying,    hammering, 
and  caterwauling  together,  and  some  idea 


150  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

may  be  formed  of  the  melody  of  a  Chinese 
orchestra*.  Their  jugglers  are  extremely 
adroit,  and  the  tumblers  perform  uncom- 
mon feats  of  activity. 

The  Chinese  government,  with  regard  to 
religion,  is  tolerant.  It  appears  to  be  in 
worldly  concerns  only  that  it  is  tyrannical, 
and  seems  to  be  indifferent  as  to  what  a 
man  professes,  provided  he  does  not  inter- 
fere in  state  affairs.  Some  one,  calling 
himself  a  Catholic  bishop,  was,  a  short 
time  before  our  arrival,  strangled  in  one  of 
the  provinces,  being  suspected  of  intermed- 
dling with  temporal  matters,  and  pro- 
moting the  late  rebellions.  Another  was 
said  to  be  under  sentence  of  death  on  the 
same  accusation. 

They  not  only  worship  their  own  tutelary 
deities,  but  they  are  represented  as  making 
Offerings  to  evil  spirits,  or.  as  it  is  vulgarly 
termed  in  this  country,  they  "  hold  a 
"  candle  to  the  devil,"  in  order  to  avert 
mischief.  They  have  not  the  advantage  of 

*  Their  softer  music,  employed  at  their  weddings,  and 
other  occasions  unconnected  Avith  the  stage,  is  not  un- 
pleasing  to  the  ear. 


TO    CHINA.  151 

any  particular  day  set  aside  for  public 
worship,  nor  do  they  attend  their  temples 
congregationally .  Their  priests  or  bonzes  are 
not  treated  with  that  reverence  and  respect 
which  is  justly  and  reasonably  due  to  the  re- 
spectable ministers  of  religion  in  all  countries. 
They  are  otherwise  free,  however,  from 
indecorum  and  irregularity,  having  no  wild 
fanatics,  such  as  exist  in  India ;  they  are 
not  troubled  with  domineering  spiritual  in- 
quisitors, as  in  some  of  our  neighbouring 
countries ;  nor  have  they  any  impious  quacks 
and  mountebank  preachers,  abusing  tole- 
ration and  dishonouring  religion,  as  in 
England. 

TheChinese  are  strangers  to  love :  from  the 
spirit  of  their  institutions,  which  unnaturally 
prohibit  all  intercourse  between  the  sexes, 
that  passion  can  never  be  felt;  and  marriage 
is  a  mere  cold-hearted  bargain,  conducted 
through  the  medium  of  some  female  agent, 
whenever  a  man  finds  it  convenient  to  have 
a  wife.  As  he  never  sees  the  lady  until  he 
unlocks  the  door  of  the  sedan  chair  in  which 
she  is  brought  home,  the  key  of  which  is 
previously  sent  to  him,  he  is  of  course  very 


152  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

liable  to  have  tricks  played  upon  him. — 
For  example,  more  especially  as  polygamy 
is  allowed,  a  man  may  have  a  wife  suffi- 
ciently young  to  be  considered  his  daugh- 
ter ;  should  he  want  money,  and  the  lady 
another  husband,  (both  very  likely  cases,) 
or  from  any  other  reason  should  they  wish 
to  part,  and  think  proper  to  act  in  collu- 
sion, she  is  sold  as  his  daughter  to  another 
man,  who  is  thus  imposed  upon  by  having 
a  second-hand  wife  palmed  off  upon  him, 
instead  of  a  new  one.  The  rigour  of  the 
law  against  offenders  of  this  kind,  which 
awards  a  very  severe  bambooing  to  all 
principals,  aiders,  and  abettors,  affords  a 
proof  that  frauds  of  this  description  are  not 
unfrequent.  With  a  people  who  still  ima- 
gine the  earth  to  be  a  plain,  and  China  in 
the  middle,  with  all  her  tributary  kingdoms 
around  her;  who  are  equally  uninformed 
with  regard  to  astronomy ;  who,  in  the  pro- 
hibition of  the  study  of  the  human  frame, 
preclude  the  attainment  of  the  very  basis 
of  all  medical  knowledge ;  and  who,  in  fact, 
in  every  branch  of  natural  philosophy,  are 
equally  ignorant,  and  resolved  to  continue 


TO    CHINA.  '        153 

so ;  it  is  evidently  impossible  to  connect 
the  term  science  in  any  shape  or  manner. 
The  natural  productions  of  the  country, 
and  their  acquaintance  with  agriculture 
and  the  arts,  (as  far  as  they  have  been 
able  to  advance  for  that  glorious  edict 
which  stamped  them  perfect,  and  com- 
manded they  should  not  proceed  beyond 
the  bounds  of  excellence,)  have  already 
been  (and  probably  may  be  again,  with 
additional  information)  described,  by  those 
whose  peculiar  opportunities,  as  well  as 
talent  for  observation,  enable  them  to  speak 
fully,  and  with  precision,  on  those  subjects. 
The  government  of  China,  however  plau- 
sible it  may  sound  in  theory,  is,  by  all  that 
can  be  observed  in  a  transient  view,  and 
by  every  concurrent  testimony  of  residents 
in  the  country,  most  iniquitous  and  tyran- 
nical in  practice.  The  mandarins,  and 
even  the  Emperor,  it  is  true,  cannot  boldly 
and  openly  chop  off  heads  like  a  Turkish 
bashaw  or  the  dey  of  Algiers,  but  they 
have  the  knack  of  rendering  life  very 
miserable,  and  assume  the  power  of  barn- 
booing,  torturing,  fining  (or  squeezing),  and 


154  VOYAGE  OF  II.  M.S.  ALCESTE 

every  species  of  oppression  short  of  death. 
The  human  kind  can  scarcely  be  more  de- 
graded than  in  China,  for  no  where  is 
power  more  diabolically  perverted.  Their 
laws,  with  the  exception  of  some  absur- 
dities (such,  for  example,  of  visiting  mere 
accidental  homicide  with  the  same  punish- 
ment as  the  most  deliberate  murder),  read 
very  well ;  and,  were  they  duly  and  impar- 
tially administered,  might  be  found  suffi- 
ciently adapted  (as  all  laws  ought  to  be)  to 
the  genius  and  character  of  the  people  they 
are  formed  for;  but  this  is  by  no  means 
the  case  ;  bribery  and  corruption  being  so 
common,  as  scarcely  to  be  the  objects  of 
indignation  or  remark. 

o 

A  few  years  since  an  affray  took  place 
(as  usual)  between  some  of  the  seamen  of 
the  Indiamen  who  were  at  Canton  on  leave, 
and  the  Chinese  mob,  in  which  one  of  the 
latter  by  an  unlucky  blow  was  killed.  The 
Chinese  authorities  demanded  blood  for 
blood,  one  of  the  seamen  having  been 
seized  and  detained  in  the  factory:  this, 
however,  was  not  tamely  yielded  to  (as  in 
the  case  of  the  innocent  gunner,  who  was 


TO    CHINA.  155 

sacrificed  in  so  cowardly  a  manner  many 
years  ago),  but  was  resisted  on  the  ground 
either  of  the  aggression  of  the  Chinese,  or 
of  a  mutual  inclination  to  fight,  in  which  a 
man  happened  to  be  killed,  without  the 
least  previous  intention  of  murder.     For- 
tunately the   Lion,  of  64    guns,  Captain 
Rolles,  happened  to  be  there,  which  pro- 
bably  gave   some  weight   to   these  argu- 
ments ;  and  the  mandarins,  having  no  ob- 
jections   to    compromise    the    matter    for 
money,  proposed  that  a  certain  sum  should 
be  paid  to  them  for  the  benefit  of  the  de- 
ceased's relations,  and  a  slave  could  then  be 
purchased   of  the   Portuguese   at  Macao, 
who  might  be  strangled  in  lieu  of  one  of 
the  sailors,  and  thus  the  law  would  be  per- 
fectly satisfied  ! 

It  may  easily  be  imagined  this  proposal 
was  not  acceded  to;  and  at  last,  after  much 
discussion,  the  matter  was  arranged  in  some 
way  or  other  without  resorting  to  this  hor- 
rible mode  of  expiation  *„ 


*  Related  by  J.  Cotton,  Esq.,  of  the  English  factory  at 
Canton. 


156  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

It  is  lamentable  to  observe  that  the  in- 
stitutions of  any  nation  should  have  the 
effect  of  deadening  every  feeling  of  sym- 
pathy, and  of  exciting,  instead  of  discou- 
raging, "  man's  inhumanity  to  man ;"  but 
such  is  the  case  in  this  country  ;  and  when 
any  one  is  severely  wounded  by  accident, 
or  falls  into  a  river,  or  other  situation  of 
danger,  he  is  certain  of  receiving  no  assist- 
ance from  the  by-standers,  who  will  most 
probably  take  to  their  heels,  in  order  to 
save  themselves  from  being  the  last  person 
seen  near  him. 

About  midnight,  some  time  in  Novem- 
ber, 1816,  when  the  Alceste  was  lying  at 
second  bar,  the  shrieks  of  some  people  in 
the  water  were  heard  near  the  ship.  The 
Hon.  Mr.  Stopford,  who  had  the  watch, 
and  another  gentleman,  collecting  a  few 
individuals  who  happened  to  be  on  deck, 
jumped  into  a  boat  alongside;  pushed  off  to 
their  assistance ;  and,  directed  by  their 
cries,  picked  up,  one  after  the  other,  three 
Chinese,  who  were  plunging  about  in  the 
river,  which  is  here  several  miles  wide. 

It  was  a  fine  night,  and  a  number  of 


TO    CHINA.  157 

small  junks  were  moving  up  under  easy 
sail,  several  of  whom  passed  within  a  few 
fathoms  of  these  people  who  were  bawling 
for  help ;  and  although  they  could,  with- 
out the  slightest  difficulty,  have  saved  the 
whole,  they  continued  their  course,  the 
crews  standing  upon  deck,  and  viewing 
their  struggles  with  the  most  callous  indif- 
ference. 

On  carrying  the  three  men  on  board  the 
frigate,  it  appeared  they  had  been  cro'ssing 
the  river  at  this  place,  in  a  little  Sanpan,  or 
boat ;  in  which  were,  besides  themselves, 
the  wife  and  child  of  one  of  them  ;  and 
that  this  boat  had  been  run  down  by  one 
of  the  headmost  junks,  which  passed  on 
without  taking  the  least  notice,  and  regard- 
less of  their  fate,  although  they  had  occa- 
sioned the  mischief;  the  others  coolly 
following  their  example  ;  when  they  were 
fortunately  heard  from  the  ship,  and  pre- 
served by  the  boat.  The  poor  woman  and 
child,  being  unable  to  swim,  sunk  and  were 
drowned. 

Before  day -light  these  people  got  a  pas- 
sage on  shore  by  a  boat  which  happened  to 


158  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  8.  ALCESTE 

be  passing  near  the  ship,  and  in  the  course 
of  the  forenoon  one  of  them  returned  on 
board  with  a  ctimshaw,  or  present,  of  three 
wild  ducks,  which  lie  presented  on  his 
knees  to  the  gentleman  who  had  saved  him, 
stating  that,  by  the  junk  running  over  their 
sanpan,  he  had  lost  his  wife  and  a  bull 
child,  (his  only  mode  of  expressing  a  boy,) 
and  must  himself  with  the  other  men  have 
perished  also  but  for  the  assistance  we  af- 
forded them.  Pleased  with  this  appearance 
of  heart  and  gratitude,  where  so  little  was 
expected,  some  money  and  provisions  were 
given  him  for  his  ducks,  and  he  was  allowed 
to  bring  on  board  fish  and  other  articles  for 
sale,  which,  from  becoming  rather  a  fa- 
vourite, soon  enabled  him  to  repair  the  loss 
of  his  boat. 

The  Chinese,  viewing  them  in  every 
point,  are  assuredly  a  very  singular  race, 
and  afford  a  melancholy  example  of  the 
perverseness  of  human  nature ;  exhibiting 
a  people  who  have  had  for  some  thousand 
years  a  dawn  of  civilization,  which,  from 
the  operation  of  the  most  narrow-minded 
principles,  has  never  brightened  into  day. 


TO   CHINA.  159 

But  for  the  presumptuous  folly  of  supposing 
themselves  at  the  summit  of  perfection,  and 
the  absurd  tyranny  of  fettering  the  human 
understanding,  by  forbidding  all  innovation 
and  improvement,  China  might  and  ought 
to  have  been  at  the  present  hour  the  greatest 
nation  of  the  world.  Instead  of  impotent  and 
gasconading  pretensions  to  universal  supre- 
macy, she  might  have  enjoyed, from  her  early 
and  local  advantages,  the  real  glory  of  being 
the  seat  of  arts,  literature,  wealth,  and  power. 

AVhat  have  the  governors  or  the  governed 
gained  by  this  pretended  non-intercourse, 
and  stupid  contempt  of  the  rest  of  man- 
kind? The  frequent  change  of  dynasty 
and  constant  rebellions  tend  to  shew  that 
the  former  have  been  by  no  means  secure ; 
whilst  the  debased  and  humiliated  state  of 
the  people  sufficiently  evinces  that  their 
sordid  and  illiberal  plan  confers  no  benefit 
on  the  general  mass. 

The  Chinese,  however,  are  not  without 
their  admirers.  Some  attribute  their  sus- 
picious meanness,  knavery,  silly  pride,  and 
other  ill  qualities,  to  their  depraved  mode 


VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.S.    ALCESTE 

of  government,  which  narrows  their  ideas, 
by  compelling  their  attention,  and  attaching 
importance,  entirely  to  the  observance  of 
useless  forms  and  ceremonies ;  and  by  ad- 
mitting of  no  deviation  from  one  contract- 
ed path,  even  in  the  simplest  transactions 
of  life;  and  that,  were  it  not  for  these 
shackles  of  the  mind,  they  would  be  a  gay, 
civil,  industrious,  and  honest  people.  Per- 
haps there  may  be  a  good  deal  of  truth  in 
this  argument,  and  it  is,  therefore,  extremely 
unfortunate  that  some  change  does  not 
take  place  in  a  system  which  produces 
effects  so  injurious  to  the  reputation  of 
mankind.  Another,  and  very  distinct  class 
of  encomiasts,  (of  the  true  antediluvian 
school,)  affect  to  hold  them  in  high  estima- 
tion, solely  on  account  of  their  unvarying 
habits,  and  tenacious  adherence  to  their 
ancient  customs  ;  and  as  they  are  now,  in 
all  respects,  precisely  what  they  were  two  or 
three  thousand  years  ago,  they  venerate 
them  as  living  monuments  of  former  times, 
and  as  valuable  specimens  of  the  antique.  In 
their  present  state,  however,  from  whatever 


TO    CHINA.  161 

cause  it  is  produced,  few  moderns  will  take 
their  leave  of  them  with  sentiments  of  regard 
or  estimation ;  and  even  the  most  invete- 
rate antiquarian,  had  he  more  concerns 
with  them  than  those  merely  speculative, 
might  be  divested,  perhaps,  of  some  of  his 
prejudices. 

Of  the  embassy,  we  had  heard  nothing 
distinctly  for  nearly  five  months,  except 
that  it  had  not  been  received ;  and  it  was 
not  clearly  understood,  until  its  arrival  at 
Canton,  that  the  refusal  to  submit  to  a 
humiliating  ceremonial, considered  as  stamp- 
ing it  with  a  character  purely  tributary,  was 
the  cause  of  this  failure  ;  and  that  a  recep- 
tion on  the  unconditional  terms  of  the 
Chinese  would  have  been  deemed  more 
prejudicial  to  the  objects  of  the  mission 
than  even  a  rejection  by  a  firm  resistance. 
But  these  weighty  matters  are  foreign  to  the 
subject  of  a  mere  simple  sea-voyager,  and 
will  be  so  well  described  by  those  officially 
connected  with  them,  as  to  render  any  far- 
ther observation  unnecessary.  Although 
the  viceroy  of  Canton  was  in  daily  com- 

M 


162  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

munication   with   the  legate,  or   commis- 
sioner, appointed  to  accompany  the  em- 
bassy through  the  country,  yet  he  main- 
tained a  sullen  silence  as  to  the  probable 
period  of  its  arrival,  making  no  commu- 
nication that  we  might   prepare  for  that 
event ;  and   it  was  not  until  the  31st  of 
December  that  a  letter  of  old  date,  having 
been  detained  for  some  time,  was  put  into 
Captain  Maxwell's  hand,  from  Lord  Am- 
herst,  stating  when  the  embassy  was  likely 
to  enter  Canton,  which  took  place  on  the 
following   day.      A   procession   of   boats, 
consisting  of  the  barges  of  the  two  men  of 
war,  those  of  the  factory,  the  American 
consul,  and  all  the  Indiamen,  who  were 
very  numerous,  with  their  respective  flags, 
the  captains  and  officers  in  full  dress,  and 
the  boats'  crews  in  uniform  clothing,  pro- 
ceeded some  miles  up  the  river,  where  they 
fell  in  with  the  Chinese  barges,  having  the 
embassy   on    board.     This    meeting    was 
highly  gratifying  to  both  parties,  after  a 
separation  of  nearly  five  months,  during 
which  each   had,   in  its  respective  route, 


TO    CHINA.  163 

observed  many  novel  scenes,  and  encoun- 
tered extraordinary  occurrences. 

Lord  Amherst  removing  into  his  own 
(or  the  Alceste's)  barge,  a  double  line  of 
boats  was  formed  on  each  side,  and  in  this 
order  proceeded  down  the  river,  and  was 
landed  at  the  entrance  of  the  great  temple, 
on  the  Honan  side,  from  whence  he  was 
conducted  to  his  residence  by  a  very  nu- 
merous assemblage,  who  had  collected  to 
receive  him.  The  apartments  in  this  place 
had  been  fitted  up  with  much  taste,  and  great 
appearanceof  comfort,  under  the  inspection 
of  Mr.  Urmston,  of  the  factory,  and  was  by 
far  the  most  commodious  and  respectable 
quarters  they  had  met  with  in  China.  A 
temporary  building,  or  wooden  frame  co- 
vered with  yellow  screens,  and  containing 
a  chair  of  state,  having  also  yellow  orna- 
ments and  the  usual  insignia  of  the  Emperor, 
was  erected  in  the  principal  square,  for  the 
occasion  of  the  viceroy's  interview  with  the 
Embassador,  in  order  to  deliver  the  Em- 
peror's letter  to  the  Prince  Regent.  This 
ceremony  took  place  some  days  after  the 
M  2 


' 

164  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

arrival  of  his  lordship.  The  viceroy  had 
been  ordered  by  his  court  to  make  a 
speech  to  the  Embassador,  on  presenting 
this  letter  (which  speech  had  been  in  re- 
hearsal for  some  months,  and  the  substance 
of  it  publicly  known  through  the  medium 
of  Portuguese  translations) ;  and  it  appeared 
that  the  tenour  of  this  embryo  harangue  was 
rather  of  an  insultingnature,  containing  such 
expressions  as  "  Your  good  fortune  has  been 
small ;"  "  You  sighed  after  happiness,  and 
were  unable  to  lift  your  eyes  up  to 
heaven/'  i.  e.  to  view  the  celestial  Emperor, 
and  others  of  a  similar  kind.  The  preamble 
of  this  edict  also  stated,  that  there  appearing 
to  be  no  want  of  respect  in  the  King  or 
Prince,  who  had  sent  over  so  many  seas  to 
pay  him  homage,  but  that  the  fault  lay  in  the 
Embassadors  not  understanding  the  rules  of 
true  politeness  ;  he  therefore  had  accepted 
some  trifling  articles  of  the  presents  of  the 
said  King,  and  in  return  had  bestowed  pre- 
cious gifts,  agreeably  to  the  maxim  of 
Confucius,  "  Take  little,  and  give  much  ;" 
and  that,  "  on  the  receipt  of  these  gifts,  the 


TO    CHINA.  165 

Embassadors  became  exceeding  glad,  and 
expressed  great  contrition  *  for  their  con- 
duct;" and  went  on  to  say  "  that  the  viceroy, 
on  their  arrival,  was  to  give  them  an  enter- 
tainment in  compliance  with  good  manners, 
after  which  he  was  to  rid  himself  of  them 
as  soon  as  possible;  and  should  they  again 
supplicate  him  to  accept  their  presents,  he 
was  enjoined  to  say  to  them,  "  The  edict  has 
passed,  and  cannot  be  revoked !  the  Em- 
peror can  be  troubled  no  more !"  and  so 
forth.  As  it  appeared  this  intended  ad- 
dress had  been  made  by  them  matter  of 
public'notoriety,  it  was  understood,  that,  in 
order  to  prevent  any  palaver  of  this  sort,  a 


*  A  tolerably  strong  example  of  this  sort  of  face" 
making  occurred  during  the  discussion  about  the  per- 
formance of  the  ceremony,  in  which  the  precedent  of 
Lord  Macartney's  not  having  done  it  was  brought  for- 
ward, when ^the  Emperor  declared,  through  his  ministers, 
that  he  himself  had  seen  his  lordship  perform  it;  and  they 
coolly  called  on  Sir  G.  Staunton,  who  had  been  page  in 
that  embassy,  to  vouch  for  the  truth  of  the  fact. — That  he 
did  submit  to  the  Ko-tow  is  no  doubt  the  fact  they  have 
put  upon  it  iu  all  the  records  of  the  empire. 


166  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  S.  ALCESTE 

hint  was  given  to  the  viceroy  the  day  pre- 
vious to  the  interview,  cautioning  him 
against  the  use  of  any  improper  language, 
as  it  might  call  forth  replies  which  would 
be  unpleasant.  At  the  time  appointed  this 
meeting  of  ceremony  took  place,  and  was 
accompanied  by  the  appearance  of  guards, 
music,  and  other  attendants,  there  being 
much  state  observed  on  each  side. 

The  Emperor's  letter,  contained  in  a  bam- 
boo case,  covered  with  yellow  silk,  was 
now  taken  from  this  throne,  and  presented 
to  the  Embassador,  who  transferred  it  to 
his  secretary ;  and  the  persons  on  either  side, 
who  were  (by  previous  regulation)  allowed 
chairs,  having  taken  their  seats,  and  the 
usual  unvarying  number  of  complimentary 
questions  having  been  gone  through,  such 
as  "  What  age  are  ye?"  and  some  others  of 
the  same  high  importance,  the  viceroy 
began  to  state,  through  the  medium  of 

o  ^ 

Mr.  Morrison,  who  interpreted,  "  By  the 
favour  of  the  Emperor  you  have  traded  to 
this  country  for  more  than  a  hundred  years, 
very  much  to  your  advantage/'  "Tell  him/' 


TO    CHINA.  167 

said   Lord    Amherst,  "  the   advantage    is 

O 

mutual/'  This  being  done,  the  viceroy 
replied,  "  No,  the  advantage  is  very  much 
on  your  side/'  "  Repeat  to  him/'  said  his 
lordship,  "  that  the  advantage  is  strictly 
mutual."  From  the  dignified  and  inde- 
pendent manner  in  which  this  was  spoken, 
(a  manner  which,  of  course,  from  his  pecu- 
liar situation,  and  the  different  style  of  those 
he  had  to  deal  with,  he  could  have  no  con- 
ception of,)  and  perceiving,  also,  a  deter- 
mination to  repulse  every  thing  bordering 
on  impertinence,  he  seemed  to  be  quite 
awed  and  disconcerted ;  the  thread  of  his 
discourse  was  broken,  and  he  got  no  far- 
ther on  with  this  mighty  specimen  of  altilo- 
quence,  than  to  say  something  about  "  the 
subject  being  a  disagreeable  one;"  when  the 
Embassador,  considering  the  public  busi- 
ness ended  by  the  presentation  of  the 
Emperor's  letter,  rose  up,  and,  wishing 
him  a  very  good  morning,  retired  in  the 
same  state  as  on  comino;  to  this  hall  of 

o 

audience. 

On  the  20th,  every  tiling  being  ready,  his 
Excellency  left  Canton  on  the  forenoon  of 


168  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  S.  ALCESTE 

the  20th  January,  1817,  and  was  attended 
to  Wampoa  in  the  same  style  as  on  enter- 
ing it,  except  that,  in  passing  the  various 
ships  in  that  branch  of  the  river,  each  sa- 
luted with  nineteen  guns,  the  Chinese  war- 
junks  also  saluting.  It  appeared  that  the 
viceroy,  just  as  the  Embassador  had  em- 
barked in  his  barge  to  proceed  down  the 
river,  approached  near  in  his  boat,  and 
made  #  tender  of  a  complimentary  card, 
which  was  not  accepted,  it  being  deemed 
an  improper  time  and  mode  of  presenting 
it.  On  the  21st  the  Alceste  weighed  and 
stood  down  the  river ;  and  on  the  morning 
of  the  22d,  as  we  passed  our  friends  at  the 
forts,  each  battery  fired  a  distinct  salute, 
in  honour  of  the  Embassador,  as  did  the 
different  war-junks ;  and  their  whole  mili- 
tary force,  exclusive  of  that  in  the  batte- 
ries, was  drawn  out  in  line  in  Anson's  Bay, 
and  fired  .  a  feu-de-joie  with  their  match- 
locks. 

The  ship  answered  all  these  in  rotation, 
with  three  guns  to  each.  On  the  same 
evening  we  anchored  off  the  city  of  Macao? 
and  the  next  morning  his  Excellency 


TO    CHINA.  169 

landed  ;  but  here  the  ghost  of  the  late  queen 
made  its  way  through  the  centre  of  the 
earth,  (for  we  were  now  antipodes  to  the 
Brazils),  and  prevented  any  public  atten- 
tions being  paid  to  the  Embassador,  be- 
cause the  accounts  of  her  death  had  just 
arrived.  The  fact  is,  these  poor  people 
dare  not,  were  they  ever  so  willing,  do  any 
thing  which  they  think  may  be  displeasing 
to  the  Chinese,  under  whom  they  live  in 
a  state  of  miserable  thraldom ;  the  latter 
having  it  in  their  power,  and  frequently  re- 
sorting to  the  measure,  of  stopping  their  al- 
lowance of  provisions  whenever  they  display 
the  least  symptom  of  being  unruly;  and  in 
the  present  case  it  seemed  to  be  the  wish  of 
the  Chinese  to  have  the  whole  management 
of  the  honours  to  the  Embassador ;  a  man- 
darin receiving  him  on  going  on  shore, 
although  within  their  walls,  precisely  as  he 
would  have  done,  had  the  Chinese  flag,  in- 
stead of  that  of  the  Portuguese,  been  flying 
there. 

Macao  is  stated  to  be  a  possession  of  little 
or  no  value  to  the  crown  of  Portugal,  and, 


170  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

under  the  circumstances  of  its  present  te- 
nure, certainly  not  one  that  is  either  ho- 
nourable or  independent.  The  cave  of 
Camoens  is  the  only  object  here  which 
attracts  the  notice  of  a  traveller,  from 
its  being  the  spot  in  which  he  com- 
posed his  celebrated  poem  of  the  Lusiad. 
Camoens,  certainly  the  greatest,  and  per- 
haps the  only,  Portuguese  poet  whose  fame 
ever  extended  beyond  the  boundaries  of 
his  own  country,  deserved  a  better  fate;  and 
it  is  painful  to  think  he  died  a  beggar  in  the 
streets  of  Lisbon. 

On  the  9th  January,  the  Embassador 
having  re-embarked,  we  took  our  leave  of 
China,  steering  for  Manilla,  the  capi- 
tal of  the  Philippines,  or  Spanish  India, 
where  we  arrived  on  Monday  the  3d  of  Fe- 
bruary, but  found  it  was  only  Sunday  at 
this  place,  owing  to  the  different  routes 
by  which  the  Spaniards  and  the  Portu- 
guese advanced  to  the  Asiatic  seas  ;  the 
one  by  Cape  Horn,  the  other  by  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope;  a  circumstance  which 
may  produce  an  awkward  effect  on  people 


TO    CHINA.  171 

newly  arrived  at  Manilla ; — for  instance, 
a  stranger  invited  to  a  party  on  Wednes- 
day, without  at  all  reflecting  on  the  way 
he  came  thither,  might  dress  himself  for 
the  occasion,  and  make  his  appearance  on 
Tuesday.  The  town  of  Manilla,  from  its 
peninsular  situation,  having  on  one  side 
the  sea,  and  on  the  other  a  deep  and  rapid 
river,  with  strongly-fortified  ditches  across 
the  isthmus,  ought  to  be,  with  a  proper 
garrison,  very  defensible,  for  there  are  no 
commanding  heights  in  its  immediate  vi- 
cinity ;  but  their  soldiers  consist  almost 
entirely  of  mulattoes  and  blacks,  and 
seem  to  be  in  a  very  lethargic  state  of  dis- 
cipline. 

The  Metees,  or  Mulatto  women,  who 
are  a  mixture  between  the  Spaniards  and 
the  natives,  are  remarkable  for  their  symme- 
try of  form  and  stately  mien,  and  this 
sort  of  beauty  is  so  universal  as  hardly  to 
admit  of  an  exception.  The  religion  of  the 
Indians  under  the  immediate  control  of 
the  Spaniards  is  Christianity ;  but  at  Min- 
danao and  the  other  islands  (of  which  there 
are  more  than  a  thousand),  where  they  are 


172  TOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

governed  by  their  own  sultans,  it  is  said  to 
be  a  mixture  of  Mahomedanism  with  their 
original  Pagan  rites.  The  banks  of  the 
river,  as  well  as  the  lake  from  which  it 
issues,  called  the  Laguna  de  Bria,  (its  near- 
est part  about  eighteen  miles  from  the  city,) 
are  represented  as  extremely  beautiful,  and 
abounding  in  tropical  scenery. 

This  lake  extends  more  than  thirty  miles 
into  the  interior.  Near  its  head  are  some  re- 
markable hot  springs,  called  "  Los  Banos," 
or  baths  ;  but  they  seemed  rather  too  hot  for 
that  pupose.  Luconia  *  is  about  four  hun- 
dred miles  in  length,  and  two  hundred  in 

*  Canada  is  said  to  have  derived  its  name  from  the 
Spaniards,  when  they  landed  in  that  quarter,  repeating 
the  words  "  aca  nada/'  or  "  nothing  here,"  (meaning 
there  was  no  gold  to  be  found,)  which  the  Indians  caught 
the  sound  of.  Some  similar  occurrence  appears  to 
have  occasioned  the  name  of  Lugon.  When  Magellan's 
party  first  went  on  shore  they  found  one  of  the  native 
women  beating  rice,  as  is  usual  at  the  present  time,  in  a 
mortar  hollowed  frcm  the  trunk  of  a  tree,  and,  rinding  her- 
self surrounded  by  strange  men,  she  held  up  to  them  the 
large  wooden  pestle,  calling  out  Looson,  which  is  the 
native  term  for  it;  and  this  becoming  a  by-word  among 
the  Spaniards,  they  named  the  island  Luc,on,  which  has 
been  modernized  into  Luconia. 


TO   CHINA.  173 

breadth ;  and,  were  it  made  the  most  of,  is 
fully  capable  of  affording  all  the  produc- 
tions of  either  Western  India  or  of  the 
neighbouring  Archipelago. 

It  is  so  healthy,  that  the  medical  people 
have  scarcely  any  practice,  and  complain 
that  there  are  no  "enfermedades  reynantes," 
or  reigning  diseases,  such  as  the  yellow  fever, 
as  it  exists  at  the  Havannah,  Vera  Cruz, 
Carthagena,  and  other  settlements  more  (by 
their  reckoning)  to  the  eastward .  This  misfor- 
tune most  probably  proceeds  from  the  very 
limited  intercourse  which  Manilla  has,  com- 
pared to  any  of  the  others,  with  Europeans, 
or  new-comers,  the  Spaniards  who  inhabit  it 
being  almost  without  exception  Creoles*, 
and  therefore  assimilated,  from  their  birth, 
to  the  climate.  This  restricted  intercourse 
may  be  observed  in  there  not  being  a  single 
inn  for  the  accommodation  of  strangers  in 

o 

the  whole  city  of  Manilla  or  its  suburbs. 
Chinese  emigrants  are  here  in  thousands, 
and  are  very  industrious  and  money-making, 

'   This  term  does  not  mean  a  person  having  the  least 

mixture  of  black  blood,   but  merely  a  white  born  in  the 

% 
country. 


174  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

being  the  chief  artificers  and  traffickers  in 
small  matters,  resembling  the  lower  class 
of  Jews.  From  their  being  found  scattered 
about  in  all  the  Indian  islands,  they  might 
indeed  be  considered  as  the  Jews  of  the 
east,  were  they  only  half  as  honest. 

The  Spaniards  appear  not  to  be  fully  in 
possession  of  Luconia  at  the  present  day. 
They  may  be  said,  indeed,  only  to  be 
masters  of  the  ground  they  occupy  in  a 
military  point  of  view,  for,  by  their  own 
accounts,  it  is  not  only  dangerous  to  travel 
without  an  escort  in  the  country,  but  it  is 
not  safe  for  a  Spaniard  to  walk  out  singly 
after  dark  about  the  suburbs  of  Manilla. 
A  day  or  two  after  our  arrival,  three  of  the 
natives,  who  had  been  concerned  in  the 
murder  of  a  marchioness,  were  strangled 
before  the  porch  of  one  of  their  churches. 
These  people  seemed  to  have  been  actuated 
not  by  a  spirit  of  plunder,  but  of  revenge, 
for  some  real  or  supposed  injuries,  as  the 
deed  was  committed  in  the  public  square, 
by  dragging  her  from  the  carriage  on  her 
return  home  in  the  evening  ;  and  in  this 
way  frequent  assassinations  occur.  A  gen- 


TO    CH1>TA.  175 

tleman  of  the  Alceste  being  in  a  party  one 
evening,  where  observations  on  the  murder- 
ous character  of  the  natives  were  the  subject 
of  conversation,  took  occasion  to  observe  that 
if  such  was  the  case  it  would  be  necessary 
to  keep  a  look-out  in  going  homewards ;  but 
he  was  assured  that,  as  an  English  officer, 
he  had  nothing  to  fear.  "  No,  Seilor,  temen 
"  ustedes,  pero  matan  a  nosotros,"  "  They 
"  are  afraid  of  you,  but  they  kill  us/'     It 
cannot  be  fear  alone  that  induces  the  na- 
tives  to   spare   the   English  officers,  who 
certainly  freely  exposed  themselves  at  time" 
and  in  situations  the  most  favourable  for 
assassination,  without  suffering  the  slightest 
injury  ;  and  it  is  probable  that  a  French, 
German,  or  any  other  transitory  stranger 
might  do  the  same;  for  it  evidently  is  to 
their  own  immediate  rulers  that  this  feeling 

o 

of  hostility  exists  ;  and  it  is  no  doubt  the 
result  of  their  impolitic  mode  of  governing. 
Such  a  state  of  things  would  render  the 
Philippines  a  very  easy  conquest  to  any  in- 
vading force  in  time  of  war ;  but  the  court 
of  Spain,  at  present,  seems  to  have  most  to 


176  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

fear  from  those  sentiments  of  independence 
which  have  extended  from  Buenos  Ayres  to 
Manilla,  and  appear  to  be  a  point  of  union 
in  which  almost  all  classes  are  agreed,  not 
excepting  even  the  hierarchy. 

The  celebrated  and  unfortunate  Perouse, 
when  at  this  place  in  his  voyage  of  disco- 
very, made  the  following  remarks  : — "  Ma- 
"  nilla  is  built  on  the  shore  of  a  bay  of  the 
"  same  name,  which  is  more  than  twenty- 
"  five  leagues  in  circumference.  It  lies  at 
"  the  mouth  of  a  river,  navigable  as  far 
"  as  the  lake  from  which  it  rises,  and  is,  per- 
"  haps,  the  most  delightfully  situated  city 
"  in  the  world.  Provisions  of  all  kinds  are 
"  in  the  greatest  abundance  there,  and  ex- 
"  tremely  cheap ;  but  clothing,  European 
"  hardware,  and  furniture,  bear  an  exces- 
"  sively  high  price.  The  want  of  compe- 
"  tition,  together  with  the  prohibitions  and 
"  restraints  of  every  kind  laid  on  commerce, 
"  render  all  the  productions  of  India  and  of 
"  China  at  least  as  dear  there  as  in  Europe; 
"  and  this  colony,  although  the  various 
"  imports  bring  near  800,000  piastres  an- 


TO  CHINA.  177 

"  nually  into  the  treasury,  costs  Spain 
"  1,500,000  besides,  which  are  sent  there 
"  every  year  from  Mexico. 

"  The  immense  possessions  of  the  Spa- 
"  niards  in  America  have  not  admitted  of 
"  the  government  essentially  directing  its 
"  attention  to  the  Philippines,  which  resem- 
"  ble  the  estates  of  those  great  lords  whose 
"  lands  lie  uncultivated,  though  capable  of 
"  making  the  fortunes  of  many  families. 
"  I  should  not  hesitate  to  assert,  that  a  very 
"  great  nation  possessed  of  no  other  colony 
"  than  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  who 
"  should  establish  the  best  government  of 
"  which  they  are  capable,  might  behold  all 
44  the  European  settlements  in  Africa  and 
"  America  without  envy. 

"  Three  millions  of  inhabitants  people 
"  these  various  islands,  of  whom  that  of 
"  Luconia  contains  nearly  one-third.  These 
"  people  appear  in  no  respect  inferior  to 
"  those  of  Europe.  They  cultivate  the 
"  earth  like  men  of  understanding ;  are  car- 
!  penters,  joiners,  smiths,  goldsmiths, 
"  weavers,  masons,  &c.  I  have  walked 
"  through  their  villages,  and  found  them 
"  kind,  hospitable,  and  communicative; 

N 


178  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.   ALCESTE 

"  and,  though  the  Spaniards  speak  of  and 
"  treat  them  with  contempt,  I  perceived 
"  that  the  vices  they  attributed  to  the 
"  Indians  ought  rather  to  be  imputed 
"  to  the  government  they  have  themselves 
"  established/'  Speaking  of  no  encou- 
ragement being  given  to  labour,  he  states, 
that  "  as  soon  as  the  inhabitants  have  the 
"  quantity  of  rice,  of  sugar,  and  of  vege- 
"  tables,  necessary  for  their  subsistence, 
"  the  superflux  is  of  no  value  whatever. 
"  In  such  circumstances,  sugar  has  been 
"  sold  for  less  than  a  halfpenny  the  pound, 
"  and  the  rice  remained  upon  the  ground 
"  without  being  reaped. 

"  It  would  be  difficult  for  the  most  un- 
"  enlightened  society  to  form  a  system 
"  of  government  more  absurd  than  that 
"  which  has  regulated  these  colonies  for 
"  the  last  two  centuries. 

"  The  port  of  Manilla,  which  ought  to 
"  be  free  and  open  to  all  nations,  has  been 
"  till  very  lately  shut  against  Europeans, 
"  and  open  only  to  a  few  Moors,  Ameri- 
"  cans,  and  the  Portuguese  of  Goa.  The 
"governor  is  invested  with  the  most  de- 
"  spotic  authority;  and  the  Audiencia,  which 

^ 


TO    CHINA.  179 

"  ought  to  moderate  his  power,  is  totally 
"  impotent  before  the  representative  of  the 
"  Spanish  government.  In  point  of  fact, 
"  though  not  by  law,  it  lies  in  his  breast 
"  to  admit  or  confiscate  the  merchandise 
"  of  foreigners  whom  the  hope  of  advan- 
"  tage  may  have  brought  to  Manilla,  and 
"  who  would  not  expose  themselves  to  this 
"  risk  but  on  the  probability  of  a  very 
"  great  profit,  ultimately  ruinous  to  the 
"  consumers."  It  is  undoubtedly  as  unac- 
countable, as  it  appears  to  be  unen- 
lightened, that  a  nation  should  take  de- 
liberate measures  to  make  a  colony  a 
burden  to  it,  which  is  not  only  fully 
able  to  maintain  itself,  if  permitted,  but 
to  enrich  the  mother  country.  It  seems 
almost  equal  to  that  of  restoring  the  inqui- 
sition. 

The  Spanish  authorities  here  were  marked 
in  their  attentions  to  the  Embassador  during 
his  stay  ;  and,  on  the  9th  of  February, 
having  re-embarked,  we  got  under  weigh, 
bound  homeward,  and  parted  company 
with  our  consort,  the  Lyra,  who  proceeded 
from  hence  with  despatches  for  India. 
N  2 


180  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.   S.  ALCESTE 

A  course  was  now  shaped  to  avoid  the 
numerous  rocks  and  shoals  not  well  defined, 
which  lie  in  that  part  of  the  Chinese  Sea 
more  immediately  to  the  westward  of  the 
Philippines,  and  to  the  north-westward  of 
Borneo;  and  having  by  the  14th  passed 
the  whole,  and  got  into  the  usual  track  for 
the  passage  of  either  the  Straits  of  Banca  or 
Gaspar,  it  was  resolved  to  proceed  through 
the  latter,  as  being  more  direct  and  less 
subject  to  calms  than  the  former,  and  con- 
sidering them  equally  safe  from  the  latest 
surveys  and  directions  being  on  board, 
some  of  them  by  those  who  had  personally 
examined  them.  At  day-light  in  the  morning 
of  the  18th  we  made  Gaspar  Island  ex- 
actly at  the  time  expected,  and,  passing  it, 
stood  on  for  the  Straits.  As  is  customary  in 
approaching  any  coast  or  passage  what- 
ever, but  more  especially  one  that  all  are 
not  familiarly  acquainted  with,  the  utmost 
precaution  was  taken  by  keeping  the  leads 
going  in  both  chains,  men  looking  out  at 
the  mast-heads,  yard-arms,  and  bowsprit 
end,  the  captain,  master,  and  officer  of  the 
watch,  on  whom  the  charge  of  the  ship  at 


TO    CHINA.  181 

such  a  time  more  particularly  devolves, 
having  been  vigilantly  on  deck  during  the 
whole  of  the  previous  night  and  this  morn- 
ing. Steering  under  all  these  guarded  cir- 
cumstances, the  soundings  exactly  corre- 
sponding with  the  charts,  and  following  the 
express  line  prescribed  by  all  concurring 
directions  to  clear  every  danger  (and  the 
last  danger  of  this  sort  between  us  and 
England),  the  ship  about  half-past  seven 
in  the  morning  struck  with  a  horrid  crash 
on  a  reef  of  sunken  rocks,  and  remained 
immovable ! 

It  was  very  soon  indeed  but  too  evident 
that  any  attempt  to  move  her  would  be 
attended  with  the  most  fatal  consequences; 
for,  on  each  side  of  the  rocks  on  which  she 
hung,  the  water  deepened  from  ten  to  se- 
venteen fathoms  immediately  around  her; 
and,  from  the  injury  received,  she  musthave 
gone  down  in  a  few  minutes,  had  she  forced 
her  way  over  this  narrow  reef.  The  best 
bower  anchor  was  therefore  let  go,  to  keep  her 
fast;  and  the  pumps  were  soon  abandoned, 
being  clearly  of  no  avail. 

The  boats  were  now  hoisted  out,  and 


182  VOYAGE  OF  H.   M.  S.  ALCESTE 

Lieutenant  Hoppner,  with  the  barge  and 
cutter,  ordered  to  proceed  with  the  Em- 
bassador  and  suite,  and  all  those  not  es- 
sentially required,  to  the  nearest  part  of  the 
island,  which  seemed  about  three  miles 
and  a  half  distant.  Meanwhile  every  exer- 
tion was  used  by  the  captain  and  officers, 
who  remained  by  the  ship,  to  secure  what 
provisions  and  stores  could  be  obtained  ;  a 
task  of  considerable  labour  and  difficulty, 
for  all  was  under  water,  which  now  rose 
above  the  orlop-deck. 

When  she  struck  .the  tide  must  have 
been  rising,  for  towards  the  afternoon  it 
fell  outside,  and  consequently  inside  the 
ship  several  feet,  thereby  enabling  us  to 
save  ourselves  from  absolute  starvation  by 
laying  hold  of  some  articles  of  provender 
which  floated  up,  assisted  by  divers,  and 
which  the  boats  were  employed  in  con- 
veying to  the  shore.  A  raft  was  also  con- 
structed, on  which  were  placed  the  heavier 
siores,  with  some  baggage,  and  towed  to- 
wards the  island.  By  the  return  of  those 
boats  which  carried  his  Excellency  on 
shore  we  learnt  the  very  great  difficulty  of 


TO    CHINA.  183 

effecting  a  landing,  the  mangrove-trees 
growing  out  to  a  considerable  distance  in 
the  water ;  and  it  was  not  until  after  ranging 
alongshore  for  nearly  three  miles  from  the 
place  they  first  attempted  that  a  small 
opening'  appeared,  through  which,  by 
scrambling  from  rock  to  rock,  they  at  last 
obtained  a  footing  on  terra  firma.  Here, 
by  cutting  away  a  quantity  of  the  smaller 
jungle  at  the  foot  of  a  hill  (for  the  island 
was  completely  overgrown  with  wood),  a 
space  was  cleared  away,  where,  under  the 
shade  of  the  loftier  trees,  they  bivouacqued 
for  that  day  and  night. 

On  board  the  ship  the  work  went  on 
with  activity,  endeavouring  to  save  what- 
ever might  be  most  useful  on  such  an  oc- 
casion ;  but,  as  the  tide  rose,  the  swell  of 
the  sea  lifting  her  from  the  rocks,  she 
dashed  oi>4;hein  again  with  such  violence, 
as  to  render  it  necessary  about  midnight 
to  cut  away  the  topmast.  At  day -light  on 
Wednesday  the  19th,  Mr.  M'Leod  landed 
with  two  men  who  had  been  severely 
wounded  by  the  fall  of  the  masts,  and  with 
a  report  from  the  captain  to  Lord  Amherst. 


184  VOYAGE  OF   H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

The  spot  in  which  our  party  were  situated  was 
sufficiently  romantic,  but  seemed  at  the  same 
time  the  abode  of  ruin  and  of  havoc. 
Few  of  its  inhabitants  (and  among  the  rest 
the  Embassador)  had  more  than  a  shirt  or 
pair  of  trowsers  on.  3Phe  wreck  of  books, 
or,  as  it  was  not  unaptly  termed,  "  a  literary 
manure,"  was  spread  about  in  all  directions; 
whilst  parliamentary  robes,  court- dresses, 
and  mandarin  habits,  intermixed  with 
check  shirts  and  tarry  jackets,  were  hung 
around  in  wild  confusion  on  everv  tree. 

•/ 

On  his  lordship  being  informed  that  no 
fresh  water  had  as  yet  been  obtained  from 
the  ship,  and  that  it  was  barely  probable 
fcome  might  be  got  by  scuttling  the  lower 
deck,  he  desired  every  body  might  be ' 
called  around  him,  and  ordered  that  a  gill 
of  that  which  had  been  sent  on  shore  the 
day  before  (what  happened  to  be  on  deck 
in  the  dripstones  and  water-jugs),  with  half 
that  quantity  of  rum,  should  be  equally 
served  out  to  every  man  without  distinc- 
tion, and,  taking  his  own  share  with  perfect 
good  humour,  afforded  to  others  an  ex- 
ample of  calm  fortitude,  and  a  cheerful 


TO    CHINA.  185 

readiness  to  share  in  every  privation,  which 
never  fails  on  such  occasions  to  have  a 
powerful  and  beneficial  effect,  more  espe- 
cially when  that  example  is  found,  where 
it  ought  to  be,  in  the  first  rank. 

Parties  were  now  returning  who  had 
been  searching  for  water  in  vain,  every 
attempt  to  dig  for  it  having  proved 
fruitless,  or,  being  too  near  the  sea,  salt 
water  alone  had  oozed  into  the  pits.  At 
one  spot  they  found  the  skeleton  of  a  man, 
and  the  horrid  idea  of  his  having  died  from 
thirst  rushed  on  every  mind.  Those  who 
went  into  the  wood,  on  these  excursions, 
were  obliged  to  notch  the  trees,  and  leave 
marks  as  they  advanced,  in  order  to  find 
their  way  back.  In  the  forenoon  Captain 
Maxwell  came  on  shore,  to  confer  with  Lord 
Amherst  on  the  best  mode  to  be  adopted 
in  the  perilous  situation  they  were  then 
placed.  The  boats  were  utterly  incapable 
of  conveying  half  our  number  any  where ; 
and,  as  some  must  necessarily  go  to  the 
nearest  friendly  port  for  assistance,  Cap- 
tain Maxwell  judged  it  best  that  his  excel- 
lency and  suite  should  proceed  with  a 


186  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

proper  guard  for  Batavia,  or  whatever  part 
of  Java  they  could  fetch,  from  whence 
vessels  could  be  despatched  to  bring  off 
those  who  remained  behind. 

This  being  what  is  termed  the  north-west 
monsoon,  there  was  every  likelihood  of  the 
boats  reaching  Java  (the  current  being 
also  in  their  favour)  in  three  days ;  and  by 
this  arrangement,  which  very  happily  was 
settled  without  loss  of  time,  two  grand  pur- 
poses were  answered  the  nearest  to  the  cap- 
tain's heart,  and  his  first  duty,  viz.,  the 
immediate  conveyance  of  the  Embassador 
and  suite  to  a  place  of  safety ;  and,  by  their 
safety,  ensuring  more  effectually  than  by 
any  other  means  that  of  the  officers  and 
men  who  remained  with  himself  upon  this 
desert  isle.  It  was  thought  probable  that 
row-boats  might  be  despatched  from  Ba- 
tavia after  the  arrival  of  his  excellency,  so 
as  to  reach  the  island  (even  against  wind 
and  current)  in  twelve  or  fifteen  days ;  and 
as  Mr.  Ellis  volunteered  to  return  with  the 
first  boat  or  vessel  that  shoved  off  to  our 
assistance,  an  additional  assurance  was  thus 
given,  that,  combined  with  the  influence  of 


TO    CHINA.  187 

the  Embassador  with  the  Dutch  govern- 
ment, no  delay  would  occur  in  forwarding 
relief.  After  a  short,  and  very  slender  ftte 
champStre  in  this  wilderness  (in  which  salt 
was  viewed  with  the  same  horror  as  ar- 
senic), his  lordship  about  five  in  the  evening, 
accompanied  by  the  gentlemen  of  his  suite, 
by  Lieutenant  Hoppner,  in  command  of 
the  boats,  Mr.  Mayne  to  navigate,  Lieu- 
tenant Cooke,  R.  M.  (with  a  party  as 
officers  of  the  guard,  in  the  event  of  falling 
in  with  any  of  the  Malay  pirates  who  infest 
these  seas),  Mr.  Blair,  midshipman,  and 
Mr.  Somerset  (who  had  come  to  see  the 
world  a  little),  waded  out  to  the  edge  of  the 
reef,  and  embarked  in  the  barge  and  cutter. 
They  were  in  all  forty-seven  persons,  and  had 
with  them  a  small  stock  of  provisions,  con- 
sisting of  a  side  of  mutton,  a  ham,  a  tongue, 
about  twenty  pounds  of  coarse  biscuit,  and 
some  few  more  of  fine,  seven  gallons  of  water, 
the  same  of  beer,  as  many  of  spruce,  and 
about  thirty  bottles  of  wine.  This  was 
all  that  could  be  spared ;  and  being  deemed 
equal  to  sustain  nature  for  four  or  five  days, 
in  which  period  they  must  either  make  the 


188  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

land,  or  be  so  disposed  of  as  to  require  no 
provisions,  it  was  considered  sufficient. 
After  pulling  outwards  a  little  way  to  clear 
all  the  rocks,  they  made  sail  to  the  south- 
ward, attended  by  the  best  wishes  of  every 
man  of  the  island,  and  were  soon  out  of 
sight.  The  number  left  behind  was  200 
men  and  boys,  and  one  woman. 

The  first  measure  of  Captain  Maxwell, 
after  fixing  a  party  to  dig  a  well  in  a  spot 
which  was  judged,  from  a  combination  of 
circumstances,  the  most  likely  to  find  water, 
was  to  remove  our  bivouac  to  the  top  of  the 
hill,  where  we  could  breathe  a  cooler  and 
purer  air ;  a  place  in  all  respects  not  only 
better  adapted  to  the  preservation  of  our 
health,  but  to  our  defence  in  case  of  attack. 
A  path  was  cut  upwards,  and  a  party  em- 
ployed in  clearing  away  and  setting  fire  to 
the  underwood  on  the  summit.  This  last 
operation  tended  much  to  free  us  from 
myriads  of  ants,  and  of  snakes,  scorpions, 
centipedes,  and  other  reptiles,  which  in 
such  a  place  and  climate  generally  abound. 
Others  were  employed  in  removing  up- 
wards our  small  stock  of  provisions,  which 


TO    CHINA.  189 

were  deposited  (under  a  strict  guard),  in  a 
sort  of  natural  magazine,  formed  by  the 
tumbling  together  of  some  huge  masses  of 
rock  on  the  highest  part  of  this  eminence. 
On  board  the  wreck  a  party  were  stationed, 
endeavouring  to  gain  any  accession  they 
could  to  our  stock  of  provisions  and  arms, 
and  to  save  any  public  stores  that  could 
be  found.  There  was  a  communication 
for  this  purpose  between  the  shore  and  the 
ship  whenever  the  tide  permitted.  For  the 
last  two  days  every  one  had  experienced 
much  misery  from  thirst :  a  small  cask  of 
water  (the  only  one  which  could  be  ob- 
tained from  the  ship)  was  scarcely  equal 
to  a  pint  each  in  the  course  of  that  period ; 
and  perhaps  no  question  was  ever  so 
anxiously  repeated,  as  "  What  hope  from 
the  well  •?"  About  eleven  at  night  the  dig- 
gers had  got,  by  rather  a  tortuous  direction 
(on  account  of  large  stones),  as  far  down  as 
twenty  feet,  when  they  came  to  a  clayey 
or  marly  soil,  that  above  being  a  red  earth, 
which  seemed  rather  moist,  and  had  no- 
thing saline  in  the  taste.  At  a  little  past 
midnight  a  bottle  of  muddy  water  was 


190        A      VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

brought  to  the  captain  as  a  specimen,  and, 
the  moment  it  was  understood  to  be  fresh, 
the  rush  to  the  well  was  such  as  to  impede 
the  workmen ;  and  it  was  necessary  to 
plant  sentries  to  enable  them  to  complete 
their  task,  and  permit  the  water  to  settle  a 
little.  Fortunately  about  this  time  a  heavy 
shower  of  rain  fell,  and,  by  spreading  sheets, 
table-cloths,  &c.,  and  wringing  them,  some 
relief  was  afforded.  There  are  few  situa- 
tions in  which  men  exposed  without  shelter 
to  a  torrent  of  rain  would,  as  in  the  pre- 
sent instance,  hail  that  circumstance  as  a 
blessing :  bathing  in  the  sea  was  also  re- 
sorted to  by  many  in  order  to  drink  by  ab- 
sorption,  and  they  fancied  it  afforded  relief. 
Thursday,  20th.  This  morning  the  cap- 
tain, ordering  all  hands  together,  stated 
to  them  in  few  words,  that  every  man,  by 
the  regulations  of  the  navy,  was  as  liable  to 
answer  for  his  conduct  on  the  present  as 
on  any  other  occasion ;  that,  as  long  as  he 
lived,  the  same  discipline  should  be  exerted, 
and,  if  necessary,  with  greater  rigour  than 
aboard,  a  discipline  for  the  general  welfare, 
which  he  trusted  every  sensible  man  of 


TO    CHINA.  191 

the  party  must  see  the  necessity  of  main- 
taining; assuring  them,  at  the  same  time, 
he  would  have  much  pleasure  in  recom- 
mending those  who  distinguished  them- 

o  o 

selves  by  the  regularity  and  propriety  of 
their  conduct ;  that  the  provisions  we  had 
been  able  to  save  should  be  served  out, 
although  necessarily  with  a  very  sparing 
hand,  yet  with  the  most  rigid  equality  to 
all  ranks,  until  we  obtained  that  relief 
which  he  trusted  would  soon  follow  the 
arrival  of  Lord  Amherst  at  Java.  During 
this  day  the  well  afforded  a  pint  of  water 
for  each  man  ;  it  had  a  sweetish  milk-and- 
water  taste,  something  like  the  juice  of  the 
cocoa-nut,  but  nobody  found  fault  with  it  *; 
on  the  contrary,  it  diffused  that  sort  of  hap- 
piness which  only  they  can  feel  who  have 
felt  the  horrible  sensation  of  thirst  under  a 
vertical  sun,  subject  at  the  same  time  to  a 
harassing  and  fatiguing  duty.  This  day 
was  employed  in  getting  up  every  thing 
from  the  foot  of  the  hill;  boats  passing  to 

*  It  was  happily  said,  when  mixed  with  a  little  rum,  to 
resemble  milk  punch  ;  and  we  endeavoured  to  persuade 
ourselves  that  it  was  so. 


192  VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTK 

the  ship,  but  unfortunately  almost  every 
thing  of  real  value  to  us  in  our  present  case 
was  under  water.  We  were  in  hopes,  how- 
ever, that,  as  no  bad  weather  was  likely  to 
happen,  we  might  be  enabled  by  scuttling 
it  at  low  water,  or  by  burning  her  upper- 
works,  many  useful  articles  might  be  ac- 
quired. 

On  Friday  (21st)  the  party  stationed 
at  the  ship  found  themselves,  soon  after 
day-light,  surrounded  by  a  number  of 
Malay  proas,  apparently  well  armed,  and 
full  of  men.  Without  a  single  sword  or  mus- 
quet  for  defence,  they  had  just  time  to 
throw  themselves  into  the  boat  alongside, 
and  push  for  the  shore,  chased  by  the  pi- 
rates, who,  finding  two  of  our  other  boats 
push  out  to  their  assistance,  returned  to  the 
ship,  and  took  possession  of  her.  Soon 
afterwards  it  was  reported,  from  the  look- 
out rock,  that  the  savages,  armed  with 
spears,  were  landing  at  a  point  about  two 
miles  off.  Under  all  the  depressing  cir- 
cumstances attending  shipwreck;  of  hunger, 
thirst,  and  fatigue;  and  menaced  by  a 
ruthless  foe ;  it  was  glorious  to  see  the  Bri- 


. 
TO  CHINA'.  193 

tish  spirit  staunch  and  unsubdued.     When 
the  order  was  given  for  every  man  to  arm 
himself  in  the  best  way  he  could,  it  was 
obeyed  with  the  utmost  promptitude  and 
alacrity.     Rude  pike-staves,  were  formed 
by  cutting  down  young  trees;  small  swords, 
dirks,  knives,  chisels,  and  even  large  spike- 
nails  sharpened,  were  firmly  affixed  to  the 
ends  of  these  poles ;  and  those  who  could 
find  nothing   better  hardened   the  end  of 
the  wood  in  the  fire,  and,  bringing  it  to  a 
sharp  point,   formed  a   tolerable  weapon. 
There  were,  perhaps,   a  dozen  cutlasses ; 
the  marines  had  about  thirty  muskets  and 
bayonets,  but  could  muster  no  more  than 
seventy-five  ball-cartridges  among  the  whole 
party.    We  had  fortunately  preserved  some 
loose  powder  drawn  from  the  guns  on  the 
upper  deck  after  the  ship  had  struck,  (for 
the  magazine  was  under  water  in  five  mi- 
nutes,)   and   the   marines    by    hammering 
their   buttons    round,    and    by    pieces    of 
broken  bottles  rolled  up  in  cartridges,  did 
their  best  to  supply  themselves  with  a  sort 
of  langrage  which  would  have  some  effect  at 
close  quarters,  and  strict  orders  were  given 

o 


194  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.S.  ALCESTK 

not  to  throw  away  a  single  shot  until  sure 
of  their  aim.  Mr.  Cheffy,  the  carpenter, 
and  his  crew,  under  the  direction  of  the 
captain,  were  busied  in  forming  a  sort  of 
abattis  by  felling  trees,  and  enclosing  in  a 
circular  shape  the  ground  we  occupied; 
and,  by  interweaving  loose  branches  with 
the  stakes  driven  in  among  these,  a  breast- 
work was  constructed,  which  afforded  us 
some  cover,  and  must  naturally  impede  the 
progress  of  any  enemy  unsupplied  with  ar- 
tillery. That  part  of  the  island  we  had 
landed  on  was  a  narrow  ridge,  not  above 
musket-shot  across,  bounded  on  one  side 
by  the  sea,  and  on  the  other  by  a  creek, 
extending  upwards  of  a  mile  inland,  and 
nearly  communicating  with  the  sea  at  its 
head.  Our  hill  was  the  outer  point  of  this 
tongue,  and  its  shape  might  be  very  well 
represented  by  an  inverted  punch-bowl  : 
the  circle  on  which  the  bowl  stands  would 
then  shew  the  fortification;  and  the  space 
within  it  our  citadel. 

It  appeared  by  the  report  of  scouts,  a 
short  time  after  the  first  account,  that  the 
Malays  had  not  actually  landed,  but  had 


TO    CHINA.  195 

taken  possession  of  some  rocks  near  this 
point,  on  which  they  deposited  a  quantity 
of  plunder  brought  from  the  ship;  and 
during  the  day  they  continued  making  these 
predatory  trips. 

In  the  evening  all  hands  were  mustered 
under  arms,  and  a  motley  group  they  pre- 
sented ;  it  was  gratifying,  however,  to  ob- 
serve, that,  rude  as  were  their  implements  of 
defence,  there  seemed  to  be  no  want  of 
spirit  to  use  them  if  occasion  offered*. 
The  officers  and  men  were  now  marshalled 
regularly  into  the  different  divisions  and 
companies,  their  various  posts  assigned, 
and  other  arrangements  made.  An  officer 
and  party  were  ordered  to  take  charge  of 
the  boats  for  the  night,  and  they  were 

*  Even  the  little  boys  had  managed  to  make  fast  a 
table-fork,  or  something  of  that  kind,  on  the  end  of  a 
stick,  for  their  defence.  One  of  the  men  who  had  been 
so  severely  bruised  by  the  falling  of  the  masts,  and  was 
slung  in  his  hammock  between  two  trees,  had  been  ob- 
served carefully ^sA/Mg,  or  fixing,  with  two  sticks  ami  a 
rope-yarn,  the  blade  of  an  old  razor. — On  being  asked 
what  he  meant  to  do  with  it,  he  replied,  "  You  know  I 
"  cannot  stand  ;  but,  if  any  of  these  fellows  come  within 
"  reach  of  my  hammock,  I'll  mark  them." 

02 


196  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

hauled  closer  into  the  landing-place.  An 
alarm  which  occurred  during  the  night 
shewed  the  benefit  of  these  regulations,  for, 
on  a  sentry  challenging  a  noise  among  the 
bushes,  every  one  was  at  his  post  in  an  in- 
stant, and  without  the  least  confusion. 

On  Saturday  morning  (22d,)  some  of 
the  Malay  boats  approached  the  place 
where  ours  were  moored  ;  and,  with  the 
view  of  ascertaining  whether  they  had  any 
inclination  to  communicate  on  friendly 
terms,  the  gig,  with  an  officer  and  four 
hands,  pulled  gently  towards  them,  waving 
the  bough  of  a  tree,  (a  general  symbol  of 
peace  every  where,)  shewing  the  usual  de- 
monstration of  friendship,  and  of  a  desire 
to  speak  to  them ;  but  all  was  vain,  for  they 
were  merely  reconnoitring  our  position, 
and  immediately  pulled  back  to  their 
rock. 

The  second  lieutenant  (Mr.  Hay)  was 
now  ordered  with  the  barge,  cutter,  and  gig, 
armed  in  the  best  way  we  could,  to  proceed 
to  the  ship,  and  regain  possession  of  her, 
by  fair  means,  or  by  force  ;  the  pirates  not 
appearing,  at  this  time,  to  have  more  than 


TO    CHINA. 

eighty  men.  Those, on  the  rocks,  seeing 
our  boats  approach,  threw  all  their  plunder 
into  their  vessels,  and  made  off. 

Two  of  their  largest  proas  were  now  at 
work  on  the  ship  ;  but,  on  observing  their 
comrades  abandon  the  rock,  and  the  ad- 
vance of  the  boats,  they  also  made  sail 
away,  having  previously  set  fire  to  the  ship, 
which  they  did  so  effectually,  that  in  a  few 
minutes  the  flames  burst  from  every  port, 
and  she  was  soon  enveloped  in  a  cloud  of 
smoke.  The  boats  were  unable  to  board 
her,  and  therefore  returned. 

Here  was  a  period  to  every  hope  of  ac- 
commodation with  these  people,  if,  indeed, 
any  reasonable  hope  could  ever  have  been 
entertained  on  that  head.  The  Malays, 
more  especially  those  wandering  and  pi- 
ratical tribes,  who  roam  about  the  coasts 
of  Borneo,  Billiton,  and  the  wilder  parts  of 
Sumatra,  are  a  race  of  savages  perhaps 
the  most  merciless  and  inhuman  to  be 
found  in  any  part  of  the  world.  The 
Battas  are  literally  cannibals.  Insetting 
fire  to  the  ship,  they  gave  a  decided  proof 
of  their  disposition  to  us ;  but,  although 


198  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

certainly  with  no  good  intention,  they  did 
merely  what  we  intended  to  do ;  for,  by 
burning  her  upper  works  and  decks,  every 
thing  bouyant  could  float  up  from  below, 
and  be  more  easily  laid  hold  of. 

The  ship  continued  burning  during  the 
whole  of  the  night ;  and  the  flames,  which 
could  be  seen  through  the  openings  of  the 
trees,  shed  a  melancholy  glare  around,  and 
excited  the  most  mournful  ideas.  This 
night  also  all  hands  were  suddenly  under 
arms  again,  from  a  marine  firing  his  mus- 
ket at  what  he  very  properly  considered 
a  suspicious  character  near  his  post,  who 
appeared  advancing  upon  him,  and  refused 
to  answer  after  being  repeatedly  hailed.  It 
turned  out  afterwards  that  the  branch  of  a 
tree,  half-cut  through  the  day  before,  had 
given  way,  under  one  of  a  race  of  large 
baboons,  who  we  found  about  this  time 
disputed  the  possession  of  the  island  with 
us.  At  the  well,  where  there  generally  was 
kept  a  good  fire  at  night,  on  account  of  the 
mosquitoes,  the  sentries  had  more  than 
once  been  alarmed  by  these  gentlemen 
shewing  their  black  faces  from  behind  the 


TO    CHINA.  199 

trees.  They  became  extremely  trouble- 
some to  some  ducks  we  had  saved  from  the 
wreck,  (carrying  them  up  the  trees  with 
them,  and  letting  them  fall  down  again 
when  alarmed,)  who,  on  several  occasions, 
left  their  little  yard,  and  came  up  among 
the  people,  when  the  monkeys  got  among 
them,  instinctively  preferring  the  society  of 
man  for  protection. 

On  Sunday  morning,  (23d,)  the  boats 
were  sent  to  the  still-smoking  wreck,  and 
some  flour,  a  few  cases  of  wine,  and  a  cask 
of  beer,  had  floated  up.  This  last  God- 
send was  announced  just  at  the  conclusion 
of  divine  service,  which  was  this  morning 
held  in  the  mess-tent,  and  a  pint  was  or- 
dered to  be  immediately  served  out  to  each 
man,  which  called  forth  three  cheers  *. 
This  seems  to  be  the  only  style  in  which  a 
British  seaman  can  give  vent  to  the  warmer 

*  Some  decorously  righteous  man  observing  to  the 
chaplain  that  he  had  never  seen  such  a  scene  in  England 
as  the  congregation  cheering  at  the  church-door  ;  the  lat- 
ter replied,  with  proper  liberality,  (and  tolerable  good 
humour,)  tf  perhaps  you  never  saw  a  thirsty  English 
audience  dismissed  with  the  promise  of  a  pint  of  beer 
apiece." 


200  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTt 

feelings  of  his  heart.  It  is  his  mode  of 
thanksgiving  for  benefits  received  ;  and  it 
equally  serves  him  to  honour  his  friend,  to 
defy  his  enemy,  or  to  proclaim  victory. 
This  day  we  continued  improving  our  fence, 
and  clearing  away  a  glacis  immediately 
around  it,  that  we  might  see  and  have  fair 
play  with  these  barbarians,  should  they  ap- 
proach. They  had  retired  behind  a  little 
islet,  (called  Pulo  Chalacca,  or  Misfortune's 
Isle,)  about  two  miles  from  us,  and  seemed 
waiting  there  for  reinforcements  ;  for  some 
of  their  party  had  made  sail  towards  Billi- 
ton. 

Monday  morning,  (24th,)  the  boats,  as 
yesterday,  went  to  the  wreck,  and  returned 
with  some  casks  of  flour  only  partially  da- 
maged, a  few  cases  of  wine;  and  about  forty 
boarding-pikes,  with  eighteen  muskets, 
were  also  laid  hold  of.  With  the  loose 
powder  secured  out  of  the  great  guns  in  the 
first  instance,  Mr.  Holman,  the  gunner,  had 
been  actively  employed,  forming  musket 
cartridges;  and  by  melting  down  some  pew- 
ter basins  and  jugs,  with  a  small  quantity 
of  lead,  lately  obtained  from  the  wreck, 


TO    CHINA.  201 

balls  were  cast  in  clay  moulds,  increasing 
not  a  little  our  confidence  and  security.  A 
quart  of  water  each  had  been  our  daily 
allowance  from  the  well  hitherto,  and  on 
this  day  a  second  was  completed  near  the 
foot  of  the  hill,  in  another  direction,  which 
not  only  supplied  clearer  water,  but  in 
greater  plenty  ;  and  we  could  now,  without 
restriction,  indulge  in  the  luxury  of  a  long 
chink,  not  caring  even  to  excite  thirst,  in 
order  to  enjoy  that  luxury  in  higher  per- 
fection. 

On  Tuesday,  (25th,)  the  boats  made 
their  usual  trip ;  some  more  cases  of  wine 
and  a  few  boarding-pikes  were  obtained, 
both  excellent  articles  in  their  way,  in  the 
hands  of  men  who  are  inclined  to  enter- 
tain either  "  their  friends  or  their  foes." 
On  shore  employed  completing  the  paths 
to  the  wells,  and  felling  trees  which  inter- 
cepted our  view  of  the  sea. 

Wednesday,  (26th,)  at  day-light,  two  of 
the  pirate  proas,  with  each  a  canoe  astern, 
were  discovered  close  in  with  the  cove 
where  our  boats  were  moored.  Lieutenant 
Hay,  (a  straight-forward  sort  of  fellow,) 


202  VOYAGE    OF  H.  M.S.  ALCESTE 

who  had  the  guard  that  night  at  the  boats, 
and  of  course  slept  in  them,  immediately 
dashed  at  them  with  the  barge,  cutter,  and 
gig.  On  perceiving  this,  they  cut  adrift 
their  canoes,  and  made  all  sail  ;  they  rather 
distanced  the  cutter  and  gig,  but  the  barge 
gained  upon  them.  On  closing,  the  Ma- 
lays evinced  every  sign  of  defiance,  placing 
themselves  in  the  most  threatening  attitudes, 
and  firing  their  swivels  at  the  barge.  This 
was  returned  by  Mr.  Hay  with  the  only 
musket  in  the  boat,  and,  as  they  closed 
nearer,  the  Malays  commenced  throwing 
their  javelins  and  darts,  several  falling  into 
the  barge,  but  without  wounding  any  of 
the  men.  Soon  after  they  were  grappled 
by  our  fellows,  when  three  of  them  having 
been  shot,  and  a  fourth  knocked  down  with 
the  butt  end  of  the,  musket,  five  more 
jumped  overboard  and  drowned  them- 
selves, (evidently  disdaining  quarter,)  and 
two  were  taken  prisoners,  one  of  whom  was 
severely  wounded. 

They  had  taken  some  measure  to  sink 
their  proa,  for  she  went  down  almost  imme- 
diately. Nothing  could  exceed  the  despe- 


TO    CHINA.  203 

rate  ferocity  of  these  people.  One  who 
had  been  shot  through  the  body,  but  who 
was  not  quite  dead,  on  being  removed  into 
the  barge,  with  a  view  of  saving  him,  (as 
his  own  vessel  was  sinking,)  furiously 
grasped  a  cutlass  which  came  within  his 
reach,  and  it  was  not  without  a  struggle 
wrenched  from  his  hand  :  he  died  in  a  few 
minutes.  The  consort  of  this  proa,  firing  a 
parting  shot,  bore  up  round  the  north  end 
of  the  island,  and  escaped.  Their  canoes 
were  also  brought  on  shore,  containing  se- 
veral articles  of  plunder  from  the  ship. 
They  appeared  to  be  the  two  identical 
proas  which  set  fire  to  her.  The  prisoners 
(the  one  rather  elderly,  the  other  young) 
when  brought  on  shore,  seemed  to  have  no 
hope  of  being  permitted  to  live,  and  sul- 
lenly awaited  their  fate;  but,  on  the 
wounds  of  the  younger  being  dressed,  the 
hands  of  the  other  untied,  and  food  offered 
to  them,  with  other  marks  of  kindness,  they 
became  more  cheerful,  and  appeared  espe- 
cially gratified,  seeing  one  of  their  dead 
companions,  who  had  been  brought  on 
*  shore,  was  decently  buried. 


204  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

The  Malays  are  a  people  of  very  unpre- 
possessing aspect ;  their  bodies  of  a  deep 
bronze  colour;  their  black  teeth  and  red- 
dened lips,  (from  chewing  the  betel-nut 
and  siri,)  their  gaping  nostrils,  and  lank 
clotted  hair  hanging  about  their  shoulders 
and  over  their  scowling  countenances, 
give  them  altogether  a  fiend-like  and  mur- 
derous look.  They  are  likewise  an  un- 
joyous  race,  and  seldom  smile. 

The  state  of  one  of  the  wounds  received 
by  the  Malay  (his  knee-joint  being  pene- 
trated, and  the  bones  much  injured)  would 
have  justified,  more  particularly  in  this  kind 
of  field  practice,  amputation  ;  but,  on 
consideration  that  it  would  be  impossible 
to  convince  him  of  this  beinor  done  with 

o 

the  intention  of  benefitting  him,  and  might 
have  the  appearance  of  torture,  which  it 
was  not  improbable  might  suggest  the  idea 
of  amputation  and  other  operations  to 
them,  in  the  event  of  any,  or  all  of  us,  falling 
into  their  hands,  it  was  determined,  there- 
fore, to  try  the  effect  of  a  good  constitution, 
and  careful  attention.  A  little  shed  was 
built,  and  a  blanket  and  other  comforts 


TO    CHIXA.  205 

given  to  him,  and  his  comrade  appointed 
his  cook  and  attendant.  They  refused  at 
first  the  provisions  we  offered  them  ;  but, 
on  giving  them  some  rice  to  prepare  in 
their  own  way,  they  seemed  satisfied.  Ne- 
ver expecting  quarter,  when  overpowered 
in  their  piratical  attempts,  and  having  been 
generally  tortured  when  taken  alive,  may 
account  for  the  others  drowning  them- 
selves. 

In  the  forenoon,  immediately  after  this 
rencontre,  fourteen  proas  and  smaller  boats 
appeared  standing  across  from  the  Banca 
side,  and  soon  after  they  anchored  behind 
Pulo  Chalacca.  Several  of  their  people 
landed,  and,  carrying  up  some  bundles  on 
their  shoulders,  left  them  in  the  wood,  and 
returned  for  more.  We  had  some  hope, 
from  the  direction  in  which  they  first  ap- 
peared, as  well  as  their  anchoring  at  that 
spot  (the  rendezvous  agreed  upon  at  the 
departure  of  Lord  Amherst),  that  they 
might  have  been  from  Batavia  to  our  relief. 

The  small  flag  (belonging  to  the  em- 
bassy) was  brought  down  and  displayed 
on  the  look-out  rock  :  the  strangers,  each, 


206  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

immediately  hoisted  some  flag  at  their 
mast-heads.  Anxious  to  know  still  more 
about  them,  Mr.  Sykes  was  allowed  to 
advance  with  the  union  jack,  accompanied 
by  some  more  of  the  young  gentlemen, 
along  the  strand  to  a  considerable  distance ; 
and  soon  after  some  of  their  party,  with  a 
flag,  set  off  to  meet  them.  As  they  mu- 
tually approached,  the  Malays  dropped  a 
little  in  the  rear  of  their  flag-bearer,  and 
laid  down  their  arms ;  ours  also  fell  astern, 
and  the  two  ancients  (or  colour  men), 
wading  into  a  creek  which  separated  them, 
cautiously  met  each  other.  The  Malay  sa- 
lamed  a  good  deal :  many  fine  Yorkshire  bows 
were  made  on  the  other  side :  shaking  hands 
was  the  next  ceremony,  and  then,  joining 
flags,  they  walked  up  arm  and  arm  to  the 
place  where  the  captain  and  several  others 
were  stationed.  Satisfied  now  they  must 
be  friends  sent  to  our  assistance,  they  were 
welcomed  with  cheers,  and  every  counte- 
nance was  gladdened.  But  our  joy  was 
of  short  duration  ;  for,  although  their  flag 
was  laid  submissively  at  the  captain's  feet, 
and  all  were  sufficiently  civil  in  their  de- 


TO    CHINA.  207 

portment,  yet  they  turned  out  to  be  mere 
wanderers,  employed  gathering  a  sort  of 
sea-weed,  found  on  the  coast  of  these  (but 
in  still  greater  abundance  among  the  Pelew) 
islands,  said  by  some  to  be  an  article  of 
commerce  with  •  the  Chinese  epicures,  who 
use  it  like  the  bird-nests  in  their  soups. 
All  this  was  made  out  chiefly  by  signs, 
added  to  a  few  Malay  words  which  some 
understood. 

Mr.  Hay,  with  his  division  armed,  pro- 
ceeded down  to  their  anchorage,  himself, 
and  some  other  officers,  going  on  board 
with  theiy  Rajah  (as  they  styled  him),  who 
expressed  a  great  desire  to  see  the  captain 
on  board,  and  sent  him  a  present  of  a  piece 

of  fish,  and  some  cocoa-nut  milk.     During 

o 

the  night  many  schemes  were  proposed  as 
to  the  best  mode  of  negotiating  with  these 
people.  Some  thought  that,  by  the  hope 
of  reward,  they  might  be  induced  to  carry 
part  of  us  to  Java,  and  our  four  remaining 
boats  would  then  be  equal  to  the  con- 
veyance of  the  rest.  Others,  adverting  to 
the  treacherous  character  of  the  Malays, 
and  the  great  temptation  to  murder  us 


208  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.   S.  ALCESTE 

when  in  their  power,  from  that  sort  of  pro- 
perty still  in  our  possession,  and  to  them  of 
great  value,  considered  it  safest  to  seize 
upon  and  disarm  them,  carrying  ourselves 
to  Batavia,  and  then  most  amply  to  remu- 
nerate them  for  any  inconvenience  they 
might  have  sustained  from  being  pressed 
into  the  service. 

The  morning  of  Thursday,  the  27th,  how- 
ever, perfectly  relieved  us  from  any  further 
discussion  on  this  subject,  the  Rajah  and 
his  suite  having  proceeded  to  plunder  the 
wreck,  which  by  this  time  they  had  espied. 
It  is  probable  they  were  not  certain  of  our 
real  situation  on  the  first  evening,  but 
might  have  supposed,  from  seeing  the  uni- 
forms, colours,  and  other  military  appear- 
ance, that  some  settlement,  as  at  Minto, 
had  been  established  there ;  and  this  may 
also  account  for  their  civility  in  the  first 
instance,  for,  from  the  moment  their  harpy- 
like  spirit  was  excited  by  the  wreck,  and 
they  saw  our  real  condition,  there  were  no 
more  offerings  of  fish,  or  of  cocoa-nut  milk. 

To  have  sent  the  boats  openly  to  attack 
them  was  judged  impolitic  ;  it  would  only 


. 

TO   CHINA.  209 

have  driven  them  off  for  a  moment,  and 
put  them  on  their  guard  against  surprise 
by  night,  should  it  be  thought  necessary,  in 
a  day  or  two,  to  do  so.  They  could  de- 
prive us  of  little ;  for  the  copper  bolts  and 
iron  work,  which  they  were  now  most  in-' 
terested  about,  were  not  to  us  of  material 
importance. 

We  had  the  dav  before  moved  the  boats 

•/ 

into  another  cove,  more  out  of  sight  (from 
the  overspreading  branches  of  the  trees), 
and  safer  in  case  of  attack,  being  com- 
manded by  two  strong  little  ports  (one 
having  a  rude  draw-bridge),  erected  on  the 
rocks  immediately  above  it,  and  wattled  in, 
where  an  officer  and  piquet  were  nightly 
placed ;  and  a  new  serpentine  path  was 
cut  down  to  this  inlet,  communicating  with 
our  main  position  aloft. 

On  Friday,  the  28th,  the  Malays  were  still 
employed  on  the  wreck.  A  boat  approached 
us  in  the  forenoon;  but  on  the  gig  going  out 
to  meet  it,  they  refused  to  correspond,  and 
returned  to  their  party.  No  relief  having 
appeared  from  Batavia,and  the  period  being 
elapsed  at  which  (as  was  now  thought)  we 

p 


210  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

had  reason  to  expect  it,  measures  were 
taken  by  repairing  the  launch,  and  con- 
structing a  firm  raft,  to  give  us  additional 
powers  of  transporting  ourselves  from  our 
present  abode,  before  our  stock  of  provi- 
sions were  entirely  exhausted. 

On  Saturday,  the  1st  of  March,  the  Ma- 
lays acquired  a  great  accession  of  strength, 
by  the  arrival  of  fourteen  more  proas  from 
the  northward  (probably  of  the  old  party), 
who  joined  in  breaking  up  the  remains  of 
the  wreck. 

At  day-light,  on  Sunday,  the  2d,  still 
greater  force  having  joined  them  during 
the  night,  the  pirates  (leaving  a  number  at 
work  on  the  wreck)  advanced,  with  up- 
wards of  twenty  of  their  heaviest  vessels, 
towards  our  landing-place ;  fired  one  of 
their  patereroes ;  beat  their  gongs;  and, 
making  a  hideous  yelling  noise,  they  an- 
chored in  a  line,  about  a  cable's  length 
from  our  cove.  We  were  instantly  under 
arms,  the  party  covering  the  boats  strength- 
ened, and  scouts  sent  out  to  watch  their 
motions,  as  some  of  their  boats  had  gone 
up  the  creek,  at  the  back  of  our  position ; 


TO   CHINA.  211 

and  to  beat  about,  lest  any  should  be  laying 
in  ambush  from  the  land.  About  this  time, 
the  old  Malay  prisoner,  who  was  under 
charge  of  the  sentries  at  the  well,  and  who 
had  been  incautiously  trusted  by  them  to 
cut  some  wood  for  the  fire,  hearing  the 
howling  of  his  countrymen,  left  his  wounded 
comrade  to  shift  for  himself,  ran  off  into 
the  wood,  and  escaped,  carrying  with  him 
his  hatchet.  Finding,  after  waiting  a  short 
time  in  this  state  of  preparation,  that  they 
made  no  attempt  to  land,  an  officer  was 
sent  a  little  outside  the  cove  in  a  canoe, 
waving  in  a  friendly  manner,  to  try  how 
they  would  act.  After  some  deliberation, 
one  of  their  boats,  with  several  men  armed 
with  creeses,  or  their  crooked  daggers,  ap- 
proached :  here,  as  usual,  little  could  be 
made  out,  except  a  display  of  their  ma- 
rauding spirit,  by  taking  a  fancy  to  the 
shirt  and  trowsers  of  one  of  the  young  gen- 
tlemen in  the  canoe ;  but,  on  his  refusing 
to  give  them  up,  they  used  no  force. 

A  letter  was  now  written,  and  addressed 
to  the  chief  authority  at  Minto,  a  small 
settlement  on  the  northwest  point  of  Banca, 

p  2 


212  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

stating  the  situation  in  which  we  were 
placed,  and  requesting  him  to  forward,  if 
in  his  power,  one  or  two  small  vessels  to  us, 
with  a  little  bread  and  salt  provisions,  and 
some  ammunition.  Again  the  officer  went 
out  in  the  canoe,  and  was  again  met  by 
the  Malay  boat.  This  letter  was  given  to 
them,  the  word  Minto  repeatedly  pro- 
nounced, (which  they  seemed  to  under- 
stand,) the  direction  pointed  out,  and  signs 
made  that  on  their  return  with  an  answer 
they  should  be  rewarded  with  abundance 
of  dollars,  shewing  them  one  as  a  specimen. 
This  was  done  more  to  try  them  than  with 
any  hope  of  their  performing  the  service; 
for,  although  a  boat  went  down  to  Pulo 
Chalacca,  (where  they  appeared  to  have 
somebody  in  superior  authority,)  yet  none 
took  the  direction  of  Banca.  Meantime 
their  force  rapidly  increased,  their  proas 
and  boats  of  different  sizes  amounting  to 
fifty.  The  larger  had  from  sixteen  to 
twenty  men;  the  smaller  about  seven  or 
eight;  so  that,  averaging  even  at  the  lowest 
ten  each,  they  had  fully  five  hundred  men. 
The  wreck  seemed  now  nearly  exhausted, 


TO    CHINA.  213 

and  appeared  to  be  a  very  secondary  ob- 
ject, knowing  the  chief  booty  must  be  in 
our  possession,  and  they  blockaded  us 
with  increased  rigour,  drawing  closer  into 
the  cove,  more  especially  at  high  water, 
fearful  lest  our  boats,  being  afloat  at  that 
period,  should  push  out  and  escape  them. 
In  the  afternoon  some  of  the  Rajah's  peo- 
ple (whom  we  at  first  considered  our 
friends)  made  their  appearance,  as  if  seek- 
ing a  parley ;  and,  on  communicating  with 
them,  gave  us  to  understand  by  signs,  and 
as  many  words  as  could  be  made  out,  that 
all  the  Malays,  except  their  party r,  were  ex- 
tremely hostile  to  us  ;  that  it  was  their  de- 
termination to  attack  us  thatnio-ht;  and 
urging  also  that  some  of  their  people 
should  sleep  up  the  hill,  in  order  to  pro- 
tect us.  Their  former  conduct  and  pre- 
sent connexions  displayed  so  evidently 
the  treachery  of  this  offer,  that  it  is  need- 
less to  say  it  was  rejected,  giving  them  to 
understand  we  could  trust  to  ourselves.  They 
immediately  returned  to  their  gang,  who 
certainly  assumed  a  most  menacing  atti- 
tude. In  the  evening,  when  the  officers  and 


214  VOYAGE  OF  H<  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

men  were  assembled  as  usual  under  arms, 
in  order  to  inspect  them,   and  settle  the 
watches  for  the  night,  the  captain  spoke  to 
them  with  much  animation,  almost  verbatim 
as  follows  :  "  My  lads,  you  must  all  have 
"  observed  this  day,  as  well  as  myself,  the 
"  great  increase  of  the  enemy's  force,  for 
"  enemies  we  must  now  consider  them; 
"  and  the  threatening  posture  they  have  as- 
"  sumed.  I  have,  on  various  grounds,  strong 
"  reason  to  believe  they  will  attack  us  this- 
"  night.    I  do  not  wish  to  conceal  our  real 
"  state,  because  I  think  there  is  not  a  man 
*'  here  who  is  afraid  to  face  any  sort  of  dan- 
*'  ger.    We  are  now  strongly  fenced  in,  and 
"  our  position  in  all  respects  so  good,  that, 
"  armed  as  we  are,  we  ought  to  make  a  for- 
"  midable   defence    against  even    regular 
"  troops:  what  then  would  bethought  of  us, 
"  if  we  allowed  ourselves  to  be  surprised  by  a 
"  set  of  naked  savages,  with  their  spears  and 
"  creeses  ?     It  is  true  they  have  swivels  in 
"  their  boats,  but  they  cannot  act  here.     I 
"  have  not  observed  that   they  have    any 
"  matchlocks  or  muskets;  but,  if  they  have, 
"  so  have  we.     I  do  not  wish  to  deceive  you 


TO    CHIXA.  215 

"  as  to  the  means  of  resistance  in  our  power. 
"  When  we  were  first  thrown  together  on 
"  shore,  we  were  almost  defenceless;  seventy- 
"  five  ball-cartridges  only  could  be  mustered : 
"  we  have  now  sixteen  hundred !  They  can- 
"  not,  I  believe,  send  up  more  than  five 
"  hundred  men ;  but,  with  two  hundred 
"  such  as  now  stand  around  me,  I  do  not 
"  fear  a  thousand,  nay,  fifteen  hundred  of 
"  them !  I  have  the  fullest  confidence  we 
"  shall  beat  them ;  the  pike-men  standing 
"  firm,  we  can  give  them  such  a  volley  of 
"  musketry  as  they  will  be  little  prepared 
"  for ;  and,  when  we  find  they  are  thrown 
"  into  confusion,  well  sally  out  among 
"  them,  chase  them  into  the  water,  and 
"  ten  to  one  but  we  secure  their  vessels. 
"  Let  every  man  therefore  be  on  the  alert 
"  with  his  arms  in  his  hands ;  and,  should 
"  these  barbarians  this  night  attempt  our 
"  hill,  I  trust  we  shall  convince  them  that 
"  they  are  dealing  with  Britons/'  Pferhaps 
three  jollier  hurras  Avere  never  given  than 
at  the  conclusion  of  this  short  but  well- 
timed  address.  The  woods  fairly  echoed 
again ;  whilst  the  piquet  at  the  cove,  and 


216  VOYAGE  OP  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

those  stationed  at  the  wells,  the  instant  it 
caught  their  ear,  instinctively  joined  their 
sympathetic  cheers  to  the  general  chorus. 

There  was  something  like  unity  and  con- 
cord in  such  a  sound,  (one  neither  resem- 
bling the  feeble  shoutnor  savageyell,)  which, 
rung  in  the  ears  of  these  gentlemen,  no 
doubt  had  its  effect;  for  about  this  time 
(8  P.M.)  they  were  observed  making  signals 
with  lights  to  some  of  their  tribe  behind  the 
islet.  If  ever  seamen  or  marines  had  a 
strong  inducement  to  fight,  it  was  on  the 
present  occasion,  for  every  thing  conduced 
to  animate  them.  The  feeling  excited  by 
a  savage,  cruel,  and  inhospitable  aggression 
on  the  part  of  the  Malays, — an  aggression 
adding  calamity  to  misfortune, — roused 
every  mind  to  a  spirit  of  just  revenge ;  and 
the  appeal  now  made  to  them  on  the  score 
of  national  character  was  not  likely  to  let 
that  feeling  cool.  After  a  slender  but  cheer- 
ful repast,  the  men  laid  down  as  usual 
upon  their  arms,  whilst  the  captain  re- 
mained with  those  on  guard  to  superintend 
his  arrangements.  An  alarm  during  the 
night  shewed  the  effect  of  preparation  on 


TO    CHINA.  217 

the  people's  minds,  for  all  like  lightning 
were  at  their  posts,  and  returned  growling 
and  disappointed  because  the  alarm  was 
false. 

Day-light,  on  Monday  the  3d,  discovered 
the  pirates  exactly  in  the  same  position  in 
front  of  us  ;  ten  more  vessels  having  joined 
them  during  the  night,  making  their  num- 
ber now  at  least  six  hundred  men.  "  The 
"  plot  began  to  thicken/'  and  our  situation 
became  hourly  more  critical.  Their  force 
rapidly  accumulating,  and  our  little  stock 
of  provisions  daily  shortening,  rendered  some 
desperate  measure  immediately  necessary. 

That  which  seemed  most  feasible  was  by 
a  sudden  night  attack,  by  our  four  boats 
well  armed,  to  carry  by  boarding  some  of 
their  vessels,  and,  by  manning  them,  repeat 
our  attack  with  increased  force,  taking 
more,  or  dispersing  them.  The  possession 
of  some  of  their  proas,  in  addition  to  our 
own  boats,  (taking  into  consideration  that 
our  numbers  would  be  thinned  on  the  occa- 
sion,) might  enable  us  to  shove  off  for  Java, 
in  defiance  of  them.  Any  attempt  to  move 
on  a  raft,  with  their  vessels  playing  round 


218  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

it,  armed  with  swivels,  was  evidently  im- 
possible. Awful  as  our  situation  now  was, 
and  every  hour  becoming  more  so  ;  starva- 
tion staring  us  in  the  face,  on  one  hand,  and 
without  a  hope  of  mercy  from  the  savages 
on  the  other ;  yet  were  there  no  symptoms 
of  depression,  or  gloomy  despair;  every 
mind  seemed  bouyant;  and,  if  any  estimate 
of  the  general  feeling  could  be  collected 
from  countenances,  from  the  manner  and 
expressions  of  all,  there  appeared  to  be 
formed  in  every  breast  a  calm  determina- 
tion to  dash  at  them,  and  be  successful ; 
or  to  fall,  as  became  men,  in  the  attempt 
to  be  free. 

About  noon  on  this  day,  whilst  schemes 
and  proposals  were  flying  about,  as  to  the 
mode  of  executing  the  measures  in  view, 
Mr.  Johnstone,  (ever  on  the  alert,)  who  had 
mounted  the  look-out  tree,  one  of  the  lof- 
tiest on  the  summit  of  our  hill,  descried  a 
sail  at  a  great  distance  to  the  southward, 
which  he  thought  larger  than  a  Malay  ves- 
sel. The  buz  of  conversation  was  in  a 
moment  hushed,  and  every  eye  fixed  anxi- 
ously on  the  tree  for  the  next  report,  a 


TO   CHINA.  21ft 

signal-man   and  telescope  being  instantly 
sent  up.     She  was  now  lost  sight  of  from 
a  dark    squall  overspreading  that  part  of 
the  horizon,  but  in  about  twenty  minutes 
she  again  emerged  from  the  cloud,  and  was 
decidedly  announced  to  be  a  square-rigged 
vessel.     "  Are  you  quite  sure  of  that  ?"  was 
eagerly  inquired : — "  Quite  certain"  was  the 
reply  : — •"  it  is  either  a  ship  or  a  brig  stand- 
ing towards  the  island,  under  all  sail !"—  The 
joy  this  happy  sight  infused,  and  the  grati- 
tude  of  every  heart  at  this  prospect  of  de- 
liverance, may  be  more  easily  conceived 
than  described.     It  occasioned   a  sudden 
transition  of  the  mind  from  one  train  of 
thinking  to  another,  as  if  waking  from  a 
disagreeable    dream.      We   displayed  our 
colours  on  the  highest  branch  of  the  tree, 
to  attract  attention,  lest  she  should  only  be 
a  passing  stranger. 

The  pirates  soon  after  this  discovered  the 
ship,  (a  signal  having  been  made  with  a 
gbn  by  those  anchored  behind  Pulo  Cha- 
lacca,)  which  occasioned  an  evident  stir 
among  them.  As  the  water  was  ebbing 
fast,  it  was  thought  possible,  by  an  unex- 


220  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTZ 

pected  rush  out  to  the  edge  of  the  reef,  to 
get  some  of  them   under  fire,  and  secure 
them.     They  seemed,   however,    to   have 
suspected  our  purpose;  for,  the  moment  the 
seamen  and  marines  appeared  from  under 
the  mangroves,  the  nearest  proa  let  fly  her 
swivel  among  a  party  of  the  officers,  who 
had    been  previously   wading   outwards*, 
and    the    whole,  instantly    getting    under 
weigh,  made  sail  off,  fired  at  by  our  people, 
but  unfortunately  without   effect;   for,  in 
addition  to  the  dexterous  management  of 
their  boats,  the  wind  enabled  them  to  wea- 
ther the  rocks.     It  was  fortunate,  however, 
this  circumstance  took  place,  and  thatithad 
the  effect  of  driving  them  away  ;  for,  had 
they  stood  their  ground,  we  were  as  much 
in    their    power  as   ever,  the   ship  being 
obliged  to  anchor  eight  miles  to  leeward  of 
the   island,  and  eleven  or  twelve  from  our 
position,  on  account  of  the  wind  and  cur- 
rent ;  and,  as  this  wind  and  current  conti- 
nued the  same  for  some  time  afterwards, 

*  The  shot  was  picked  up  by  one  of  the  young  gentle- 
men, and  appeared  to  be  of  malleable  iron,  not  quite 
round. 


TO  CHINA.  221 

they  might,  most  easily,  (with  their  force,) 
have  cut  off  all  communication  between  us. 
Indeed  it  was  a  most  providential  and  ex- 
traordinary circumstance,  during  this  mon- 
soon, that  the  ship  was  able  to  fetch  so  far 
up  as  she  did.  The  blockade  being  now 
raised,  the  gig,  with  Messrs.  Sykes  and 
Abbot,  was  despatched  to  the  ship,  which 
proved  to  be  the  Ternate,  one  of  the  com- 
pany's cruizers,  sent  by  Lord  Amherst  to 
our  assistance,  having  on  board  Messrs.  El- 
lis and  Hoppner,  who  embarked  the  day  of 
their  arrival  at  Batavia,  and  pushed  back  to 
the  island. 

The  gig  was  able  to  return  (being  a  light 
boat);  but  our  friends,  who  attempted  to 
pull  ashore  in  the  cutter,  were  compelled 
to  put  back,  after  struggling  with  the  cur- 
rent for  nine  hours,  during  the  night  of 
Monday,  and  morning  of  Tuesday,  the  4th. 
That  day  was  employed  in  getting  all  the 
movables  we  had  saved  from  the  wreck 
ready  for  embarkation.  Wednesday,  the 
5th,  landed  Messrs.  Ellis  and  Hoppner  : — 
the  recollection  of  the  voluntary  promise 
made  by  the  former  at  parting,  now  ful- 
filled, and  re-appearing  as  a  deliverer. 


VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

added  to  the  many  interesting  and  pecu- 
liar circumstances  of  the  meeting,  gave  a 
new  glow  to  every  feeling  of  friendship, 
and,  on  entering  Fort  Maxwell,  they  were 
received  with  heartfelt  acclamation  by  the 
whole  garrison,  under  arms. 

This  fortification  and  its  inhabitants  had 
altogether  a  very  singular  and  romantic 
look.  The  wigwams  (or  dens,  as  they  were 
called)  of  some,  neatly  formed  by  branches, 
and  thatched  with  the  palm-leaf,  scattered 
about  at  the  feet  of  the  majestic  trees, 
which  shaded  our  circle ;  the  rude  tents  of 
others  ;  the  wrecked,  unshaven,  ragged  ap- 
pearance of  the  men,  with  pikes  and  cut- 
lasses in  their  hands,  gave,  more  especially 
by  fire-light  at  night,  a  wild  and  picturesque 
effect  to  this  spot,  far  beyond  any  robber 
scene  the  imagination  can  portray. 

Two  of  the  Ternate's  boats  also  arrived 
with  a  twelve-pounder  carronade,  some 
round  and  grape,  and  musket  ammunition, 
in  the  event  of  the  pirates  thinking  proper 
to  return  before  we  had  finished  our  busi- 
ness ;  which,  from  the  difficulty  of  commu- 
nicating, required  the  whole  of  Wednesday 
to  perform. 


TO    CHINA.  223 

On  Thursday,  the  6th,  the  majority  of 
the  officers  and  men  embarked  in  the  boats 
(now  increased  in  number),  and  proceeded 
to  the  Ternate ;  the  raft,  also,  with  four 
officers  and  forty-six  men,  (and  a  cow,)  got 
under  sail,  and,  after  a  comfortable  cold- 
bath  navigation,  reached  the  ship  after 
dark.  Every  article  which  could  not  be 
carried  off,  and  was  thought  might  be  of 
the  slightest  use  to  the  savages,  was  piled 
into  a  heap,  on  the  top  of  the  hill,  and  made 
into  a  bonfire. 

At  midnight  the  boats  returned  to  bring 
off  Captain  Maxwell,  and  those  remaining 
with  him  ;  the  whole  arriving  safe  on  board 
on  the  morning  of  the  7th  March.  We  were 
most  hospitably  received  by  Captain  Da- 
vidson and  his  officers.* 

The  island  of  Pulo  Leat  is  about  six 
miles  long,  and  five  broad  ;  situate  about 
two  degrees  and  a  half  to  the  southward  of 
the  equator  :  it  lies  next  to  Banca,  and  is 
in  the  line  of  islands  between  it  and  Borneo. 

Is  is  uninhabited,  and,  as  far  as  we  could 

•- 

!  The  wounded  Malay  was  also  carried  to  Batavia,  and 
he  is  now  (although  with  rather  a  disabled  joint)  most  pro* 
bably  employed  on  board  the  Ternate. 


VOYAGE    OF    H.    M.    S.    ALCESTE 

explore,  (and  exploring  was  no  easy  task,) 
produces  nothing  for  the  use  of  man.  We 
found  a  great  number  of  the  rinds  of  what 
we  afterwards  discovered  at  Batavia  to  be 
the  far-famed  and  delicious  mangustin, 
which  only  thrives  near  the  line; — the^ba- 
boons,  who  manage  to  live  here,  having 
monopolized  all  the  fruit.  Had  we  found 
any  entire,  we  might  have  indulged  in  them, 
even  without  knowing  their  nature ;  as, 
more  especially  in  a  case  of  short  commons 
like  ours,  there  could  be  no  great  danger 
in  following  the  example  of  a  monkey. 

The  soil  of  the  island  would  appear  to  be 
capable  of  affording  any  production  of  the 
torrid  zone,  and,  if  cleared  and  cultivated, 
would  be  a  very  pretty  place;  the  tree  which 
produces  the  caoutchouc  or  Indian  rubber 
grpws  here. 

The  small  stock  of  provisions  saved  from 
the  wreck,  and  the  uncertainty  of  our  stay 
there,  rendered  economy  in  their  distri- 
bution, as  well  as  the  preventing  any  waste 
or  abuse,  a  most  important  duty.  The 
mode  adopted  by  Captain  Maxwell,  to 
make  things  go  as  far  as  possible,  was  to 
chop  up  the  allowance  for  the  day  into 


TO    CHINA.  225 

small  pieces,  whether  fowls,  salt  beef,  pork, 
or  flour,  mixing  the  whole  hotch-potch, 
boiling  them  together,  and  serving  out  a 
measure  of  this  to  each,  publicly  and 
openly*,  and  without  any  distinction.  By 
these  means  no  nourishment  was  lost;  it 
could  be  more  equally  divided  than  by  any 
other  way ;  and  although,  necessarily,  a 
scanty,  it  was  not  an  unsavoury,  mess,  All 
the  bread,  except  a  few  pounds,  was  lost. 
The  men  had  half  allowance  of  rum  divided 
between  dinner  and  supper,  (sometimes 
more  on  hard  fags,)  and  the  officers  two 
glasses  of  wine  at  dinner,  and  a  quarter 
allowance  of  rum  (a  small  dram-glass)  at 
supper. 

A  small  bag  of  oatmeal  was  found  one 
morning,  which  some  of  the  young  Scotch 
midshipmen  considered  as  their  own,  and 
sat  down,  with  great  glee,  round  a  wash- 

'  Truth  requires  it  to  be  stated,  and  it  may  naturally 
be  supposed,  that,  among  so  many,  one  or  two  progging 
sort  of  people  might  be  observed,  who  had  no  disinclina- 
tion to  a  little  more  than  their  just  allowance;  but  the 
general  feeling  was  much  too  manly  and  fine  to  admit  of 
contamination. 

Q 


226  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

hand  basin*  full  of  burgoo,  made  from  it; 
but  they  reckoned  too  securely  on  the  anti- 
pathies of  their  English  friends,  for  (not 
thinking  this,  perhaps,  a  proper  lime  for 
indulging  national  prejudices)  they  claimed 
their  share,  and  managed  to  get  through  it 
without  a  wry  face. 

The  guards  at  the  posts,  covering  the 
boats,  were  generally  under  charge,  alter- 
nately, of  Messrs.  Hay,  Casey,  Johnstone, 
Sykes,  Abbot,  Brownrigg,  and  Hope.  The 
garrison  duty,  at  night,  was  conducted,  in 
turns,  by  the  surgeon,chaplain,Messrs.Eden, 
Raper,  Mostyn,  Stopford,  and  Gore;  thus 
making  it  light,  and  enabling  them  to  keep 
their  eyes  open,  and  walk  vigilantly  round 
to  observe  that  all  the  sentries  were  on  the 
alert,  and  called  out  every  quarter  of  an 
hour ;  the  younger  midshipmen  being 
perched,  in  rotation,  on  the  look-out  rock 
during  the  day,  to  watch  the  motions  of 
the  pirates,  and  give  notice  of  any  ship  or 
vessel  which  might  appear  in  the  offing. 

It  is  somewhat  remarkable,  that,  during 

*  Not  the  only  extraordinary  mess-dish  which  this  oc- 
casion had  reduced  some  to. 


TO    CHINA.  227 

our  stay  here  of  nineteen  days,  exposed  al- 
ternately to  heavy  rain,  and  the  fierce  heat 
of  a  vertical  sun,  none  were  taken  sick, 
and  those  who  landed  so  (some  very  ill) 
all  recovered,  except  a  marine,  who  was  in 
the  last  stage  of  a  liver  complaint,  contracted 
whilst  in  China,  as  one  of  the  guard  to  the 
Embassador.  Another  man,  of  very  trou- 
blesome character,  thought  proper  to  leave 
his  companions  on  the  third  day  after 
landing.  He  may  have  been  bit  by  a  ser- 
pent in  the  woods,  and  died  there,  or  have 
fallen  into  the  hands  of  the  savages  •  but 

O          ' 

he  was  never  afterwards  heard  of.  We 
marked  with  oil  and  blacking,  in  large  cha- 
racters, on  the  rocks,  the  date  of  our  de- 
parture, to  be  a  guide  to  any  that  might  come 
there  in  quest  of  us,  and  in  the  afternoon  of 
the  7th,  we  bid  adieu  to  Pulo  Leat,  where 
it  is  not  wonderful  that,  in  our  situation, 
we  should  have  suffered  some  hardship  and 
privation ;  but  it  is  remarkable,  indeed,  that, 
surrounded  by  so  many  dangers,  the  oc- 
currence of  any  one  of  which  would  have 
proved  fatal,  that  we  should  have  escaped 
the  whole.  We  had,  for  example,  great 


228  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

reason  to  be  thankful  that  the  ship  did  not 
fall  from  the  rocks  on  which  she  first  struck 
into  deeper  water,  lor  then  all  must  have 
perished  ; — that  no  accident  happened  to 
the  boats  which  conveyed  the  embassy  to 
Batavia  ;  for,  in  that  case,  we  should  never 
have  been  heard  of; — that  we  found  water ; 
— that  no  mutiny  or  division  took  place 
among  ourselves ; — that  we  had  been  able 
to  stand  our  ground  against  the  pirates  ;— 
and  that  the  Ternate  had  succeeded  in  an- 
choring in  sight  of  the  island  ;  which  she  was 
only  enabled  to  do  by  a  fortuitous  slant  of 
wind  for  an  hour  or  two.  Had  we  been  un- 
fortunate in  any  one  of  these  circumstances, 
few  would  have  remained  to  tell  our  tale. 

It  is  a  tribute  due  to  Captain  Maxwell 
to  state,  (and  it  is  a  tribute  which  all  most 
cheerfully  pay,)  that,  by  his  judicious  ar- 
rangements, we  were  preserved  from  all  the 
horrors  of  anarchy  and  confusion.  His 
measures  inspired  confidence  and  hope  ; 
whilst  his  personal  exam  pie,  in  the  hour  of 
danger,  gave  courage  and  animation  to  all 
around  him. 

We  arrived  at  Batavia  on  the  9th,  and, 


TO   CHINA.  229 

from  the  Ternate  being  so  small,  a  number 
of  our  party  crossed  in  the  boats,  which 
kept  company  with  the  ship.  On  the  10th 
we  landed,  and  were  most  kindly  received 
by  Lord  Amherst,  who  converted  his  table 
into  a  general  mess  for  the  officers,  as  well 
as  the  embassy.  Comfortable  quarters 
were  also  provided  for  the  men  *,  who,  in  a 
day  or  two,  landed,  and  marched  up  there, 
with  the  flag  which  had  been  saved.  They 
were  met  at  Ryswick  by  his  lordship,  who 
accompanied  them  up.  At  Weltevreden, 
also,  the  officers  met  with  a  small,  but 
choice,  band  of  their  countrymen,  whose 
society  will  not  be  easily  forgotten,  or  ever 
remembered  without  pleasure. 

A  short  journal  of  Lieutenant  Cooke 
describes  the  passage  of  the  embassy  across 
the  Javanese  sea,  in  the  boats. — "  At  se\  en 
"  in  the  evening  of  Wednesday,  the  1 9th 
"  of  February,  all  arrangements  having 
"  been  speedily  made,  the  barge  and  cutter 

The  hospitable  houses  of  Messrs.  Milne  and  Termo 
afforded  lodging  to  the  officers  during  their  stay ;  and 
much  kind  attention  was  experienced  from  Capta/i.s  Forbes, 
Dalgains,  Hanson,  and  M'Mahon ;  oa  the  staff  of  Sir  Wil- 
liam Keir. 


VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  weighed,  and  pulled  out  to  seaward,  there 
"  being  a  heavy  swell  across  the  reef; — soon 
"  after  made  sail,  and  sounded  in  nineteen 
"  fathoms ;— kept  more  to  the  southward, 
"  having  got  into  mid-channel; — at  nine 
"  at  night,  entrance  point,  in  the  island  of 
"  Banca,  bore  west,  three  or  four  miles. 

"  Thursday,  the  20th.— At  day-light,  the 
"  cutter  in  company  ;  moderate  breezes  at 
"  W.  N.  W.,  and  fair,  with  a  smooth  sea ; 
"  high  land  of  Banca  bearing  north ; — 
"  having  been  much  crowded  in  the  night, 
"  some  shifted  into  the  other  boat,  in  order 
"  to  equalize  the  numbers.  At  seven, 
"  served  out,  for  the  first  time,  some  pro- 
"  visions :  a  small  portion  of  fresh  meat 
"  and  biscuit,  with  a  gill  of  water  and  half 
"  a  gill  of  rum,  to  each  person.  At  ten  a 
"  heavy  squall  occurred,  attended  by  rain, 
"  which  enabled  us,  by  spreading  cloths, 
"  and  wringing  them,  to  catch  a  bucket  of 
"  rain-water,  affording,  to  each  person, 
"  about  half  a  pint.  Light  airs,  and  calm  : 
"  occasionally  found  it  necessary  to  pull 
"  eight  oars,  and,  by  the  assistance  of  the 
"  marines,  we  had  two  reliefs.  Spelled  the 
"  oars  every  two  hours.  Served  out  pro- 


TO    CHINA.  231 

"  visions  and  grog  in  the  usual  small  pro- 
"  portions.  Lowered  the  sails,  the  wind 
"  being  ad  verse,  afterwards  becoming  calm, 
"  and  at  other  times  light  breezes  from  the 
"  south-west :  each  person  had  about  half 
"  a  pint  of  beer.  Lightning  from  west  to 
"  south-west, — water  very  smooth, — mid- 
"  night,  light  airs. 

"  Friday,  the  21st. — Moderate  breezes 
"  from  the  westward,  which  soon  became 
"  squally,  and  more  to  the  southward,  oc- 
"  casioning  a  swell  of  the  sea.  At  seven 
"  o'clock  served  out  the  remains  of  the 
"  fresh  meat,  and  the  usual  gill  of  water, 
"  and  half  a  gill  of  rum.  Examined  stock 
"  after  breakfast,  and  found  remaining  six 
"  gallons  of  water ;  spruce  beer,  eight  gal- 
"  Ions;  rum,  four  gallons  and  a  half ;  beer, 
"  four  gallons ;  wine,  nineteen  bottles  ;  five 
"  ditto  of  additional  water,  one  ham,  one 
"  tongue,  and  thirty  pounds  of  bread. 
"  Served  out,  at  twelve  o'clock,  some  spruce 
"  to  all  hands.  In  the  afternoon,  served 
"  grog  m  tne  usual  quantity.  Continued 
"  rowing  all  night,  and  gave  some  spruce 
"  beer  to  the  rowers,  who  began  to  be 


232  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTB 

"  much  fatigued.    Wind  variable  from  west 
"  to  south-west. 

"  Saturday  the  22d.— Continued  pulling 
16  all  this  morning,  the  breeze  being  very 
"  light;  mustered  provisions,  and  found  them 
"  much  reduced.  At  seven  o'clock  issued 
"  grog  and  a  little  bread  to  each,  reserving 
"  a  ham,  the  only  meat  now  remaining,  until 
"  dinner  time.  All  the  gentlemen  who  could 
"  pull  relieved  the  rowers.  About  one 
;<  o'clock  a  favourable  breeze  sprung  up  at 
"  N.  W. :  made  all  sail,  and  at  half-past  three 
"  o'clock  saw  Carawang  Point,  in  Java,  dis- 
"  tant  about  nine  or  ten  miles.  At  six  o'clock 
"  the  land-breeze  coming  off  obliged  the 
"  boats  to  anchor.  Served  out  part  of  the 
"  ham,  and  a  little  biscuit  and  grog,  as  usual. 
"  At  seven  the  wind  moderated  a  little,  and 
"  an  attempt  was  made  to  row  in  ;  but,  the 
"  people  being  nearly  exhausted,  anchored 
"  again  at  nine  o'clock  ;  the  cutter  having  no 
"  grapnel,  made  fast  to  the  barge.  The  night 
"  was  fine,  but  a  heavy  swell  occasioned  the 
"  boat  to  roll  extremely. 

"  Sunday  morning  the  C3;l,   the  people 
"  having  had  some  repose,  and  a  little  re- 


TO    CHINA.  233 

"  freshment  served  out  to  them,  weighed  the 
"  grapnel,  and  pulled  towards  Batavia.  Be- 
"  tween  the  two  points  of  land  here,  we  ac- 
"  cidentally  fell  in,  although  at  a  consider- 
"  able  distance  from  the  shore,' with  a  stream 
"  of  fresh  water  running  into  the  sea,  which 
"  put  all  in  high  spirits.  To  prevent  any  ill 
"  consequences,  a  little  rum  was  put  into  a 
"  bucket,  and  every  man  drank  about  a  pint. 
"  A  favourable  breeze  also  sprung  up,  and  at 
"  half  past  ten  o'clock  we  went  alongside 
"  the  ship  Princess  Charlotte,  in  the  roads, 
"  where  we  were  very  kindly  received,  our 
"  stock  of  provisions  for  forty-seven  being 
"  at  this  time  four  or  five  pounds  of  bread, 
"  and  (previous  to  falling  in  with  the  stream 
"  of  fresh  water  in  the  sea),  one  gallon  of 
"  water,  one  gallon  of  rum,  and  five  bottles 
"  of  wine,  with  some  Madeira  in  a  jar/' 
During  the  whole  cf  this  little  voyage  the 
strictest  equality  was  observed  in  the  dis- 
tribution of  provisions ;  and  if  any  distinc- 
tion was  made  it  was  in  favour  of  the 
rowers,  those  gentlemen  who  were  unable 
to  pull  themselves  taking  a  rather  smaller 
proportion  than  those  who  did. 


234  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTZ 

The  circumstance  of  the  stream  of  fresh 
water,  which  seemed  so  providentially  to 
extend  into  the  sea,  and  afforded  so  much 
relief,  is  found  to  exist  in  many  parts  of  the 
world,  and  has  been  lately  turned  to  advan- 
tage by  our  Toulon  fleet,  which  was  en- 
abled to  water  at  the  mouth  of  the  Rhone, 
almost  without  losing  sight  of  the  port 
they  were  blockading. 

Off  the  Mississippi,  ships  can  water  even 
out  of  sight  of  land  ;  and  the  same  is  stated 
to  be  the  case  with  the  Oronoco,  in  South 
America.  This  will  most  probably  be 
found  in  all  narrow-mouthed  rivers,  which 
burst  suddenly  on  the  sea ;  and  from  the  fresh 
being  specifically  lighter  than  the  saltwater, 
it  naturally  floats  on  the  surface  of  the  hea- 
vier body,  and  remains  unmixed  as  long  as 
the  current  retains  its  force. 

The  chief  discomfort  of  this  boat-voyage 
proceeded  from  being  so  crowded,  and  being 
obliged  to  sit  so  long  in  a  particular  pos- 
ture, and  the  great  distress  arising  from 
thirst.  It  was  very  difficult  indeed  to  pre- 
vent the  people  from  drinking  salt  water; 
one  man  became  delirious,  and  it  was 


TO  CHINA.  235 

attributed  to  this  cause.  It  most  pro- 
bably, however,  proceeded  from  the  ex- 
treme irritation  occasioned  by  thirst ;  for 
salt  water,  although  an  article  of  Materia 
Mcdica  in  very  extensive  use,  has  never 
been  known  to  take  the  direction  of  the 
head. 

About  the  21st  March  the  ship  Char- 
lotte returned  to  Batavia,  which  had  sailed 
in  company  with  the  Ternate,  having  on 
board  Messrs.  Mayne,  Blair,  and  Marrige. 
After  beating  against  wind  and  cur- 
rent, from  the  24th  February  to  the  l'6th 
March,  without  being  able  to  fetch  farther 
than  the  south-east  end  of  Banca,  the  cur- 
rent constantly  sweeping  them  to  leeward  the 
moment  they  opened  the  Straits,  Mr.Mayne, 
finding  nothing  was  to  be  done  in  the 
ship,  resolved  to  shove  off  in  the  barge, 
accompanied  by  the  above  gentlemen,  and 
Mr.  Thomson  the  supercargo,  with  two 
casks  of  water  and  one  of  beef  for  us,  in 
the  event  of  being  still  on  the  island.  They 
tugged  at  the  oars  until  the  next  day,  when, 
arriving  in  sight  of  the  place  we  had  occu- 
pied, they  found  a  large  flotilla  of  the  pi- 


236  TOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

rates  at  anchor  there,  three  of  whom  imme- 
diately gave  chase  to  our  boat.  There  was 
no  time  to  be  lost;  the  barge  made  sail; 
but,  in  addition  to  their  sails,  the  Malays 
pulled  furiously,  and  were  gaining  fast. 
The  beef  and  water  were  now  thrown  over- 
board, to  lighten  the  barge ;  and,  knowing 
whom  they  had  to  deal  with,  they  pre- 
pared, being  tolerably  armed,  to  sell  them- 
selves as  dear  as  possible.  Fortunately  at 
this  moment  a  strong  squall  occurred,  which 
compelled  the  Malays  to  lower  their  sails, 
whilst  the  barge,  carrying  through  all,  got 
a-head  and  escaped,  the  pirates  hauling 
their  wind  again  towards  the  island. 

These  proas  were  probably  of  the  more 
distant  islands,  who,  having  only  lately 
heard  of  the  wreck,  had  arrived  a  day  after 
the  fair,  and  were  hungry,  and  annoyed  at 
finding  no  prey. 

Nothing  could  exceed  the  deplorable 
state  of  Java  at  the  period  of  its  conquest 
by  the  British  forces  in  1811.  The  natives 
had  at  all  times  been  enslaved  and  oppressed 
by  the  Dutch  colonists ;  and,  from  the  strict 
blockade  of  our  cruizers,  the  produce  of 


TO    CHINA.  237 

the  soil  which  they  were  unable  to  export 
was  rotting  in  their  warehouses,  and  re- 
ducing the  latter  to  a  state  of  bankruptcy. 

The  system  of  government  immediately 
introduced  by  Lord  Minto,  under  the  able 
superintendence  of  Mr.  Raffles,  corre- 
sponding with  that  existing  in  British  (and 
what  is  here  termed  western)  India,  very 
much  altered  the  state  of  affairs  ;  but  it 
more  especially  ameliorated  the  condition 
of  the  native  Javanese.  It  had  been  usual 
to  compel  the  people  to  labour  at  the  pub- 
lic works,  whenever  occasion  required,  with- 
out any,  or  at  least  for  a  very  inadequate, 
remuneration.  They  were  also  obliged  to 
deliver  in  a  certain  quantity  of  produce, 
often  exceeding  what  they  were  able  to  af- 
ford ;  whilst  they  were  tyrannically  restrict- 
ed to  the  cultivation  of  those  articles  only 
which  best  answered  the  purposes  of  the 
Dutch  monopolists.  By  the  new  order  of 
things  these  forced  services  were  imme- 
diately abolished.  The  people  were  paid  a 
reasonable  price  for  their  voluntary  labour ; 
and,  instead  of  arbitrary  and  compulsory 
deliveries,  encouragement  was  given  to  grow 


238  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

what  were  considered  the  most  valuable 
productions  of  the  island,  and  the  Javanese 
were  now  stimulated  to  exertion  by  having 
an  interest  in  the  fruits  of  their  industry. 
The  revenue  was  now  raised  (except  in  one 
or  two  immaterial  instances,  which  could 
not  at  once  be  conveniently  altered)  by  a 
moderate  land-tax  on  the  whole.  The  Ra- 
jahs or  Regents  of  the  different  districts 
were  allowed  (and  indeed  preferred)  a 
fixed  salary  to  abandon  their  claims  to  the 
former  harsh  method  of  raisins  their  in- 

o 

comes,  whilst  they  were  still  intrusted  under 
proper  surveillance  with  the  administration 
of  the  laws,  which  were  also  new-modelled 
and  rendered  more  equitable,  torture  being 
abolished,  and  the  instruments  burnt  in 
the  public  square.  The  Chinese  farmers  of 
revenue,  employed  under  the  Dutch,  who 
possessed  peculiar  ingenuity  in  squeezing 
the  natives,  were  either  removed,  or  their 
conduct  narrowly  inspected  by  the  British 
residents  *.  In  Java  there  is  no  interrup- 


*  Sir  T.  Raffles,  in  his  elaborate  work  on  Java,  states, 
"  that  whenever  the  Chinese  formed  extensive  settlement* 


TO    CHIXA.  239 

tion  to  the  course  of  vegetation.  The  spring 
is  eternal ;  and  it  is  quite  usual  on  the  same 
day  to  see  them  sowing  in  one  field,  the  se- 
cond in  half  blossom,  and  reaping  in  the 
third.  But  with  all  these  advantages  of 
soil  and  climate  the  people  had  been  driven 
to  relinquish  their  native  villages,  and  even 
to  destroy  the  trees  which  the  cruel  impo- 
licy of  the  whites  compelled  them  to  cul- 
tivate equally  against  their  interest  and 
their  inclination. 

In  the  first  settlement  of  colonies,  it  is 
notorious  that  enormities  were  committed 
by  all  Europeans  on  the  aborigines  of  the 
country  ;  but,  without  flattering  our  amour 
propre  national,  this  unconciliatory  and  over- 
bearing system  seems  to  have  been  far  less 
practised  by  us  than  by  other  nations,  if 


"  in  Java,  the  native  inhabitants  had  no  alternative  but 
'  that  of  abandoning  the  district,  or  of  becoming  slaves 

"  of  the    soil.     Their   monopolizing    spirit   was    often 

"  even  pernicious  to  the  produce,  as  may  be  seen 
[t  even  at  this  day  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Batavia, 
'  where  all  the  public  markets  are  farmed  by  them,  and 
:<  the  degeneracy  and  poverty  of  the  lower  classes  are 

"  proverbial." 


240  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

we  may  judge  from  the  comparative  per- 
sonal security  with  which  a  Briton  roams 
every  where  at  large.  Previous  to  our  pos- 
session of  Java,  (when  travelling  became 
even  more  safe  than  in  England,)  no  Dutch- 
man ever  ventured  to  undertake  a  journey 
among  the  natives  without  a  guard.  The 
same  is  the  case  with  the  Portuguese  and 
the  original  Brazilians,  as  well  as  the  Spa- 
niards at  Manilla,  and  throughout  the  whole 
island  of  Luconia. 

With  the  Javanese  harsh  and  rigorous 
measures  seem,  and  indeed  have  been 
clearly  proved  to  be,  as  unnecessary  as  they 
are  unjustifiable,  for  few  people  bear  a  more 
mild,  docile,  or  inoffensive  character. 
They  are  a  distinct  race  from  the  Malays  of 
the  coasts,  not  only  speaking  a  different 
language,  but  are  anxious  not  to  be 
confounded  with  them.  Lord  Minto, 
who  was  personally  at  Java  at  the  pe- 
riod of  its  falling  into  our  possession, 
made  the  following  observations  on  the  ex- 
isting state  of  affairs,  and  the  alterations  he 
judged  necessary  : — 

"  Contingents  of  rice,   and,  indeed,  of 


TO    CHINA.  241 

"  other  productions,  have  been  hitherto 
"  required  of  the  cultivators,  by  govern- 
"  ment,  at  an  arbitrary  rate  ;  this,  also,  is 
"  a  vicious  system,  to  be  abandoned  as 
"  soon  as  possible.  The  system  of  contin- 
"  gents  did  not  arise  from  the  mere  solici- 
"  tude  for  the  people,  but  was  a  measure 
"  alone  of  finance  and  control,  to  enable 
"  government  to  derive  a  revenue  from  a 
"  high  price  imposed  on  the  consumer, 
"  and  to  keep  the  whole  body  of  the  peo- 
"  pie  dependent  on  its  pleasure  for  sub- 
"  sistence.  I  recommend  a  radical  reform 
"  in  this  branch  to  the  serious  and  early 
"  attention  of  government.  The  principle 
"  of  encouraging  industry  in  the  cultiva- 
*e  tion  and  improvement  of  lands,  by  cre- 
"  ating  an  interest  in  the  effort  and  fruits 
"  of  that  industry,  can  be  expected  in  Java 
"  only  by  a  fundamental  change  of  the 
"  whole  system  of  landed  property  and 
"  tenure.  A  wide  field,  But  a  somewhat 
"  distant  one,  is  open  to  this  great  and  in- 
"  teresting  improvement;  the  discussion  of 
"  tLe  subject,  however,  must  necessarily  be 
"  delayed  till  the  investigation  it  requires 

B 


242  YOTAGE  OP  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

"  is  more  complete.  I  shall  transmit  such 
"  thoughts  as  I  have  entertained,  and  such 
"  hopes  as  I  hare  indulged,  in  this  grand 
"  object  of  amelioration  ;  but  I  am  to  re- 
"  quest  the  aid  of  all  the  information,  and 
"  all  the  lights,  that  this  island  can  afford. 
"  On  this  branch,  nothing  must  be  done 
"  that  is  not  mature,  because  the  change 
"  is  too  extensive  to  be  suddenly  or  igno- 
"  rantly  attempted.  But  fixed  and  immu- 
"  table  principles  of  the  human  character, 
"  and  of  human  association,  assure  me  of 
"  ultimate,  and,  I  hope,  not  remote,  suc- 
"  cess,  in  views  that  are  consonant  with 
"  every  motive  of  action  that  operates  on 
"  man,  and  are  justified  by  the  practice 
"  and  experience  of  every  flourishing  coun- 
"  try  of  the  world/' 

The  wisdom  and  sound  policy  of  these 
liberal  and  enlightened   views  have   been 

o 

fully  proved  by  the  increasing  happiness 
and  prosperity  of  the  colony,  from  the  day 
they  were  practically  adopted,  up  to  the 
period  of  the  transfer  of  the  island;  and 
that  the  same  system  should  be  continued 
under  the  restored  government  appears  to 


TO    CHINA.  243 

be  the  decided  opinion  of  the  wisest  and 
most  clear-sighted  of  the  Dutch  colonists ; 
as  well  for  its  obvious  justice  and  humanity, 
as  from  a  conviction  of  its  superior  efficacy 
in  every  other  respect. 

At  the  same  time  measures  were  taken  to 
abolish    slavery,   for   the   continuance   of 
which,  in  Java*  there  appeared  not  even 
the  plea  of  expediency,     Their  farther  im- 
portation was  forbidden,  (for  they  were  ge- 
nerally brought,  for  obvious  reasons,  from 
the  neighbouring  islands,)  and  regulations 
were  formed  for  the  protection  and   better 
treatment  of  those  actually  existing.     They 
were  not  allowed,  for  instance,   to  be   sold 
or  transferred  from  one  master  to  another, 
but  with  their  own  approbation ;  they  were 
permitted  the  right  of  acquiring  property 
either  by  their  own  industry,  or  from  the 
gifts  of  others,  independent  of  the  control 
of  their  masters,  which   they  might  appro- 
priate, if  they  thought  proper,  after  a  cer- 
tain term,  to  the  purchase  of  their  freedom, 
at  a  reasonable  valuation,   subject  to  the 
approval  of'  a  magistrate.     An  annual  re- 
gistry of  each  slave  was  also  required,  and 


VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.   S.  ALCESTE 

a  tax  laid  upon  that  registry,  the  proceeds 
of  which  were  applied  to  charitable  pur- 
poses ;  and,  in  any  instance  where  this  re- 
gistry was  omitted  to  be  given  in,  the  slave 
was  declared  free. 

Although  their  present  religion  is  that  of 
Mahomet,  (with  a  mixture  of  Paganism,) 
yet  the  numerous  relics  of  Hinduism,  in 
high  preservation  throughout  the  island, 
evidently  shew  that  the  latter  was  the  ori- 
ginal mode  of  worship.  Indeed,  Balli,  one 
of  the  neighbouring  islands,  performs  the 
Hindu  rites  at  this  day. 

Batavia  is  considered,  and  with  much 
reason,  to  be  one  of  the  most  unhealthy 
spots  in  the  world.  But  this  character  is 
applicable  only  to  the  town  itself ;  which, 
agreeably  to  Dutch  usage,  wherever  they 
could  find  one,  is  built  in  a  swamp.  The 
effect  of  this,  within  seven  degrees  of  the 
equator,  is  precisely  what  might  be  ex- 
pected ;  but  at  Ryswick  and  Weltevreden, 
where  the  ground  rises,  certainly,  not  above 
a  dozen  or  fifteen  feet,  and  situated  within 
three  miles  of  the  town,  health  is  retained, 
at  least,  as  perfectly  as  in  any  other  part  of 


TO  CHINA.  245 

India  ;  and  it  has  been  even  said  that  a  bat- 
talion of  a  regiment  quartered  there  has  re- 
turned a  smaller  sick  report  than  the  other, 
Stationed  in  some  part  of  England.  No  Eu- 
ropean, who  can  possibly  avoid  it,  ever  sleeps 
in  the  city ;  but,  after  transacting  his  busi- 
ness, removes  to  the  neighbourhood.  Among 
seamen  and  soldiers,  a  night  or  two  spent 
in  Batavia  is  deemed  mortal ;  but  this  in- 
creased fatality  among  them  proceeds 
evidently  from  their  never  sleeping  there 
but  for  the  express  purpose  of  getting 
drunk  ;  and,  when  immersion  in  putrid 
and  marsh  effluvia,  in  so  hot  a  climate,  is 
applied  to  a  body,  rendered  highly  suscep- 
tible of  their  impression  from  previous 
ebriety,  it  is  not  to  be  wondered  that  a 
fever  of  the  worst  class  should  be  the  con- 
sequence. They  are  also  not  so  likely, 
in  these  cases,  to  receive  that  prompt  as- 
sistance (which  alone  can  save  them) ;  for, 
conscious  of  having  been  irregular  in  their 
conduct,  they  are  ashamed  and  unwilling 
to  make  application  until  it  is  often  too 
late ;  and  the  loss  of  a  single  day  will,  in 
severer  cases,  be  attended,  in  all  probability, 


246  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.S.   ALCESTE 

with  the  most  dangerous  consequences*, 
The  insalubrity  of  Batavia  is  attributed, 
but  with  little  appearance  of  justice,  to  the 
numerous  canals  which  intersect  the  town  ; 
for  they  rather  seem  to  do  good,  by  acting 
as  drains,  in  a  marshy  soil ;  and,  if  they 
are  the  receptacles  of  filth  and  carcases, 
(which  appeared  not  to  be  the  case,)  it  is 
the  fault  of  the  police,  and  not  of  the 
canals.  Rice-field e,  creating  an  artificial 
swamp,  in  addition  to  the  natural  moisture 
of  the  ground,  certainly  ought  not  to  be 
permitted  to  exist  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  a  populous  city;  and  cannot  be  at  all 
necessary  in  a  country,  two-thirds  of  which 
is  uncultivated. 

The  climate  of  Java  may  be  varied  at 
pleasure,  from  the  suffocating  heat  of  Ban- 


*  Captain  Charles  Ross,  of  the  Pique,  in  the  West 
Indies,  among  other  judicious  regulations  of  that  ex- 
cellent officer,  (whose  orders  were  neither  multiplied  nor 
confused,  and,  for  that  reason,  more  likely  to  be  rational,) 
always  considered  a  wan  found  drunk  to  be  an  object 
tor  the  surgeon's  immediate  care,  in  the  first  instance ; 
and  it  is  astonishing  the  good  effect  this  had,  not  only  in 
preventing  druakeuness,  but  in  obviating  its  effects. 


TO    CHINA.  247 

tarn,  or  Batavia,  to  the  cool,  and  even 
keen,  air  of  the  mountains,  where  fires  and 
blankets  are  necessary  ;  which,  to  invalids 
requiring  an  immediate  change  of  tem- 
perature, is  an  advantage  of  the  highest 
importance. 

It  is  extraordinary  how  defective  all  co- 
lonies are  in  seminaries  of  education ; — a 
defect,  more  especially  in  those  that  are 
extensive  and  populous,  for  which  there 
can  be  no  good  excuse,  and  is  attended 
with  much  inconvenience ;  for  either  the 
youth  of  both  sexes  receive  no  education 
at  all,  or  must  be  sent  home,  at  a  great 
expense,  for  that  purpose.  This  would 
appear  to  be  much  the  case  at  Batavia,  for 
the  young  men  required  to  fill  situations 
of  responsibility  must  be  supplied  by  fresh 
importations ;  and  the  ladies,  surrouaded 
by  a  crowd  of  flattering  slave-girls,  gene^ 
rally  creolize  *  the  whole  day  in  a  delectable 

*  CreoLzing  is  an  easy  and  elegant  mode  of  lounging 
in  a  warm  climate ;  so  called,  because  much  in  fashion 
among  the  ladies  of  the  West  Indies :  that  is,  reclining 
back  in  one  arm-chair,  with  their  feet  upon  another,  and 
sometimes  upon  the  table. 


248  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

• 

state  of  apathy,  without  any  sort  of  occu- 
pation ;  at  sun-set,  perhaps,  taking  a  short 
airing  in  the  environs.  The  elder  dames 
inveterately  adhere  to  the  kubaya  (a  loose 
sort  of  gown,  or  wrapper,  sometimes  richly 
embroidered),  but  the  English  and  French 
modes  are  universal  among  the  rising  ge- 
neration. They  form  a  curious  contrast 
on  public  occasions,  for,  although  sump- 
tuary laws  exist,  which  prevent,  more  espe- 
cially ladies,  from  wearing  jewels  beyond  a 
certain  amount,  and  appealing  abroad  at- 
tended by  servants  exceeding  the  number 
allowed  for  the  particular  rank  of  their 
husbands  or  fathers ;  yet  all  classes,  male 
and  female,  seem  privileged  to  undress  them- 
selves as  they  please. 

One  evening,  on  our  passage  outwards, 
at  a  grand  ball  given  by  the  British  army 
officers,  on  the  anniversary  of  the  battle  of 
Waterloo,  at  the  Harmonic,  an  elderly 
gentleman,  in  a  full  suit  of  black,  highly 
trimmed,  and  in  the  cut  of  the  last  century, 
was  seen  strutting  about  the  room  with  a 
white  night-cap  on  his  head.  Indeed,  at 
dinner,  in  the  best  companies,  they  do  not 


TO   CHINA.  249 

hesitate  to  wear  their  hats,  if  there  is  the 
least  motion  in  the  air,  for  they  dread  no- 
thing so  much  as  sitting  in  a  current. 

The  villas  of  the  councillors  of  the  Indies 
are  distinguished  by  having  black  instead  of 
white  statues  in  their  fronts,  and  about  their 
gardens.  They  are,  generally,  heavy-look- 
ing houses,  situated  on  the  Jacatra  and  Rys- 
wick  roads,  but  have  an  air  of  stateliness. 

The  restored  Dutch  government  profess 
to  act  upon  the  principles  which  have  been 
found  successful  during  our  possession ;  but 
a  circumstance  which  occurred  a  short  time 
before  our  arrival  here  evinced  strong 
symptoms  of  a  recurrence  to  the  system  of 
terror.  A  body  of  the  natives,  about  five 
hundred  in  number,  having  had  some  dis- 
pute with  the  local  authorities  near  Indra 
Mayo,  whilst  making  representation  about 
some  hardship  (which  they  had  been  lately 
freely  in  the  habit  of  doing,  whenever  they 
considered  themselves  in  any  way  aggrieved); 
were  seized,  and  confined  in  a  house,  which, 
like  the  black  hole  at  Calcutta,  being  too 
small  for  the  prisoners,  they,  in  desperation, 
attempted  to  break  through  the  roof;  when 
a  body  of  military  having  by  tiiis  time  been 


250  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

collected,  they  were  fired  upon,  the  greater 
part  killed,  and  the  remainder,  in  some  way 
or  other,  destroyed.     It  is  somewhat  extra- 
ordinary that  the  Dutch,  who  are,  at  home, 
a  very  unassuming,  plain,  and  moral  sort 
of  people,  should  have  displayed,  on  so 
many    occasions,  a  ferocious  and   blood- 
thirsty disposition  in  their  colonies.     Mar- 
shal Daendels,  it  is  confessed,  made  many 
judicious  arrangements  by  the  vigour  of  his 
measures,  had  he  only  been  a  little  more 
scrupulous  as  to  the  mode  of  obtaining  his 
purposes  ;  but,  to  use  his  own  expression, 
he   "  found   it   necessary  to    put  himself 
"  above  the  usual  formalities,  and  to  disre- 
"  gard  every  law  but  that  which  enjoined 
"  the  preservation  of  the  colony  intrusted 
"  to  his  management." 

On  one  occasion  he  is  said  to  have  re- 
quested the  magistrates  to  demolish  their 
grand  church  in  Batavia,  which  was  not 
only  in  the  way  of  some  favourite  scheme 
he  had  in  view,  but  its  cupola  was  the  only 
land-mark  for  entering  the  bay,  and,  as 
such,  greatly  assisted  the  enemy's  cruizers. 
The  burgomasters  ventured  to  oppose  this 
project.  In  a  very  short  time  the  church 


TO  CHINA.  261 

was  found  to  be  on  fire ;  and  the  building 
being  thereby  in  a  great  degree  consumed 
and  damaged,  the  remainder  was  soon 
razed  to  the  ground  *.  His  great  military 
road,  carried  some  hundred  miles  across 
the  island,  cost  the  lives  of  thousands  of 
the  Javanese,  who  were  sacrificed  to  the 
system  of  forced  services.  He  appears  to 
have  been  little  less  despotic  with  the 
whites ;  and  many  stories  are  told  about 
him, "  that  he  could  even  make  hens  lay  eggs 
"  when  he  thought  proper ;"  but,  although 
all  seem  to  agree  that  he  carried  a  high  and 
imperious  hand,  yet  none  dare,  even  now, 
speak  ill  of  him,  for  fear  he  may  return. 

In  equipping  a  considerable  army,  merely 
from  the  resources  of  the  country,  when 
entirely  cut  off  from  any  communication 
with  Europe,  supplying  them  with  a  cloth 
adapted  to  the  climate,  and  furnishing 
them  with  most  of  the  other  accoutrements, 
he  put  the  manufacturing  talents  of  the 
natives  to  the  test,  and  he  succeeded. 

Sir    William    Keir,    Mr.   Feudal,    and 

*  The  incendiaries  were  never  found  out. 


252  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

Mr.  Cranssen,  were  still,  at  Batavia,  for 
the  purpose  of  finally  adjusting  the  transfer 
of  the  colonies,  with  the  commissioners  of 
his  majesty,  the  king  of  the  Netherlands. 
The  Dutch  squadron  was  absent  at  the  dif- 
ferent islands,  resuming  possession  of  them. 
They  had,  as  well  as  the  land-forces,  suf- 
fered a  very  heavy  loss  from  deaths ;  and 
the  Baron  de  Capellan,  who  is  individually 
a  man  of  humanity,  and  was  extremely 
solicitous  about  their  preservation,  wasstated 
to  have  personally  interfered  with  the  me- 
dical staff,  who  appear  to  have  been  much 
wedded  to  the  old-fashioned  practice,  and 
to  have  given  positive  orders  that  the  mode 
of  managing  the  sick,  which  had  been 
proved  successful  with  our  troops  %  on  the 
very  same  ground,  should  be  adhered  to. 

The  ship  Caesar,  Captain  Taylor,  having 
been  engaged  to  carry  to  England  the  em- 
bassy, with  the  officers  and  crew  of  the 
Alceste,  being  now  ready  for  sea,  her  equip- 
ment having  been  expedited  by  the  assist- 
ance of  our  artificers,  his  lordship  em- 
barked on  the  12th  of  April,  attended  by 
Sir  William  Keir,  and  all  his  staff,  and  re- 


TO    CHINA.  253 

ceiving,  from  the  Dutch  authorities,  every 
mark  of  respect    due   to   his   rank.     We 
sailed   on   the   same    morning,   and   soon 
cleared  the  Straits  of  Sunda,  and  proceeded 
with  a  fair  wind  across  the  Indian  Ocean. 
The  gay  scenes  we  had  experienced  for 
the  last  few  weeks  among  our  friends  at 
Weltevreden  and  Batavia,  and  which  we 
had  enjoyed  with  the  greater  spirit  from 
our  previous   adventures,  made  us   more 
susceptible  of  the  dull  sameness  attending 
our  present    sky-and-water    view.     But   a 
circumstance  occurred,  of  all  others,  pro- 
ducing the  most  instantaneous  and  effec- 
tual relief  from  this  feeling  of  tedium  vita  or 
ennui.     The  ship,  one  morning,  was  de- 
clared to  be  on  fire  in  the  after  store-room, 
and  (to  render  the  intelligence  still  more 
agreeable  and  interesting)  close  to  the  ma- 
gazine, whilst  the  flames  seen  in  that  direc- 
tion, and  volumes  of  smoke  now  bursting 
forth,  left  no  doubt  of  the  fact.     In  a  mo- 
ment the  liveliest  bustle  took  place  of  list- 
less yawning,  and  every  mind  was  roused 
into  a  state  of  the  highest  activity.     To  be 
in  a  ship  on  fire  in  the  middle  of  the  ocean 


254  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

is  supposed  to  be  the  most  awkward  and 
unenviable  situation  in  which   a  man   of 
weak  nerves  can  be  placed.     Some  again 
assert  that  it  affords,  more  than  any  other 
occasion,  an  opportunity  for  the  display  of 
coolness,  presence  of  mind,  and  decision. 
Happily,  there  were  not  wanting  many  pos- 
sessing the  latter  qualities,  who,  by  pushing 
through  the  smoke  to  the  point  of  danger, 
and  scuttling  the  decks  immediately  above 
the  place,  succeeded  in  extinguishing  the 
flames  in  about  three  quarters  of  an  hour, 
but  not  without  considerable  difficulty  and 
damage.     Very  fortunately  it  was  washing 
morning,  and,  of  course,  buckets,  and  other 
water  utensils,  were  at  hand.     Had  the  ac- 
cident taken  place  during  the  night,  or 
had  it  been  unobserved  for  a  few  minutes 
longer,  and  the  fire  had  communicated  to 
some  oil  and  other  combustibles  near  it, 
no  human  power  could  have  saved  us.  This 
alarming   occurrence,    so    nearly   proving 
fatal,  was  occasioned  by  an  idle  looby,  be- 
longing to  the  Caesar,  carelessly  pumping 
off  spirits  with  a  naked  light,  in  order  to 
preserve  the  body  of  a  parrot,  which  had 


TO  CHINA.  255 

died  the  night  before.  It  had  the  effect, 
however,  of  occasioning  the  most  rigorous 
precautions  in  future. 

Notwithstanding  the  crowded  state  of 
the  Caesar,  two  passengers,  of  rather  a  sin- 
gular nature,  were  put  on  board  at  Batavia, 
for  a  passage  to  England  :  the  one,  a  snake 
of  that  species  called  Boa  Constrictor  ;  the 
other,  an  Ourang  Outang. — The  former 
was  somewhat  small  of  his  kind,  being 
only  about  sixteen  feet  long,  and  of  about 
eighteen  inches  in  circumference ;  but  his 
stomach  was  rather  disproportionate  to  his 
size,  as  will  presently  appear. — He  was  a  na- 
tive of  Borneo,  and  was  the  property  of  a 
gentleman  (now  in  England),  who  had  two  of 
the  same  sort ;  but,  in  their  passage  up  to 
Batavia,  one  of  them  broke  loose  from  his 
confinement,  and  very  soon  cleared  the 
decks,  as  every  body  very  civilly  made 
way  for  him.  Not  being  used  to  a  ship, 
however,  or  taking,  perhaps,  the  sea  for  a 
green  field,  he  sprawled  overboard,  and 
was  drowned.  He  is  said  not  to  have 
sunk  immediately,  but  to  have  reared  his 
head  several  times,  and  with  it  a  consider- 


256  VOYAGE  OP  H.  M.  S,  ALCESTE 

able  portion  of  his  body,  out  of  the  sea, 
His  companion,  lately  our  shipmate,  was 
brought  safely  on  shore,  and  lodged  in  the 
court-yard  of  Mr.  Davidson's  house  at 
Ryswick,  where  he  remained  for  some 
months,  waiting  for  an  opportunity  of  being 
conveyed  home  in  some  commodious  ship 
sailing  directly  for  England,  and  where  he 
was  likely  to  be  carefully  attended  to. 
This  opportunity  offered  in  the  Caesar,  and 
he  was  accordingly  embarked  on  board 
of  that  ship  with  the  rest  of  her  numerous 
passengers. 

During  his  stay  at  Ryswick  he  is  said  to 
have  been  usually  entertained  with  a  goat  for 
dinner  once  in  every  three  or  four  weeks, 
with  occasionally  a  duck  or  a  fowl,  by  way 
of  a  desert. — He  was  brought  on  board 
shut  up  in  a  wooden  crib  or  cage,  the  bars 
of  which  were  sufficiently  close  to  prevent 
his  escape ;  and  it  had  a  sliding  door,  for 
the  purpose  of  admitting  the  articles  on 
wrhich  he  was  to  subsist;  the  dimen- 
sions of  the  crib  were  about  four  feet 
high,  and  about  five  feet  square;  a  space 
sufficiently  large  to  allow  him  to  coil  him- 


TO    CHINA.  257 

self  round  with  ease.     The  live  stock  for  his 
use  during  the  passage,   consisting  of  six 
goats  of  the  ordinary  size,  were  sent  with 
him  on  board,  five  being  considered  as  a 
fair  allowance  for  as  many  months.     At  ail 
early  period  of  the  voyage  we  had  an  exhi- 
bition of  his  talent  in  the  way  of  eating, 
which  was  publicly  performed  on  the  quar- 
ter-deck, upon  which  he  was  brought.    The 
sliding  door  being  opened,  one  of  the  goats 
was  thrust  in,  and  the  door  of  the  cage 
shut.     The  poor  goat,  as  if  instantly  aware 
of  all  the  horrors  of  its  perilous  situation, 
immediatelybegan  to  utterthe  most  piercing 
and  distressing  cries,  butting  instinctively, 
at  the  same   time,  with  its  head  towards 
the  serpent,  in  self-defence. 

The  snake,  which  at  firstappeared  scarce- 
ly to  notice  the  poor  animal,  soon  began 
to  stir  a  little,  and,  turning  his  head  in  the 
direction  of  the  goat,  it  at  length  fixed  a 
deadly  and  malignant  eye  on  the  trembling 
victim,  whose  agony  and  terror  seemed  to  in- 
crease; for,  previous  to  the  snake  seizing  its 
prey,  it  shook  in  every  limb,  but  still  con- 
tinuing its  unavailing  show  of  attack,  by 

s 


* 

258  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.S.  ALCESTE 

butting  at  the  serpent,  who  now  became 
sufficiently  animated  to  prepare  for  the 
banquet.  The  first  operation  was  that  of 
darting  out  his  forked  tongue,  and  at  the 
same  time  rearing  a  little  his  head ;  then 
suddenly  seizing  the  goat  by  the  fore  leg 
with  his  mouth,  and  throwing  him  down, 
he  was  encircled  in  an  instant  in  his  horrid 
folds.  So  quick,  indeed,  and  so  instanta- 
neous was  the  act,  that  it  was  impossible 
for  the  eye  to  follow  the  rapid  convolution 
of  his  elongated  body.  It  was  not  a  re- 
gular screw-like  turn  that  was  formed,  but 
resembling  rather  a  knot,  one  part  of  the 
body  overlaying  the  other,  as  if  to  add 
weight  to  the  muscular  pressure,  the  more 
effectually  to  crush  his  object.  During  this 
time  he  continued  to  grasp  with  his  mouth, 
though  it  appeared  an  unnecessary  pre- 
caution, that  part  of  the  animal  which 
he  had  first  seized.  The  poor  goat,  in 
the  mean  time,  continued  its  feeble  and 
half-stifled  cries  for  some  minutes,  but 
they  soon  became  more  and  more  faint, 
and  at  last  it  expired.  The  snake,  how- 
ever, retained  it  for  a  considerable  time 


TO    CHINA.  259 

in    its     grasp,     after    it    was    apparently 
motionless.      He    then   began  slowly  and 
cautiously  to  unfold  himself,   till  the  goat 
fell    dead    from    his    monstrous  embrace, 
when  he  began  to  prepare  himself  for  the 
feast.     Placing  his  mouth  in  front  of  the 
head  of  the  dead  animal,  he  commenced 
by  lubricating  with  his  saliva  that  part  of 
the  goat ;  and  then  taking  its  muzzle  into 
his  mouth,  which  had,  and  indeed  always 
has,    the  appearance  of  a  raw  lacerated 
wound,  he  sucked  it  i?i,  as  far  as  the  horns 
would  allow.  These  protuberances  opposed 
some  little  difficulty,  not  so  much  from  their 
extent  as  from  their  points;  however,  they 
also,  in  a  very  short  time,  disappeared;  that 
is  to  say,  externally  ;  but  their  progress  was 
still  to  be  traced  very  distinctly   on    the 
outside,  threatening  every  moment  to  pro- 
trude through  the  skin.    The  victim  had 
now  descended  as  far  as  the  shoulders ;  and 
it  was  an  astonishing  sight  to  observe  the 

o       o 

extraordinary  action  of  the  snake's  muscles 
when  stretched  to  such  an  unnatural  ex- 
tent— an  extent  which  must  have  utterly 
destroyed  all  muscular  power  in  any 

s  2 


260  VOYAGE  OF  H.  Wf.  S.  ALCESTE 

animal  that  was  not,  like  itself,  endowed 
with  very  peculiar  faculties  of  expansion 
and  action  at  the  same  time.     When  his 
head  and  neck  had  no  other  appearance 
than    that    of   a   serpent's    skin,     stuffed 
almost  to  bursting,  still  the  workings  of  the 
muscles  were   evident ;  and  his  power  of 
suction,  as  it  is  erroneously  called,  unabated ; 
it  was,  in  fact,  the  effect  of  a  contractile 
muscular  power,  assisted  by  two  rows  of 
strong  hooked  teeth.    With  all  this  he  must 
be  so  formed  as  to  be  able  to  suspend,  for 
a  time,  his  respiration,  for  it  is  impossible 
to  conceive  that  the  process  of  breathing 
could  be  carried  on  while  the  mouth  and 
throat  were  so  completely  stuffed  and  ex- 
panded by  the  body  of  the  goat,  and  the 
lungs  themselves  (admitting  the  trachea  to 
be  ever  so  hard)  compressed,  as  they  must 
have  been,  by  its  passage  downwards. 

The  whole  operation  of  completely 
gorging  the  goat  occupied  about  two  hours 
and  twenty  minutes :  at  the  end  of  which 
time,  the  tumefaction  was  confined  to  the 
middle  part  of  the  body,  or  stomach,  the 
superior  parts,  which  had  been  so  much 


TO    CHINA.  261 

distended,  having  resumed  their  natural 
dimensions.  He  now  coiled  himself  up 
again,  and  laid  quietly  in  his  usual  torpid 
state  for  about  three  weeks  or  a  month, 
when,  his  last  meal  appearing  to  be  com- 
pletely digested  and  dissolved,  he  was  pre- 
sented with  another  goat,  which  he  devoured 
with  equal  facility.  It  would  appear  that 
almost  all  he  swallows  is  converted  into 
nutrition,  for  a  small  quantity  of  calca- 
reous matter  (and  that,  perhaps,  not  a 
tenth  part  of  the  bones  of  the  animal) 

with     occasionallv    some    of    the    hairs, 

«/ 

seemed  to  compose  his  general  feces ; — and 
this  may  account  for  these  animals  being  able 
to  remain  so  long  without  a  supply  of  food. 
He  had  more  difficulty  in  killing  a  fowl 
than  a  larger  animal,  the  former  being  too 
small  for  his  grasp. 

Few  of  those  who  had  witnessed  his  first 
exhibition  were  desirous  of  being  present 
at  the  second.  A  man  may  be  impelled  by 
curiosity,  and  a  wish  to  ascertain  the  truth 
of  a  fact  frequently  stated,  but  which  seems 
almost  incredible,  to  satisfy  his  own  mind 
by  ocular  proof;  but  he  will  leave  the 


262  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

scene  with  those  feelings  of  horror  and  dis- 
gust, which  such  a  sight  is  well  calculated 
to  create.  It  is  difficult  to  behold,  without 
the  most  painful  sensation,  the  anxiety  and 
trepidation  of  the  harmless  victim,  or  to  ob- 
serve the  hideous  writhing  of  the  serpent 
around  his  prey,  and  not  to  imagine  what 
our  own  case  would  be  in  the  same  helpless 
and  dreadful  situation. 

A  lion,  a  tiger,  and  other  beasts  of  prey, 
are  sufficiently  terrible ;  but  they  seldom, 
unless  strongly  urged  by  hunger,  attack 
human  beings,  and  generally  give  some  sort 
of  warning  ;  but,  against  the  silent,  sly,  and 
insidious  approach  of  a  snake,  there  is  no 
guarding,  nor  any  escape  when  once  en- 
twined within  his  folds. 

As  we  approached  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  this  animal  began  to  droop,  as  was 
then  supposed,  from  the  increasing  cold- 
ness of  the  weather,  (which  may  probably 
have  had  its  influence,)  and  he  refused  to 
kill  some  fowls  which  were  offered  to  him. 
Between  the  Cape  and  St.  Helena  he  was 
found  dead  in  his  cage;  and,  on  dissection, 
the  coats  of  his  stomach  were  discovered 


TO  CHINA.  263 

to  be  excoriated  and  perforated  by  worms. 
Nothing  remained  of  the  goat  except  one 
of  the  horns,  every  other  part  being  dis- 
solved. 

It  may  here  be  mentioned,  that,  during 
a  captivity  of  some  months  at  Whidah,  in 
the  kingdom  of  Dahomey,  on  the  coast 
of  Africa,  the  author  of  this  narrative  had 
opportunities  of  observing  snakes  more 
than  double  the  size  of  this  one  just  de- 
scribed ;  but  he  cannot  venture  to  say 
whether  or  not  they  were  of  the  same 
species,  though  he  has  no  doubt  of  their 
being  of  the  genus  Boa.  They  killed  their 
prey,  however,  precisely  in  a  similar 
manner ;  and,  from  their  superior  bulk, 
were  capable  of  swallowing  animals  much 
larger  than  goats  or  sheep.  Governor  Ab- 
son,  who  had  for  thirty-seven  years  resided 
at  Fort  William,  (one  of  the  African  Com- 
pany's settlements  here,)  described  some 
desperate  struggles  which  he  had  either 
seen,  or  came  to  his  knowledge,  between 
the  snakes  and  wild  beasts,  as  well  as 
the  smaller  cattle,  in  which  the  former 
were  always  victorious.  A  negro  herds- 


264  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

man  belonging  to  Mr,  Abson  (who  after- 
wards limped  for  many  years  about  the 
fort)  had  been  seized  by  one  of  these 
monsters  by  the  thigh;  but,  from  his  situa- 
tion in  a  wood,  the  serpent,  in  attempting 
to  throw  itself  around  him,  got  entangled 
with  a  tree;  and  the  man,  being  thus  pre- 
served from  a  state  of  compression  which 
would  have  instantly  rendered  him  quite 
powerless,  had  presence  of  mind  enough 
to  cut  with  a  large  knife,  which  he  car- 
ried about  with  him,  deep  gashes  in  the 
neck  and  throat  of  his  antagonist,  thereby 
killing  it,  and  disengaging  himself  from 
his  alarming  situation.  He  never  after- 
wards, however,  recovered  the  use  of  that 
limb,  which  had  sustained  considerable 
injury  from  his  fangs,  and  the  mere  force 
of  his  jaws. 

These  larger  reptiles  are  seldom  ob- 
served to  be  venomous,  the  smaller  tribe 
being,  in  this  respect,  much  more  dan- 
gerous. 

In  this  country  they  had  a  smaller 
species  of  snake,  called  Daboa,  which  is 
the  object  of  their  worship  and  adoration. 


TO    CHINA.  265 

It  is  perfectly  harmless,  (to  larger  crea- 
tures,) and  is  tameable.  Great  attention 
is  paid  to  any  that  are  found,  being 
lodged  in  their  temples,  and  fed  by  the 
priestesses  with  rats,  mice,  and  smaller 
animals.  People  who  are  sick  apply  to 
it  for  relief;  and,  should  one  of  them 
happen  to  entwine  itself  around  a  preg- 
nant woman,  it  is  considered  the  happiest 
possibJe  omen  for  herself  and  child.  In 
this  state  she  proudly  marches  through 
the  town,  sanctified,  as  it  were,  by  the 
attachment  of  the  snake,  which  encircles 
her  naked  frame ;  and  followed  by 
crowds,  those  who  meet  her  falling  on 
their  knees,  and  snapping  their  fingers 
(the  usual  salutation)  as  she  passes. 

The  Ourang  Outang,  also  a  native  of 
Borneo,  is  an  animal  remarkable  not  only 
from  being  extremely  rare,  but  as  possess- 
ing, in  many  respects,  a  strong  resemblance 
to  man.  What  is  technically  "denominated 
the  cranium  is  perfectly  human  in  its  ap- 
pearance ;  the  shape  of  the  upper  put  of 
the  head,  the  forehead,  the  eyes  (which  are 
dark  and  full),  the  eye-lashes,  and,  indeed. 


266  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.S.  ALCESTE 

every  thing  relating  to  the  eyes  and  ears, 
differing  jh  no  respect  from  man.  The  hair 
of  his  head,  however,  is  merely  the  same 
which  covers  his  body  generally.  The  nose 
is  very  flat, — the  distance  between  it  and 
the  mouth  considerable ;  the  chin,  and,  in 
fact,  the  whole  of  the  lower  jaw,  is  very 
large,  and  his  teeth,  twenty-six  in  number, 
are  strong.  The  lower  part  of  his  face  is 
what  may  be  termed  an  ugly,  or  caricature, 
likeness  of  the  human  countenance.  The 
position  of  the  scapulae,  or  shoulder  blades, 
the  general  form  of  the  shoulders  and 
breasts,  as  well  •  as  the  figure  of  the  arms, 
the  elbow-joint  especially,  and  the  hands, 
strongly  continue  the  resemblance.  The 
metacarpal,  or  that  part  of  the  hand  imme- 
diately above  the  fingers,  is  somewhat  elon- 
gated ;  and,  by  the  thumb  being  thrown  a 
little  higher  up,  nature  seems  to  have 
adapted  the  hand  to  his  mode  of  life,  and 
given  him  the  power  of  grasping  more 
effectually  the  branches  of  trees. 

He  is  corpulent  about  the  abdomen,  or, 
in  common  phrase,  rather  pot-bellied,  look- 
ing like  one  of  those  figures  of  Bacchus 


TO    CHINA.  267 

often  seen  riding  on  casks ;  but  whether 
this  is  his  natural  appearance  when  wild,  or 
acquired  since  his  introduction  into  new 
society,  and  by  indulging  in  a  high  style  of 
living,  it  is  difficult  to  determine. 

His  thighs  and  legs  are  short  and  bandy, 
the  ankle  and  heel  like  the  human ;  but  the 
fore  part  of  the  foot  is  composed  of  toes, 
as  long  and  as  pliable  as  his  fingers,  with  a 
thumb  a  little  situated  before  the  inner 
ankle ;  this  conformation  enabling  him  to 
hold  equally  fast  with  his  feet  as  with  his 
hands.  When  he  stands  erect  he  is  about 
three  feet  high,  and  he  can  walk,  when  led, 
like  a  child  ;  but  his  natural  locomotion, 
when  on  a  plane  surface,  is  supporting 
himself  along,  at  every  step,  by  placing  the 
knuckles  of  his  hands  upon  the  ground. 
All  the  fingers,  both  of  the  hands  and  feet, 
have  nails  exactly  like  the  human  race, 
except  the  thumb  of  the  foot,  which  is 
without  any. 

His  natural  food  would  appear  to  be  all 
kinds  of  fruit  and  nuts  ;  but  he  eats  biscuit, 
or  any  other  sort  of  bread,  and  sometimes 


268  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

animal  food.  He  will  drink  grog,  or  even 
spirits,  if  given  to  him ;  and  has  been  known 
repeatedly  to  help  himself  in  this  way  :  he 
was  also  taught  to  sip  his  tea  or  coffee,  and, 
since  his  arrival  in  England,  has  discovered 
a  taste  for  a  pot  of  porter.  His  usual  con- 
duct is  not  mischievous,  and  chattering 
like  that  of  monkeys  in  general ;  but  he  has 
rather  a  grave  and  sedate  character,  and 
is  much  inclined  to  be  social,  and  on  good 

o 

terms,  with  every  body.  He  made  no  diffi- 
culty, however,  when  cold,  or  inclined  to 
sleep,  in  supplying  himself  with  any  jacket 
he  found  hanging  about,  or  in  stealing  a 
pillow  from  a  hammock,  in  order  to  lie 
more  soft  and  comfortably. 

Sometimes  when  teased  by  shewing 
him  something  to  eat,  he  would  display 
in  a  very  strong  manner  the  human  pas- 
sions, following  the  person  whining  and 
crying,  throwing  himself  off  on  his  back, 
and  rolling  about  apparently  in  a  great 
rage,  attempting  to  bite  those  near  him, 
and  frequently  lowering  himself  by  a 
rope  over  the  ship's  side,  as  if  pretending 


TO    CHINA.  269 

to  drown  himself;  but,  when  he  came  near 
the  water's  edge,  he  always  reconsidered 
the  matter,  and  came  on  board  again.  He 
would  often  rifle  and  examine  the  pockets 
of  his  friends  in  quest  of  nuts  and  biscuits, 
which  they  sometimes  carried  for  him.  He 
had  a  great  antipathy  to  the  smaller  tribe  of 
monkeys,  and  would  throw  them  overboard 
if  he  could  ;  but  in  his  general  habits  and 
disposition  there  is  much  docility  and  good 
nature,  and,  when  not  annoyed,  is  ex- 
tremely inoffensive.  He  approaches,  upon 
the  whole,  nearer  to  the  human  kind  than 
any  other  animal. 

On  the  2?th  May  we  anchored  in  Simon's 
Bay,  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  from 
which  we  sailed  again  on  the  llth  of  June, 
steering  for  St.  Helena,  where  we  arrived 
on  the  27th.  The  exterior  of  this  island 
has  much  of  that  appearance  which  induced 
Madame  Bertrand  to  term  it  the  birth- 
place of  the  demon  of  Ennui ;  but  the  in- 
terior is  not  destitute  of  beauties,  for  there 
are  many  very  pleasing  spots  situated  in  its 
different  valleys. 


270  VOYAGE   OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

One  cannot  help,  in  contemplating  the 
calm  tranquillity  which  reigns  about  Long- 
wood  (now  the  peaceful  habitacion  of  the 
greatest  agitator  of  the  world),  being  forci- 
bly struck  by  the  great  mutability  of  human 
affairs. 

Buonaparte  had  for  a  considerable  time 
past  been  very  retired  and  difficult  of 
access,  but  he  was  perfectly  disposed  to 
see  Lord  Amherst;  and  on  the  day  pre- 
vious to  our  departure  his  lordship  rode 
out  there,  accompanied  b}T  the  gentlemen 
of  his  suite.  He  was  introduced  by  Ber- 
trand  with  not  a  little  form,  and  had,  as  well 
as  Mr.  Ellis,  a  very  long  private  conver- 
sation previous  to  the  introduction  of  the 
other  gentlemen,  wrho  in  the  mean  time 
were  attended  by  Generals  Bertram!,  Mon- 
tholon,  and  Gourgaud,  in  the  next  room. 
At  last  they  also  were  ushered  in ;  and  a 
ring  having  been  formed  by  the  Marshal 
round  the  principal  personage  of  the  group, 
Lord  Amherst  presented  to  him  fust  Captain 
Maxwell,  to  whom  he  bowed  very  civilly, 
and  said  his  name  was  not  unknown  to 


TO    CHINA. 


271 


him  ;  observing,  he  had  commanded  on  an 
occasion  where  one  of  his  frigates,  La  Po- 
mone,  was  taken  in  the  Mediterranean. 
"  Vous  etiez  trfa  mtchant — Eh  bien!  your 
government  must  not  blame  you  for  the 
loss  of  the  Alceste,  for  you  have  taken 
one  of  my  frigates/'  He  said  he  was  very 
happy  to  see  young  Jeffery  Amherst,  and 
good-humouredly  asked  him  what  pre- 
sents he  had  brought  with  him  from  China, 
and  so  forth. 

The  author  of  this  narrative  he  interro- 
gatedaboutthe  length  of  time  he  had  served, 
and  whether  he  had  been  wounded ;  re- 
peating the  last  question  in  English. 

Proceeding  next  to  Mr.  Abel,  (who  was 
introduced  as  naturalist,)  he  inquired  if  he 
belonged  to  the  Royal  Society,  or  any  of 
the  public  institutions,  or  was  a  candidate 
for  that  honour ;  asking  if  he  had  been 
happy,  in  this  voyage,  in  making  any  dis- 
coveries in  natural  history,  which  could  add 
to  our  stock  of  knowledge  on  that  subject. 
Whether  he  knew  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  whose 
name,  he  said,  was  a  passport  in  France  ; 


272  VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE 

and  his  wishes  always  attended  to,  even 
during  war. 

Mr.  Cooke's  name  induced  him  to  ask 
if  he  was  a  descendant  of  the  celebrated 
navigator ;  observing,  "  You  had  a  Cook, 
who  was,  indeed,  a  great  man/'  He  re- 
quested to  know,  on  Dr.  Lynn  being  pre- 
sented, at  what  university  he  had  studied. — 
"  At  Edinburgh"  was  the  reply. — "  Edin- 
boorg  \"  he  repeated  ;  and  went  on  to  in- 
terrogate him  whether  he  was  a  Brunonian 
in  practice;  or  if  he  bled  and  gave  as  much 
mercury  as  our  St.  Helena  doctors. 

Mr.  Griffith,  the  chaplain,  was  next  in- 
troduced, whom  Buonaparte  termed  I'Au- 
monier,  and  pronouncing,  also,  in  English, 
clair-gee-man.  "  Well,  sir/'  he  continued, 
"  have  you  found  out  what  religion  the  Chi- 
nese profess  V  Mr.  G.  replied  it  was  some- 
what difficult  to  say  ;  but  it  seemed  a  sort  of 
polytheism.  Not  appearing  to  understand 
the  meaning  of  this  word,  spoken  in  Eng- 
lish, Bertrand  remarked  "  PluraliteckDieiLr" 
— "  Ahl  pluralite  deDieux?  said  he; "  do  they 
believe  in  the  immortality  of  the  soul  ?"  "  I 


TO    CHINA.  273 

think  they  have  some  idea  of  a  future  state" 
was  the  reply.  "  Well,"  said  Buonaparte, 
"  when  you  go  home  you  must  get  a  gocd 
living ;  I  wish  you  may  be  made  a  pre- 
bendary, sir/'  Proceeding  to  Mr.  Hayne,  he 
also  questioned  him  in  some  general  way ; 
and  having  now  completed  the  circle,  and 
said  something  to  every  body,  he  very 
courteously  bowed  to  each  of  the  party  as 
they  retired,  who  all  felt  much  gratified  at 
the  opportunity  of  the  interview.  Although 
there  was  nothing  descending  in  his  manner, 
yet  it  was  affable  and  polite ;  and,  whatever 
may  be  his  general  habit,  he  can  behave 
himself  very  prettily  if  he  pleases.  He  is 
by  no  means  so  corpulent  as  is  usually  re- 
presented, and  his  health  appears  to  be 
excellent.  Longwood,  from  its  situation, 
ought  certainly  to  be  highly  salubrious. 
On  the  2d  of  July  we  sailed  from  St.  Helena, 
touched  at  the  Island  of  Ascension  on 
the  7th,  and,  on  the  12th,  crossed  the  line, 
and  got  into  our  own  hemisphere.  Our 
passage  homewards  was  extremely  favour- 
able, on  the  16th  of  August  making  the 

T 


274   VOYAGE  OF  H.  M.  S.  ALCESTE  TO  CHINA. 

land,  and  the  next  morning  brought  us  to 
Spithead,  from  whence  we  landed  once 
more  in  our  native  isle;  not  merely  with 
the  common  feeling  of  happiness  which  all 
mankind  naturally  enjoy  on  revisiting  the 
land  of  their  birth,  but  with  those  sensa- 
tions of  pride  and  satisfaction  with  which 
every  Briton  may  look  round  him,  in  his 
own  country,  after  having  seen  all  others. 


END    OF   THE    NARRATIVE. 


APPENDIX. 


No.  I. 

ON  our  arrival  at  Portsmouth,  a  court-martial  (as  is 
usual  in  the  navy)  was  held  on  board  the  Queen  Char- 
lotte, to  inquire  into  all  the  circumstances  attending  the 
loss  of  the  ship,  and  into  the  conduct  of  the  officers  and 
men  on  that  occasion;  composed  of  Captaia  Sir  Archi- 
bald Dickson,  Bart.  President;  Captains  Alexander, 
Dacres,  Meynell,  and  Hickey  ;  Moses  Greatham,  Judge 
Advocate ;  when,  after  Captain  Maxwell's  interesting  nar- 
rative, detailing  the  facts  relative  thereto,  having  been  read, 
and  a  number  of  witnesses  examined  on  the  various  state- 
ments contained  in  it,  the  Court  pronounced  the  following 
sentence,  after  the  usual  preamble : — 

"  Having  maturely  and  deliberately  weighed  and  consi- 
"  dered  the  whole,  the  Court  is  of  opinion  that  the  loss 
"  of  his  Majesty's  late  ship  Alceste  was  caused  by  her 
"  striking  on  a  sunken  rock,  until  then  unknown  hi  the 
*'  Straits  of  Gaspar.  That  Captain  Murray  Maxwell, 
'  previous  to  the  circumstance,  appeared  to  have  con- 

T  2 


276  APPENDIX. 

"  ducted  himself  in  the  most  zealous  and  officer-like  inan- 
"  ner;  and,  after  the  ship  struck,  his  coolness,  self-col- 
"  lection,  and  exertions,  were  highly  conspicuous ;  and 
"  that  every  thing  was  done  by  him  and  his  officers, 
"  within  the  power  of  man  to  execute,  previous  to  the 
"  loss  of  the  ship,  and  afterwards  to  preserve  the  lives  of 
"  the  Right  Honourable  Lord  Amherst,  his  Majesty's 
"  Embassador,  and  his  suite,  as  well  as  those  of  the 
"  ship's  company,  and  to  save  her  stores  on  that  occa- 
"  sion  ;  and  therefore  adjudge  the  said  Captain  Murray 
"  Maxwell,  his  officers  and  men,  to  be  most  fully 
"  acquitted." 

The  Court  was  very  crowded,  and  there  were 
present  Lords  Amherst  and  Colchester.  The  former, 
being  examined  by  the  Court,  stated,  '*  that  he  had  se- 
"  lected  Captain  Maxwell,  on  the  occasion  of  the  em- 
"  bassy,  from  motives  of  personal  friendship,  as  well  as 
"  from  the  high  opinion  he  entertained  of  his  professional 
"  character,  which  opinion  had  been  much  increased  by 
"  the  events  of  this  voyage." 


APPENDIX.  277 


No.  II. 

CHRONOLOGICAL  LIST  of  the  Kings  of  Lewcherc, 
from  the  End  of  the  Twelfth  Century,  to  the  Beginning 

of  last. 

. 

First  Year  of  Duration  of 

their  Reign.  Lired.  Reign. 

NAMES  OF  KINGS.  

A.  D.  Yean.  Years. 

Chun-tien 118?  72  51 

Chun-Machuny,  son  of  Chun-tien  .     1238  64  11 

Ypen,  son  of  Chun-Machuny  - ...      1249  —  * — 

Yn-tsou     1260  71  40 

Ta-tching,  son  of  Yn-tsou    1301  —  9 

Yn-tse,  second  son  of  Ta-tching..      1309  —  5 

Yu-tching,  fourth  son  of  Yn-tse  ..      1314  —  23 

Ly-Oucy,  son  of  Yu-tching     ....      1337  23  14 

Tsay-tou 1350  —  46 

Ou-ning,  son  of  Tsay-tou    1396  —  — 

Tse-chao,  son  of  Ou-ning    1406  —  16 

Chang-pa-tchi,  son  of  Tse-chao  ..      1424  68  18 
Chang-tchong,     second      son     of 

Chang-pa-tchi 1440  54  — 

Chang-tse-ta,  son  of  Chan-tchong .     1445  42  5 
Chang-kin-foo,  paternal    uncle   of 

Chang-tse-ta 1450  52  4 

Chang-tai-kieou,  brother  of  Chang- 
kin-foo 1454  46  T 


278  APPENDIX. 


NAMES  OF  KINGS. 


First-Ye»T  of  Duration  of 

tbeir  R'ign.        Lired.         Rrign. 


A.  D.            Yean.  Year*. 

Chang-te,  third  son  of  Chang- 

ta-kieon  1461  29  9 

Chan-y-ven    1 470       62  7 

Chang-tching,  sonof  Chang-y-ven. .      1477       62  50 

Chang-tsing,  third  son  of  Cbang- 

tching  1527  59  29 

Chang-y-ven,  second  son  of  Chang- 
tsing 1556  45  17 

Chartg-yong,  second  son  of  Chang- 
y-ven  1573  35  16 

Chang-ning,  grandson  of  Chung- 

tsing 1 588  57  S2 

Chang-fong,  descendant  of  a  bro- 
ther of  Chang-yong 1 6<2 1  .  51  20 

Chang-hien,  third  son  of  Chang-fong      1641        23  7 

Chang-tche,  brother  of  Chang-hien      1648       40  21 

Chang-tching,  son  of  Chang-hien. .      1669       65  41 

Chang-pen,  grandson  of  Chang- 
tching  1710  34  3 

Chang-king,  son  of  Chang-pen. ...      1713       —  — 

The  above  list  being  copied,  by  Pere  Gaubil,  from  the 

Chinese  Report  of  Suppa-Koang,  they  have,  in  that 
translation  from  the  original  language,  no  doubt,  acquired 
their  present  Chinese  character  of  expression. 


APPENDIX. 


279 


No.  III. 

NAMES  and  SITUATION  of  the  Lezvchew  Islands, 
according  to  the  same  authority.. 


To  the  North-eastward. 

Yoii-chang-pou 

Fokou 

Yeoula 

Oa-kinou 

Kia-ki-luma 

Tatao  (of  considerable  size) 

Ki-ki-ai 

To  the  South  and  Westward. 
Typin  chan,orMa-kou-chan 
Ykima 
Yleang-pa 
Koulirna 
Talama 
Mienna 
Oukorai 
Pat-chong-chan 
Palouma 
•Yeouni  Koumi 
Kaumi 

Te-ke-tou-non 
Kauli-che-ma 
Ola-ke-se-kou 
Pa-tou-li-ma 


To  the  North  and  Westward. 

Gan-kiui-chan 

Kichan 

Ye-Kichan 

Lun-koan-chan  (or  Sulphur 

Island) 
Mat-che-chan,      surrounded 

by  five  islets 
Another  Mat-che-chan 
Koumi- chan 

To  the  Eastward, 
Kon-ta-tia 
Tsin-kinou 
Ysi 
Pama 


The  whole  situate  at  va- 
rious distances,  extending 
from  the  main  island  to- 
wards Japan,  Corea,  and  the 
island  of  Formosa,  four  only 
lying  to  the  eastward. 


280 


APPENDIX. 


No.  IV. 

MR.  FISHER  collected  a  few  of  the  I^ewchewan  words, 
which  may  tend  to  give  some  idea  of  the  sound  of  their 
language. 


Beard. 

Button. 

Book. 

Bite. 

Boat  \vith  Sails. 

Boat  rowed  with  Oars. 

Brunches  of  Trees. 

Comb. 

Chair. 

Cows. 

Cold. 

Cut. 

Candle. 

Coffin. 

Come  a  shore. 

Cloth. 

Colours  (Ensign). 

Coral. 


Figoo. 

Tama. 

Shumutsee. 

Quayon. 

Tima. 

Chunee. 

Tanuii. 

Sabachee. 

Ee. 

Ooshu. 

Fuisa. 

Chichau. 

Doe. 

Quan. 

Chung. 

Dasha. 

Chuata. 

Ooru. 


APPENDIX. 


281 


Come  here. 

Cuma  cay-chung. 

Day. 

Okiou. 

Drink. 

iN'ummee. 

Dead. 

Sijoug. 

Eye. 

Me. 

Egg. 

Cooga. 

JEarth. 

Sinna. 

Eat. 

Conun. 

Fingers. 

Ibec. 

Feet. 

Fisha. 

Fowls. 

Fuee. 

Fan. 

Ogee. 

Fan-ning. 

Ogee-shun. 

Fish-ing. 

Juh-shun. 

Goat. 

Figa. 

Good. 

Yuti.ssa. 

Grave  (for  dead). 

Hacka. 

Good-by,  or  adieu. 

Wa-coutee. 

God. 

Joh. 

Gong. 

Caniutchung. 

Hair. 

Carasee. 

Hat. 

Camuree. 

He. 

Adee. 

Handkerchief. 

Sagee. 

Horse. 

Mah. 

•Head-pin  with  a  star-head. 

Camesashee. 

Head-pin  with  a  scoop-head 

.  Usisashee. 

How  do  you  do  ? 

Uga-ina-bidda  ? 

Ink. 

Tamagufing. 

Jar. 

Tusaadzee. 

I  or  me. 

Oau. 

I  will  come  again. 

Atucara. 

282 


APPENDIX. 


I  do  not  understand. 

I  thauk  you. 

I  will  go. 

1  v,  ill  sing. 

Knife. 

Lurge. 

Moon. 

Musquito, 

Milk. 

Man. 

Nose. 

Nails. 

Night. 

Not  good. 

No. 

Oil. 

Paper. 

Potatoes  (sweet) 

Physician  or  Surgeon. 

Priest. 

Pig. 

Rain. 

Riding. 

Sun. 

Stars. 

Shoes. 

Stones. 

Sit  down. 

Ship  (large). 

Ship  (small). 

Sleep. 

Sick. 


Chi-carang. 
Ca-fush. 

O&  Atchung. 

Oa  Utshaug. 

Sigu. 

Utisha. 

Stee. 

Gadjang. 

Chee. 

Ekegah. 

Hana. 

Cimee. 

Masta. 

Wassa. 

Arang. 

Unda. 

Cabee. 

Moo. 

Isha. 

Bozy. 

Oa. 

Amuie. 

Ditaugin. 

Tida. 

Hushee 

Saba. 

Ishee. 

Iree. 

Ufubuny. 

Cubunee. 

Ninjun. 

Yadon. 


APPENDIX. 


283 


Sailor. 

Shell. 

Silk. 

Stone-mason. 

Square  used  by  ditto. 

Serpent. 

Sea. 

Sand. 

Sash  or  Girdle,  worn  by 
the  Lewchewans. 

Stop. 

Small. 

Teeth. 

Trowsers. 

Trees. 

Tobacco-pipe. 

To  bring. 

Tea. 

Temple,  or  house  of  wor- 
ship in  the  garden, 
where  the  sick  were. 

Umbrella. 

Very  good. 

Water. 

Wind. 

Wood. 

Woman. 

You. 

You  give  me. 

Yes. 

You  are  a  good  fellow. 


Biotee. 

Keh. 

Duusy. 

Ichi-secu. 

Banjoganee 

Onegha. 

Ooshu. 

Sinna. 

Ubu. 
Ichuna. 
Coosa. 
Ha. 

Jacama. 
Ifcoojee. 
Tsidee. 
'Toute-coo. 
Cha  (Chinese). 


Jah  Joh. 

Cassa. 

Churissa. 

Midzee 

Casechute. 

Kee. 

Inago. 

Ya. 

Yare  Curran. 

Simung. 

Churamung. 


284 


APPENDIX. 


NUMERALS. 


1  Titsee. 

2  Tatsee. 

3  Metsee. 

4  Yutsee. 

5  Ititsee. 

6  Mutsee. 

7  Nanatsee. 

8  Jatsee. 

9  Cucunutsee. 

10  Too. 

11  Too-Titsee. 

12  Too-Tatsee,  and  so  on  to 

nineteen. 

20  Nijoo. 

21  Nijoo-Titsee,  &c. 


30  Sanjoo. 

31  Sanjoo-Titsee,  &c. 

40  Sinjoo. 

41  Sinjoo-Titsee,  &c. 

50  Gunjoo. 

51  Gunjoo-Titsee,  &c. 

60  Docodoo. 

61  Docodoo-Titsee,  &c. 

70  Stigoo. 

71  Stigoo-Titsee,  &c. 

80  Hacheegoo. 

81  Hachegoo-Titsee,  &c. 

90  Cunjoo. 

91  Cunjoo-Titsee,  &c. 
100  Hiacoo. 


The  numbers  after  each  ten  were  always  repeated  in  a 
manner  similar  to  our  own  arithmetic. 


APPENDIX.  285 

No.  V. 
THE   FAREWELL. 


[The  insertion  of  the  folio-wing  verses,  by  Mr.  Gillard,  Clerk  of 
the  Lyra,  may  not,  perhaps,  be  deemed  irrelevant  to  the  sub- 
ject, as  they  express  not  only  his  own,  but  the  general  senti- 
ments, on  leaiing  the  worthy  Islanders  at  Grand 


THE  sails  are  set, — the  anchor  weigh'd; 

Their  course,  south-west,  the  ships  pursue 
And,  friendly  signs  at  parting  made, 
We  bid  the  land  a  last  adieu  ! 

From  crowded  boats,  that  grace  our  wake, 
In  cap  and  vest  but  seldom  wore, 

Their  last  "  FAREWELL"  the  natives  take, 
And,  half-reluctant,  seek  the  shore. 

Each  cliffs  rude  height  and  sea-worn  base 
Presents  a  silent  gazing  throng ; 

Where  e'en  regret  may  find  a  place, 
As  swift  the  vessels  pass  along. 


286  APPE1VDIX. 

And  now  the  harbour's  far  astern  ; 

The  dang'rous  reefs  in  distance  fade  :— 
No  object  can  the  eye  discern 

Without  the  glass's  friendly  aid. 

Yet,  while  the  anxious  straining  sight 
Can  still  behold  the  fleeting  shore, 

The  telescope  shall  yield  delight, 
And  all  its  pleasing  scenes  restore. 

Again  the  rocks  and  tombs  appear, 
The  trees  and  straw-built  huts  arise, 

Where  constant  guards  were  plac'd,  by  fear, 
To  screen  each  beauty  from  our  eyes. 

The  path  beside  the  wat'i  ing-place, 
Where  branching  pines  adorn  (he  lull, 

Th'  assisted  eye  can  faintly  trace, 

And  mark  its  nurn'rous  windings  still. 

There,  too,  the  stone  enclosure  stands, 
Within  whose  high  extensive  walls 

The  Pagan  native  lifts  his  hands, 
And  on  his  wooden  idol  calls. 

Yet  ye,  who  boast  the  Christian  name, 

Blush  at  a  deed  which  truth  must  tell; — 
Hither  they  brought  the  sick  and  lame, 
.    And  bade  them  iu  their  temples  dwell. 


APPENDIX.  287 

From  noise  and  crowded  decks  remov'd, 

TV  infirm  inhal'd  a  purer  air ; 
And  native  kindness  daily  prov'd 

They  bless  the  hand  that  led  them  there. 

In  yonder  grove's  encircling  shade, 
Where  time  will  long  the  truth  attest, 

The  last  sad  rites  by  strangers  paid, 
A  youthful  seaman's  ashes  rest. 

What  tho'  Oblivion  o'er  his  name 

May  spread  her  veil  of  deepest  gloom, 

Full  many  a  fav'i  ite  child  of  fame 
Would  not  disdain  an  equal  tomb. 

Yet  not  the  sick  their  thoughts  confin'd, 

Nor  yet  th'  interment  of  the  dead ; 
The  living  still  they  bore  in  mind, 

And  gave  the  ships  their  daily  bread. 

Wrhile  friendship  thus  was  shewn  to  all, 

.  Congenial  minds  attach 'd  a  few ; 
And  mem'ry  oft  will  pleas'd  recall 

The  names  of"  Mad'ra,"  and  "  Geroo." 

Farewell,  dear  isle ! — on  you  may  breath 

Of  civil  discord  never  blow  ! 
Far  from  your  shores  be  plague  and  death, 

And  far — oh  !  far — the  hostile  foe ! 


APPENDIX. 

To  distant  climes  our  course  we  steer, 
AVhere  Fashion  boasts  her  splendid  reign; 

Where  Science,  Fame,  and  Wealth,  appear, 
While  Lux'ry  reve.ls  in  their  train. 

Meanwhile,  ne'er  'mid  your  smiling  scenes 
May  Pride  and  fierce  Ambition  spring ! 

Ne'er  may  they  know  what  mis'ry  means, 
Which  Vice  and  Dissipation  bring  ! 

Still  on  your  sons  may  Plenty  shine, 

Still  may  their  happiness  increase  ; 
And  Friendship  long  their  hearts  entwine 

With  love,  with  innocence,  and  peace. 

No  more ; — for  now  the  fresh'uing  breeze 

Impels  us  swiftly  o'er  the  deep  ; 
Your  verdant  shores  no  longer  please, 

And  faint  appear  your  mountains  steep. 

Their  summits  now  are  cloth 'd  in  gray, 

And  scarce  the  eye  their  place  can  tell ; 

/* 

And  now  they're  melted  quite  away, — 

Once  more,  DEAR  ISLAND,  FARE  THEE  WELL! 

THE  END. 


Printed  by  W.  CLOWES,  Northu«ib«laod-conrt,  Sinnd,   London. 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

405  Hilgard  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90024-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library 

from  which  It  was  borrowed. 


JJLOCT1919* 


'JULO 


DC  Southern  Regional  Ubfary  Faci* 


A  000  523  799  5 


DS 

507 
M22n 

1817 


Uni